[Title 14 CFR ]
[Code of Federal Regulations (annual edition) - January 1, 2002 Edition]
[From the U.S. Government Printing Office]
[[Page i]]
14
Parts 140 to 199
Revised as of January 1, 2002
Aeronautics and Space
Containing a codification of documents of general
applicability and future effect
As of January 1, 2002
With Ancillaries
Published by
Office of the Federal Register
National Archives and Records
Administration
A Special Edition of the Federal Register
[[Page ii]]
U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
WASHINGTON : 2002
For sale by the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing
Office
Internet: bookstore.gpo.gov Phone: toll free (866) 512-1800; DC area
(202) 512-1800
Fax: (202) 512-2250 Mail: Stop SSOP, Washington, DC 20402-0001
[[Page iii]]
Table of Contents
Page
Explanation................................................. v
Title 14:
Chapter I--Federal Aviation Administration,
Department of Transportation (Continued) 3
Finding Aids:
Material Approved for Incorporation by Reference........ 327
Table of CFR Titles and Chapters........................ 333
Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR...... 351
List of CFR Sections Affected........................... 361
[[Page iv]]
----------------------------
Cite this Code: CFR
To cite the regulations in
this volume use title,
part and section number.
Thus, 14 CFR 141.1 refers
to title 14, part 141,
section 1.
----------------------------
[[Page v]]
EXPLANATION
The Code of Federal Regulations is a codification of the general and
permanent rules published in the Federal Register by the Executive
departments and agencies of the Federal Government. The Code is divided
into 50 titles which represent broad areas subject to Federal
regulation. Each title is divided into chapters which usually bear the
name of the issuing agency. Each chapter is further subdivided into
parts covering specific regulatory areas.
Each volume of the Code is revised at least once each calendar year
and issued on a quarterly basis approximately as follows:
Title 1 through Title 16.................................as of January 1
Title 17 through Title 27..................................as of April 1
Title 28 through Title 41...................................as of July 1
Title 42 through Title 50................................as of October 1
The appropriate revision date is printed on the cover of each
volume.
LEGAL STATUS
The contents of the Federal Register are required to be judicially
noticed (44 U.S.C. 1507). The Code of Federal Regulations is prima facie
evidence of the text of the original documents (44 U.S.C. 1510).
HOW TO USE THE CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS
The Code of Federal Regulations is kept up to date by the individual
issues of the Federal Register. These two publications must be used
together to determine the latest version of any given rule.
To determine whether a Code volume has been amended since its
revision date (in this case, January 1, 2002), consult the ``List of CFR
Sections Affected (LSA),'' which is issued monthly, and the ``Cumulative
List of Parts Affected,'' which appears in the Reader Aids section of
the daily Federal Register. These two lists will identify the Federal
Register page number of the latest amendment of any given rule.
EFFECTIVE AND EXPIRATION DATES
Each volume of the Code contains amendments published in the Federal
Register since the last revision of that volume of the Code. Source
citations for the regulations are referred to by volume number and page
number of the Federal Register and date of publication. Publication
dates and effective dates are usually not the same and care must be
exercised by the user in determining the actual effective date. In
instances where the effective date is beyond the cut-off date for the
Code a note has been inserted to reflect the future effective date. In
those instances where a regulation published in the Federal Register
states a date certain for expiration, an appropriate note will be
inserted following the text.
OMB CONTROL NUMBERS
The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980 (Pub. L. 96-511) requires
Federal agencies to display an OMB control number with their information
collection request.
[[Page vi]]
Many agencies have begun publishing numerous OMB control numbers as
amendments to existing regulations in the CFR. These OMB numbers are
placed as close as possible to the applicable recordkeeping or reporting
requirements.
OBSOLETE PROVISIONS
Provisions that become obsolete before the revision date stated on
the cover of each volume are not carried. Code users may find the text
of provisions in effect on a given date in the past by using the
appropriate numerical list of sections affected. For the period before
January 1, 1986, consult either the List of CFR Sections Affected, 1949-
1963, 1964-1972, or 1973-1985, published in seven separate volumes. For
the period beginning January 1, 1986, a ``List of CFR Sections
Affected'' is published at the end of each CFR volume.
INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE
What is incorporation by reference? Incorporation by reference was
established by statute and allows Federal agencies to meet the
requirement to publish regulations in the Federal Register by referring
to materials already published elsewhere. For an incorporation to be
valid, the Director of the Federal Register must approve it. The legal
effect of incorporation by reference is that the material is treated as
if it were published in full in the Federal Register (5 U.S.C. 552(a)).
This material, like any other properly issued regulation, has the force
of law.
What is a proper incorporation by reference? The Director of the
Federal Register will approve an incorporation by reference only when
the requirements of 1 CFR part 51 are met. Some of the elements on which
approval is based are:
(a) The incorporation will substantially reduce the volume of
material published in the Federal Register.
(b) The matter incorporated is in fact available to the extent
necessary to afford fairness and uniformity in the administrative
process.
(c) The incorporating document is drafted and submitted for
publication in accordance with 1 CFR part 51.
Properly approved incorporations by reference in this volume are
listed in the Finding Aids at the end of this volume.
What if the material incorporated by reference cannot be found? If
you have any problem locating or obtaining a copy of material listed in
the Finding Aids of this volume as an approved incorporation by
reference, please contact the agency that issued the regulation
containing that incorporation. If, after contacting the agency, you find
the material is not available, please notify the Director of the Federal
Register, National Archives and Records Administration, Washington DC
20408, or call (202) 523-4534.
CFR INDEXES AND TABULAR GUIDES
A subject index to the Code of Federal Regulations is contained in a
separate volume, revised annually as of January 1, entitled CFR Index
and Finding Aids. This volume contains the Parallel Table of Statutory
Authorities and Agency Rules (Table I), and Acts Requiring Publication
in the Federal Register (Table II). A list of CFR titles, chapters, and
parts and an alphabetical list of agencies publishing in the CFR are
also included in this volume.
An index to the text of ``Title 3--The President'' is carried within
that volume.
The Federal Register Index is issued monthly in cumulative form.
This index is based on a consolidation of the ``Contents'' entries in
the daily Federal Register.
[[Page vii]]
A List of CFR Sections Affected (LSA) is published monthly, keyed to
the revision dates of the 50 CFR titles.
REPUBLICATION OF MATERIAL
There are no restrictions on the republication of material appearing
in the Code of Federal Regulations.
INQUIRIES
For a legal interpretation or explanation of any regulation in this
volume, contact the issuing agency. The issuing agency's name appears at
the top of odd-numbered pages.
For inquiries concerning CFR reference assistance, call 202-523-5227
or write to the Director, Office of the Federal Register, National
Archives and Records Administration, Washington, DC 20408.
SALES
The Government Printing Office (GPO) processes all sales and
distribution of the CFR. For payment by credit card, call 202-512-1800,
M-F, 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. e.s.t. or fax your order to 202-512-2250, 24 hours
a day. For payment by check, write to the Superintendent of Documents,
Attn: New Orders, P.O. Box 371954, Pittsburgh, PA 15250-7954. For GPO
Customer Service call 202-512-1803.
ELECTRONIC SERVICES
The full text of the Code of Federal Regulations, the LSA (List of
CFR Sections Affected), The United States Government Manual, the Federal
Register, Public Laws, Public Papers, Weekly Compilation of Presidential
Documents and the Privacy Act Compilation are available in electronic
format at www.access.gpo.gov/nara (``GPO Access''). For more
information, contact Electronic Information Dissemination Services, U.S.
Government Printing Office. Phone 202-512-1530, or 888-293-6498 (toll-
free). E-mail, [email protected].
The Office of the Federal Register also offers a free service on the
National Archives and Records Administration's (NARA) World Wide Web
site for public law numbers, Federal Register finding aids, and related
information. Connect to NARA's web site at www.nara.gov/fedreg. The NARA
site also contains links to GPO Access.
Raymond A. Mosley,
Director,
Office of the Federal Register.
January 1, 2002.
[[Page ix]]
THIS TITLE
Title 14--Aeronautics and Space is composed of five volumes. The
parts in these volumes are arranged in the following order: parts 1-59,
60-139, 140-199, 200-1199, and part 1200-End. The first three volumes
containing parts 1-199 are comprised of chapter I--Federal Aviation
Administration, Department of Transportation (DOT). The fourth volume
containing parts 200-1199 is comprised of chapter II--Office of the
Secretary, DOT (Aviation Proceedings) and chapter III--Commercial Space
Transportation, Federal Aviation Administration, DOT. The fifth volume
containing part 1200-End is comprised of chapter V--National Aeronautics
and Space Administration and chapter VI--Office of Management and
Budget. The contents of these volumes represent all current regulations
codified under this title of the CFR as of January 1, 2002.
Redesignation tables appear in the Finding Aids section of the
volume containing parts 60-139.
[[Page x]]
[[Page 1]]
TITLE 14--AERONAUTICS AND SPACE
(This book contains parts 140 to 199)
--------------------------------------------------------------------
Part
chapter I--Federal Aviation Administration, Department of
Transportation (Continued)................................ 141
[[Page 3]]
CHAPTER I--FEDERAL AVIATION ADMINISTRATION, DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION
(Continued)
--------------------------------------------------------------------
SUBCHAPTER H--SCHOOLS AND OTHER CERTIFICATED AGENCIES
Part Page
140 [Reserved]
141 Pilot schools............................... 5
142 Training centers............................ 40
143 [Reserved]
145 Repair stations............................. 52
147 Aviation maintenance technician schools..... 78
SUBCHAPTER I--AIRPORTS
150 Airport noise compatibility planning........ 87
151 Federal aid to airports..................... 101
152 Airport aid program......................... 137
155 Release of airport property from surplus
property disposal restrictions.......... 173
156 State block grant pilot program............. 176
157 Notice of construction, alteration,
activation, and deactivation of airports 177
158 Passenger facility charges (PFC's).......... 179
161 Notice and approval of airport noise and
access restrictions..................... 198
169 Expenditure of Federal funds for nonmilitary
airports or air navigation facilities
thereon................................. 218
SUBCHAPTER J--NAVIGATIONAL FACILITIES
170 Establishment and discontinuance criteria
for air traffic control services and
navigational facilities................. 220
171 Non-Federal navigation facilities........... 223
SUBCHAPTER K--ADMINISTRATIVE REGULATIONS
183 Representatives of the Administrator........ 304
[[Page 4]]
185 Testimony by employees and production of
records in legal proceedings, and
service of legal process and pleadings.. 308
187 Fees........................................ 309
189 Use of Federal Aviation Administration
communications system................... 313
191 Protection of sensitive security information 314
193 Protection of voluntarily submitted
information............................. 316
SUBCHAPTERS L-M [RESERVED]
SUBCHAPTER N--WAR RISK INSURANCE
198 Aviation insurance.......................... 321
[[Page 5]]
SUBCHAPTER H--SCHOOLS AND OTHER CERTIFICATED AGENCIES
PART 140 [RESERVED]
PART 141--PILOT SCHOOLS--Table of Contents
Subpart A--General
Sec.
141.1 Applicability.
141.3 Certificate required.
141.5 Requirements for a pilot school certificate.
141.7 Provisional pilot school certificate.
141.9 Examining authority.
141.11 Pilot school ratings.
141.13 Application for issuance, amendment, or renewal.
141.17 Duration of certificate and examining authority.
141.18 Carriage of narcotic drugs, marijuana, and depressant or
stimulant drugs or substances.
141.19 Display of certificate.
141.21 Inspections.
141.23 Advertising limitations.
141.25 Business office and operations base.
141.26 Training agreements.
141.27 Renewal of certificates and ratings.
141.29 [Reserved]
Subpart B--Personnel, Aircraft, and Facilities Requirements
141.31 Applicability.
141.33 Personnel.
141.35 Chief instructor qualifications.
141.36 Assistant chief instructor qualifications.
141.37 Check instructor qualifications.
141.38 Airports.
141.39 Aircraft.
141.41 Flight simulators, flight training devices, and training aids.
141.43 Pilot briefing areas.
141.45 Ground training facilities.
Subpart C--Training Course Outline and Curriculum
141.51 Applicability.
141.53 Approval procedures for a training course: General.
141.55 Training course: Contents.
141.57 Special curricula.
Subpart D--Examining Authority
141.61 Applicability.
141.63 Examining authority qualification requirements.
141.65 Privileges.
141.67 Limitations and reports.
Subpart E--Operating Rules
141.71 Applicability.
141.73 Privileges.
141.75 Aircraft requirements.
141.77 Limitations.
141.79 Flight training.
141.81 Ground training.
141.83 Quality of training.
141.85 Chief instructor responsibilities.
141.87 Change of chief instructor.
141.89 Maintenance of personnel, facilities, and equipment.
141.91 Satellite bases.
141.93 Enrollment.
141.95 Graduation certificate.
Subpart F--Records
141.101 Training records.
Appendix A to Part 141--Recreational Pilot Certification Course
Appendix B to Part 141--Private Pilot Certification Course
Appendix C to Part 141--Instrument Rating Course
Appendix D to Part 141--Commercial Pilot Certification Course
Appendix E to Part 141--Airline Transport Pilot Certification Course
Appendix F to Part 141--Flight Instructor Certification Course
Appendix G to Part 141--Flight Instructor Instrument (For an Airplane,
Helicopter, or Powered-Lift Instrument Instructor Rating)
Certification Course
Appendix H to Part 141--Ground Instructor Certification Course
Appendix I to Part 141--Additional Aircraft Category or Class Rating
Course
Appendix J to Part 141--Aircraft Type Rating Course, For Other Than an
Airline Transport Pilot Certificate
Appendix K to Part 141--Special Preparation Courses
Appendix L to Part 141--Pilot Ground School Course
Authority: 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701-44703, 44707, 44709,
44711, 45102-45103, 45301-45302.
Source: Docket No. 25910, 62 FR 16347, Apr. 4, 1997, unless
otherwise noted.
Subpart A--General
Sec. 141.1 Applicability.
This part prescribes the requirements for issuing pilot school
certificates,
[[Page 6]]
provisional pilot school certificates, and associated ratings, and the
general operating rules applicable to a holder of a certificate or
rating issued under this part.
Sec. 141.3 Certificate required.
No person may operate as a certificated pilot school without, or in
violation of, a pilot school certificate or provisional pilot school
certificate issued under this part.
Sec. 141.5 Requirements for a pilot school certificate.
An applicant may be issued a pilot school certificate with
associated ratings if the applicant:
(a) Completes the application for a pilot school certificate on a
form and in a manner prescribed by the Administrator;
(b) Holds a provisional pilot school certificate, issued under this
part, for at least 24 calendar months preceding the month in which the
application for a pilot school certificate is made;
(c) Meets the applicable requirements of subparts A through C of
this part for the school ratings sought; and
(d) Has trained and recommended for pilot certification and rating
tests, within 24 calendar months preceding the month the application is
made for the pilot school certificate, at least 10 students for a
knowledge or practical test for a pilot certificate, flight instructor
certificate, ground instructor certificate, an additional rating, an
end-of-course test for a training course specified in appendix K to this
part, or any combination of those tests, and at least 80 percent of all
tests administered were passed on the first attempt.
[Doc. No. 25910, 62 FR 16347, Apr. 4, 1997; Amdt. 141-9, 62 FR 40907,
July 30, 1997]
Sec. 141.7 Provisional pilot school certificate.
An applicant that meets the applicable requirements of subparts A,
B, and C of this part, but does not meet the recent training activity
requirements of Sec. 141.5(d) of this part, may be issued a provisional
pilot school certificate with ratings.
Sec. 141.9 Examining authority.
An applicant is issued examining authority for its pilot school
certificate if the applicant meets the requirements of subpart D of this
part.
Sec. 141.11 Pilot school ratings.
(a) The ratings listed in paragraph (b) of this section may be
issued to an applicant for:
(1) A pilot school certificate, provided the applicant meets the
requirements of Sec. 141.5 of this part; or
(2) A provisional pilot school certificate, provided the applicant
meets the requirements of Sec. 141.7 of this part.
(b) An applicant may be authorized to conduct the following courses:
(1) Certification and rating courses. (Appendixes A through J).
(i) Recreational pilot course.
(ii) Private pilot course.
(iii) Commercial pilot course.
(iv) Instrument rating course.
(v) Airline transport pilot course.
(vi) Flight instructor course.
(vii) Flight instructor instrument course.
(viii) Ground instructor course.
(ix) Additional aircraft category or class rating course.
(x) Aircraft type rating course.
(2) Special preparation courses. (Appendix K).
(i) Pilot refresher course.
(ii) Flight instructor refresher course.
(iii) Ground instructor refresher course.
(iv) Agricultural aircraft operations course.
(v) Rotorcraft external-load operations course.
(vi) Special operations course.
(vii) Test pilot course.
(3) Pilot ground school course. (Appendix L).
Sec. 141.13 Application for issuance, amendment, or renewal.
(a) Application for an original certificate and rating, an
additional rating, or the renewal of a certificate under this part must
be made on a form and in a manner prescribed by the Administrator.
(b) Application for the issuance or amendment of a certificate or
rating must be accompanied by two copies of
[[Page 7]]
each proposed training course curriculum for which approval is sought.
Sec. 141.17 Duration of certificate and examining authority.
(a) Unless surrendered, suspended, or revoked, a pilot school's
certificate or a provisional pilot school's certificate expires:
(1) On the last day of the 24th calendar month from the month the
certificate was issued;
(2) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, on the date
that any change in ownership of the school occurs;
(3) On the date of any change in the facilities upon which the
school's certificate is based occurs; or
(4) Upon notice by the Administrator that the school has failed for
more than 60 days to maintain the facilities, aircraft, or personnel
required for any one of the school's approved training courses.
(b) A change in the ownership of a pilot school or provisional pilot
school does not terminate that school's certificate if, within 30 days
after the date that any change in ownership of the school occurs:
(1) Application is made for an appropriate amendment to the
certificate; and
(2) No change in the facilities, personnel, or approved training
courses is involved.
(c) An examining authority issued to the holder of a pilot school
certificate expires on the date that the pilot school certificate
expires, or is surrendered, suspended, or revoked.
Sec. 141.18 Carriage of narcotic drugs, marijuana, and depressant or stimulant drugs or substances.
If the holder of a certificate issued under this part permits any
aircraft owned or leased by that holder to be engaged in any operation
that the certificate holder knows to be in violation of Sec. 91.19(a) of
this chapter, that operation is a basis for suspending or revoking the
certificate.
Sec. 141.19 Display of certificate.
(a) Each holder of a pilot school certificate or a provisional pilot
school certificate must display that certificate in a place in the
school that is normally accessible to the public and is not obscured.
(b) A certificate must be made available for inspection upon request
by:
(1) The Administrator;
(2) An authorized representative of the National Transportation
Safety Board; or
(3) A Federal, State, or local law enforcement officer.
Sec. 141.21 Inspections.
Each holder of a certificate issued under this part must allow the
Administrator to inspect its personnel, facilities, equipment, and
records to determine the certificate holder's:
(a) Eligibility to hold its certificate;
(b) Compliance with 49 U.S.C. 40101 et seq., formerly the Federal
Aviation Act of 1958, as amended; and
(c) Compliance with the Federal Aviation Regulations.
Sec. 141.23 Advertising limitations.
(a) The holder of a pilot school certificate or a provisional pilot
school certificate may not make any statement relating to its
certification and ratings that is false or designed to mislead any
person contemplating enrollment in that school.
(b) The holder of a pilot school certificate or a provisional pilot
school certificate may not advertise that the school is certificated
unless it clearly differentiates between courses that have been approved
under part 141 of this chapter and those that have not been approved
under part 141 of this chapter.
(c) The holder of a pilot school certificate or a provisional pilot
school certificate must promptly remove:
(1) From vacated premises, all signs indicating that the school was
certificated by the Administrator; or
(2) All indications (including signs), wherever located, that the
school is certificated by the Administrator when its certificate has
expired or has been surrendered, suspended, or revoked.
Sec. 141.25 Business office and operations base.
(a) Each holder of a pilot school or a provisional pilot school
certificate
[[Page 8]]
must maintain a principal business office with a mailing address in the
name shown on its certificate.
(b) The facilities and equipment at the principal business office
must be adequate to maintain the files and records required to operate
the business of the school.
(c) The principal business office may not be shared with, or used
by, another pilot school.
(d) Before changing the location of the principal business office or
the operations base, each certificate holder must notify the FAA Flight
Standards District Office having jurisdiction over the area of the new
location, and the notice must be:
(1) Submitted in writing at least 30 days before the change of
location; and
(2) Accompanied by any amendments needed for the certificate
holder's approved training course outline.
(e) A certificate holder may conduct training at an operations base
other than the one specified in its certificate, if:
(1) The Administrator has inspected and approved the base for use by
the certificate holder; and
(2) The course of training and any needed amendments have been
approved for use at that base.
Sec. 141.26 Training agreements.
A training center certificated under part 142 of this chapter may
provide the training, testing, and checking for pilot schools
certificated under part 141 of this chapter, and is considered to meet
the requirements of part 141, provided--
(a) There is a training agreement between the certificated training
center and the pilot school;
(b) The training, testing, and checking provided by the certificated
training center is approved and conducted under part 142;
(c) The pilot school certificated under part 141 obtains the
Administrator's approval for a training course outline that includes the
training, testing, and checking to be conducted under part 141 and the
training, testing, and checking to be conducted under part 142; and
(d) Upon completion of the training, testing, and checking conducted
under part 142, a copy of each student's training record is forwarded to
the part 141 school and becomes part of the student's permanent training
record.
Sec. 141.27 Renewal of certificates and ratings.
(a) Pilot school. (1) A pilot school may apply for renewal of its
school certificate and ratings within 30 days preceding the month the
pilot school's certificate expires, provided the school meets the
requirements prescribed in paragraph (a)(2) of this section for renewal
of its certificate and ratings.
(2) A pilot school may have its school certificate and ratings
renewed for an additional 24 calendar months if the Administrator
determines the school's personnel, aircraft, facility and airport,
approved training courses, training records, and recent training ability
and quality meet the requirements of this part.
(3) A pilot school that does not meet the renewal requirements in
paragraph (a)(2) of this section, may apply for a provisional pilot
school certificate if the school meets the requirements of Sec. 141.7 of
this part.
(b) Provisional pilot school. (1) Except as provided in paragraph
(b)(3) of this section, a provisional pilot school may not have its
provisional pilot school certificate or the ratings on that certificate
renewed.
(2) A provisional pilot school may apply for a pilot school
certificate and associated ratings provided that school meets the
requirements of Sec. 141.5 of this part.
(3) A former provisional pilot school may apply for another
provisional pilot school certificate, provided 180 days have elapsed
since its last provisional pilot school certificate expired.
Sec. 141.29 [Reserved]
Subpart B--Personnel, Aircraft, and Facilities Requirements
Sec. 141.31 Applicability.
(a) This subpart prescribes:
(1) The personnel and aircraft requirements for a pilot school
certificate or a provisional pilot school certificate; and
[[Page 9]]
(2) The facilities that a pilot school or provisional pilot school
must have available on a continuous basis.
(b) As used in this subpart, to have continuous use of a facility,
including an airport, the school must have:
(1) Ownership of the facility or airport for at least 6 calendar
months after the date the application for initial certification and on
the date of renewal of the school's certificate is made; or
(2) A written lease agreement for the facility or airport for at
least 6 calendar months after the date the application for initial
certification and on the date of renewal of the school's certificate is
made.
[Doc. No. 25910, 62 FR 16347, Apr. 4, 1997; Amdt. 141-9, 62 FR 40907,
July 30, 1997]
Sec. 141.33 Personnel.
(a) An applicant for a pilot school certificate or for a provisional
pilot school certificate must meet the following personnel requirements:
(1) Each applicant must have adequate personnel, including
certificated flight instructors, certificated ground instructors, or
holders of a commercial pilot certificate with a lighter-than-air
rating, and a chief instructor for each approved course of training who
is qualified and competent to perform the duties to which that
instructor is assigned.
(2) If the school employs dispatchers, aircraft handlers, and line
and service personnel, then it must instruct those persons in the
procedures and responsibilities of their employment.
(3) Each instructor to be used for ground or flight training must
hold a flight instructor certificate, ground instructor certificate, or
commercial pilot certificate with a lighter-than-air rating, as
appropriate, with ratings for the approved course of training and any
aircraft used in that course.
(b) An applicant for a pilot school certificate or for a provisional
pilot school certificate must designate a chief instructor for each of
the school's approved training courses, who must meet the requirements
of Sec. 141.35 of this part.
(c) When necessary, an applicant for a pilot school certificate or
for a provisional pilot school certificate may designate a person to be
an assistant chief instructor for an approved training course, provided
that person meets the requirements of Sec. 141.36 of this part.
(d) A pilot school and a provisional pilot school may designate a
person to be a check instructor for conducting student stage checks,
end-of-course tests, and instructor proficiency checks, provided:
(1) That person meets the requirements of Sec. 141.37 of this part;
and
(2) That school has a student enrollment of at least 50 students at
the time designation is sought.
(e) A person, as listed in this section, may serve in more than one
position for a school, provided that person is qualified for each
position.
[Doc. No. 25910, 62 FR 16347, Apr. 4, 1997; Amdt. 141-9, 62 FR 40907,
July 30, 1997]
Sec. 141.35 Chief instructor qualifications.
(a) To be eligible for designation as a chief instructor for a
course of training, a person must meet the following requirements:
(1) Hold a commercial pilot certificate or an airline transport
pilot certificate, and, except for a chief instructor for a course of
training solely for a lighter-than-air rating, a current flight
instructor certificate. The certificates must contain the appropriate
aircraft category and class ratings for the category and class of
aircraft used in the course and an instrument rating, if an instrument
rating is required for enrollment in the course of training;
(2) Meet the pilot-in-command recent flight experience requirements
of Sec. 61.57 of this chapter;
(3) Pass a knowledge test on--
(i) Teaching methods;
(ii) Applicable provisions of the ``Aeronautical Information
Manual'';
(iii) Applicable provisions of parts 61, 91, and 141 of this
chapter; and
(iv) The objectives and approved course completion standards of the
course for which the person seeks to obtain designation.
(4) Pass a proficiency test on instructional skills and ability to
train students on the flight procedures and maneuvers appropriate to the
course;
(5) Except for a course of training for gliders, balloons, or
airships, the chief
[[Page 10]]
instructor must meet the applicable requirements in paragraphs (b), (c),
and (d) of this section; and
(6) A chief instructor for a course of training for gliders,
balloons or airships is only required to have 40 percent of the hours
required in paragraphs (b) and (d) of this section.
(b) For a course of training leading to the issuance of a
recreational or private pilot certificate or rating, a chief instructor
must have:
(1) At least 1,000 hours as pilot in command; and
(2) Primary flight training experience, acquired as either a
certificated flight instructor or an instructor in a military pilot
flight training program, or a combination thereof, consisting of at
least--
(i) 2 years and a total of 500 flight hours; or
(ii) 1,000 flight hours.
(c) For a course of training leading to the issuance of an
instrument rating or a rating with instrument privileges, a chief
instructor must have:
(1) At least 100 hours of flight time under actual or simulated
instrument conditions;
(2) At least 1,000 hours as pilot in command; and
(3) Instrument flight instructor experience, acquired as either a
certificated flight instructor-instrument or an instructor in a military
pilot flight training program, or a combination thereof, consisting of
at least--
(i) 2 years and a total of 250 flight hours; or
(ii) 400 flight hours.
(d) For a course of training other than one leading to the issuance
of a recreational or private pilot certificate or rating, or an
instrument rating or a rating with instrument privileges, a chief
instructor must have:
(1) At least 2,000 hours as pilot in command; and
(2) Flight training experience, acquired as either a certificated
flight instructor or an instructor in a military pilot flight training
program, or a combination thereof, consisting of at least--
(i) 3 years and a total of 1,000 flight hours; or
(ii) 1,500 flight hours.
(e) To be eligible for designation as chief instructor for a ground
school course, a person must have 1 year of experience as a ground
school instructor at a certificated pilot school.
[Doc. No. 25910, 62 FR 16347, Apr. 4, 1997; Amdt. 141-9, 62 FR 40907,
July 30, 1997; as amended by Amdt. 141-10, 63 FR 20289, Apr. 23, 1998]
Sec. 141.36 Assistant chief instructor qualifications.
(a) To be eligible for designation as an assistant chief instructor
for a course of training, a person must meet the following requirements:
(1) Hold a commercial pilot or an airline transport pilot
certificate and, except for the assistant chief instructor for a course
of training solely for a lighter-than-air rating, a current flight
instructor certificate. The certificates must contain the appropriate
aircraft category, class, and instrument ratings if an instrument rating
is required by the course of training for the category and class of
aircraft used in the course;
(2) Meet the pilot-in-command recent flight experience requirements
of Sec. 61.57 of this chapter;
(3) Pass a knowledge test on--
(i) Teaching methods;
(ii) Applicable provisions of the ``Aeronautical Information
Manual'';
(iii) Applicable provisions of parts 61, 91, and 141 of this
chapter; and
(iv) The objectives and approved course completion standards of the
course for which the person seeks to obtain designation.
(4) Pass a proficiency test on the flight procedures and maneuvers
appropriate to that course; and
(5) Meet the applicable requirements in paragraphs (b), (c), and (d)
of this section. However, an assistant chief instructor for a course of
training for gliders, balloons, or airships is only required to have 40
percent of the hours required in paragraphs (b) and (d) of this section.
(b) For a course of training leading to the issuance of a
recreational or private pilot certificate or rating, an assistant chief
instructor must have:
(1) At least 500 hours as pilot in command; and
[[Page 11]]
(2) Flight training experience, acquired as either a certificated
flight instructor or an instructor in a military pilot flight training
program, or a combination thereof, consisting of at least--
(i) 1 year and a total of 250 flight hours; or
(ii) 500 flight hours.
(c) For a course of training leading to the issuance of an
instrument rating or a rating with instrument privileges, an assistant
chief flight instructor must have:
(1) At least 50 hours of flight time under actual or simulated
instrument conditions;
(2) At least 500 hours as pilot in command; and
(3) Instrument flight instructor experience, acquired as either a
certificated flight instructor-instrument or an instructor in a military
pilot flight training program, or a combination thereof, consisting of
at least--
(i) 1 year and a total of 125 flight hours; or
(ii) 200 flight hours.
(d) For a course of training other than one leading to the issuance
of a recreational or private pilot certificate or rating, or an
instrument rating or a rating with instrument privileges, an assistant
chief instructor must have:
(1) At least 1,000 hours as pilot in command; and
(2) Flight training experience, acquired as either a certificated
flight instructor or an instructor in a military pilot flight training
program, or a combination thereof, consisting of at least--
(i) 1\1/2\ years and a total of 500 flight hours; or
(ii) 750 flight hours.
(e) To be eligible for designation as an assistant chief instructor
for a ground school course, a person must have 6 months of experience as
a ground school instructor at a certificated pilot school.
[Doc. No. 25910, 62 FR 16347, Apr. 4, 1997; Amdt. 141-9, 62 FR 40907,
July 30, 1997; as amended by Amdt. 141-10, 63 FR 20289, Apr. 23, 1998]
Sec. 141.37 Check instructor qualifications.
(a) To be designated as a check instructor for conducting student
stage checks, end-of-course tests, and instructor proficiency checks
under this part, a person must meet the eligibility requirements of this
section:
(1) For checks and tests that relate to either flight or ground
training, the person must pass a test, given by the chief instructor,
on--
(i) Teaching methods;
(ii) Applicable provisions of the ``Aeronautical Information
Manual'';
(iii) Applicable provisions of parts 61, 91, and 141 of this
chapter; and
(iv) The objectives and course completion standards of the approved
training course for the designation sought.
(2) For checks and tests that relate to a flight training course,
the person must--
(i) Meet the requirements in paragraph (a)(1) of this section;
(ii) Hold a commercial pilot certificate or an airline transport
pilot certificate and, except for a check instructor for a course of
training for a lighter-than-air rating, a current flight instructor
certificate. The certificates must contain the appropriate aircraft
category, class, and instrument ratings for the category and class of
aircraft used in the course;
(iii) Meet the pilot-in-command recent flight experience
requirements of Sec. 61.57 of this chapter; and
(iv) Pass a proficiency test, given by the chief instructor or
assistant chief instructor, on the flight procedures and maneuvers of
the approved training course for the designation sought.
(3) For checks and tests that relate to ground training, the person
must--
(i) Meet the requirements in paragraph (a)(1) of this section;
(ii) Except for a course of training for a lighter-than-air rating,
hold a current flight instructor certificate or ground instructor
certificate with ratings appropriate to the category and class of
aircraft used in the course; and
(iii) For a course of training for a lighter-than-air rating, hold a
commercial pilot certificate with a lighter-than-air category rating and
the appropriate class rating.
[[Page 12]]
(b) A person who meets the eligibility requirements in paragraph (a)
of this section must:
(1) Be designated, in writing, by the chief instructor to conduct
student stage checks, end-of-course tests, and instructor proficiency
checks; and
(2) Be approved by the FAA Flight Standards District Office having
jurisdiction over the school.
(c) A check instructor may not conduct a stage check or an end-of-
course test of any student for whom the check instructor has:
(1) Served as the principal instructor; or
(2) Recommended for a stage check or end-of-course test.
[Doc. No. 25910, 62 FR 16347, Apr. 4, 1997; Amdt. 141-9, 62 FR 40907,
July 30, 1997]
Sec. 141.38 Airports.
(a) An applicant for a pilot school certificate or a provisional
pilot school certificate must show that he or she has continuous use of
each airport at which training flights originate.
(b) Each airport used for airplanes and gliders must have at least
one runway or takeoff area that allows training aircraft to make a
normal takeoff or landing under the following conditions at the
aircraft's maximum certificated takeoff gross weight:
(1) Under wind conditions of not more than 5 miles per hour;
(2) At temperatures in the operating area equal to the mean high
temperature for the hottest month of the year;
(3) If applicable, with the powerplant operation, and landing gear
and flap operation recommended by the manufacturer; and
(4) In the case of a takeoff--
(i) With smooth transition from liftoff to the best rate of climb
speed without exceptional piloting skills or techniques; and
(ii) Clearing all obstacles in the takeoff flight path by at least
50 feet.
(c) Each airport must have a wind direction indicator that is
visible from the end of each runway at ground level;
(d) Each airport must have a traffic direction indicator when:
(1) The airport does not have an operating control tower; and
(2) UNICOM advisories are not available.
(e) Except as provided in paragraph (f) of this section, each
airport used for night training flights must have permanent runway
lights;
(f) An airport or seaplane base used for night training flights in
seaplanes is permitted to use adequate nonpermanent lighting or
shoreline lighting, if approved by the Administrator.
[Doc. No. 25910, 62 FR 16347, Apr. 4, 1997; Amdt. 141-9, 62 FR 40907,
July 30, 1997]
Sec. 141.39 Aircraft.
An applicant for a pilot school certificate or provisional pilot
school certificate must show that each aircraft used by that school for
flight training and solo flights meets the following requirements:
(a) Each aircraft must be registered as a civil aircraft in the
United States;
(b) Each aircraft must be certificated with a standard airworthiness
certificate or a primary airworthiness certificate, unless the
Administrator determines that due to the nature of the approved course,
an aircraft not having a standard airworthiness certificate or primary
airworthiness certificate may be used;
(c) Each aircraft must be maintained and inspected in accordance
with the requirements under subpart E of part 91 of this chapter that
apply to aircraft operated for hire;
(d) Each aircraft used in flight training must have at least two
pilot stations with engine-power controls that can be easily reached and
operated in a normal manner from both pilot stations; and
(e) Each aircraft used in a course involving IFR en route operations
and instrument approaches must be equipped and maintained for IFR
operations. For training in the control and precision maneuvering of an
aircraft by reference to instruments, the aircraft may be equipped as
provided in the approved course of training.
[Doc. No. 25910, 62 FR 16347, Apr. 4, 1997; Amdt. 141-9, 62 FR 40908,
July 30, 1997]
Sec. 141.41 Flight simulators, flight training devices, and training aids.
An applicant for a pilot school certificate or a provisional pilot
school certificate must show that its flight
[[Page 13]]
simulators, flight training devices, training aids, and equipment meet
the following requirements:
(a) Flight simulators. Each flight simulator used to obtain flight
training credit allowed for flight simulators in an approved pilot
training course curriculum must--
(1) Be a full-size aircraft cockpit replica of a specific type of
aircraft, or make, model, and series of aircraft;
(2) Include the hardware and software necessary to represent the
aircraft in ground operations and flight operations;
(3) Use a force cueing system that provides cues at least equivalent
to those cues provided by a 3 degree freedom of motion system;
(4) Use a visual system that provides at least a 45-degree
horizontal field of view and a 30-degree vertical field of view
simultaneously for each pilot; and
(5) Have been evaluated, qualified, and approved by the
Administrator.
(b) Flight training devices. Each flight training device used to
obtain flight training credit allowed for flight training devices in an
approved pilot training course curriculum must--
(1) Be a full-size replica of instruments, equipment panels, and
controls of an aircraft, or set of aircraft, in an open flight deck area
or in an enclosed cockpit, including the hardware and software for the
systems installed that is necessary to simulate the aircraft in ground
and flight operations;
(2) Need not have a force (motion) cueing or visual system; and
(3) Have been evaluated, qualified, and approved by the
Administrator.
(c) Training aids and equipment. Each training aid, including any
audiovisual aid, projector, tape recorder, mockup, chart, or aircraft
component listed in the approved training course outline, must be
accurate and appropriate to the course for which it is used.
[Doc. No. 25910, 62 FR 16347, Apr. 4, 1997; Amdt. 141-9, 62 FR 40908,
July 30, 1997]
Sec. 141.43 Pilot briefing areas.
(a) An applicant for a pilot school certificate or provisional pilot
school certificate must show that the applicant has continuous use of a
briefing area located at each airport at which training flights
originate that is:
(1) Adequate to shelter students waiting to engage in their training
flights;
(2) Arranged and equipped for the conduct of pilot briefings; and
(3) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, for a
school with an instrument rating or commercial pilot course, equipped
with private landline or telephone communication to the nearest FAA
Flight Service Station.
(b) A briefing area required by paragraph (a) of this section may
not be used by the applicant if it is available for use by any other
pilot school during the period it is required for use by the applicant.
(c) The communication equipment required by paragraph (a)(3) of this
section is not required if the briefing area and the flight service
station are located on the same airport, and are readily accessible to
each other.
Sec. 141.45 Ground training facilities.
An applicant for a pilot school or provisional pilot school
certificate must show that:
(a) Each room, training booth, or other space used for instructional
purposes is heated, lighted, and ventilated to conform to local
building, sanitation, and health codes; and
(b) The training facility is so located that the students in that
facility are not distracted by the training conducted in other rooms, or
by flight and maintenance operations on the airport.
Subpart C--Training Course Outline and Curriculum
Sec. 141.51 Applicability.
This subpart prescribes the curriculum and course outline
requirements for the issuance of a pilot school certificate or
provisional pilot school certificate and ratings.
Sec. 141.53 Approval procedures for a training course: General.
(a) General. An applicant for a pilot school certificate or
provisional pilot school certificate must obtain the Administrator's
approval of the outline of each training course for which certification
and rating is sought.
(b) Application. (1) An application for the approval of an initial
or amended training course must be submitted in
[[Page 14]]
duplicate to the FAA Flight Standards District Office having
jurisdiction over the area where the school is based.
(2) An application for the approval of an initial or amended
training course must be submitted at least 30 days before any training
under that course, or any amendment thereto, is scheduled to begin.
(3) An application for amending a training course must be
accompanied by two copies of the amendment.
(c) Training courses. (1) A training course submitted for approval
prior to August 4, 1997 may, if approved, retain that approval until 1
year after August 4, 1997.
(2) An applicant for a pilot school certificate or provisional pilot
school certificate may request approval of the training courses
specified in Sec. 141.11(b) of this part.
[Doc. No. 25910, 62 FR 16347, Apr. 4, 1997; Amdt. 141-9, 62 FR 40908,
July 30, 1997]
Sec. 141.55 Training course: Contents.
(a) Each training course for which approval is requested must meet
the minimum curriculum requirements in accordance with the appropriate
appendix of this part.
(b) Except as provided in paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section,
each training course for which approval is requested must meet the
minimum ground and flight training time requirements in accordance with
the appropriate appendix of this part.
(c) Each training course for which approval is requested must
contain:
(1) A description of each room used for ground training, including
the room's size and the maximum number of students that may be trained
in the room at one time;
(2) A description of each type of audiovisual aid, projector, tape
recorder, mockup, chart, aircraft component, and other special training
aids used for ground training;
(3) A description of each flight simulator or flight training device
used for training;
(4) A listing of the airports at which training flights originate
and a description of the facilities, including pilot briefing areas that
are available for use by the school's students and personnel at each of
those airports;
(5) A description of the type of aircraft including any special
equipment used for each phase of training;
(6) The minimum qualifications and ratings for each instructor
assigned to ground or flight training; and
(7) A training syllabus that includes the following information--
(i) The prerequisites for enrolling in the ground and flight portion
of the course that include the pilot certificate and rating (if required
by this part), training, pilot experience, and pilot knowledge;
(ii) A detailed description of each lesson, including the lesson's
objectives, standards, and planned time for completion;
(iii) A description of what the course is expected to accomplish
with regard to student learning;
(iv) The expected accomplishments and the standards for each stage
of training; and
(v) A description of the checks and tests to be used to measure a
student's accomplishments for each stage of training.
(d) A pilot school may request and receive initial approval for a
period of not more than 24 calendar months for any of the training
courses of this part without specifying the minimum ground and flight
training time requirements of this part, provided the following
provisions are met:
(1) The school holds a pilot school certificate issued under this
part and has held that certificate for a period of at least 24
consecutive calendar months preceding the month of the request;
(2) In addition to the information required by paragraph (c) of this
section, the training course specifies planned ground and flight
training time requirements for the course;
(3) The school does not request the training course to be approved
for examining authority, nor may that school hold examining authority
for that course; and
(4) The practical test or knowledge test for the course is to be
given by--
(i) An FAA inspector; or
(ii) An examiner who is not an employee of the school.
(e) A certificated pilot school may request and receive final
approval for any
[[Page 15]]
of the training courses of this part without specifying the minimum
ground and flight training time requirements of this part, provided the
following conditions are met:
(1) The school has held initial approval for that training course
for at least 24 calendar months.
(2) The school has--
(i) Trained at least 10 students in that training course within the
preceding 24 calendar months and recommended those students for a pilot,
flight instructor, or ground instructor certificate or rating; and
(ii) At least 80 percent of those students passed the practical or
knowledge test, or any combination thereof, on the first attempt, and
that test was given by--
(A) An FAA inspector; or
(B) An examiner who is not an employee of the school.
(3) In addition to the information required by paragraph (c) of this
section, the training course specifies planned ground and flight
training time requirements for the course.
(4) The school does not request that the training course be approved
for examining authority nor may that school hold examining authority for
that course.
Sec. 141.57 Special curricula.
An applicant for a pilot school certificate or provisional pilot
school certificate may apply for approval to conduct a special course of
airman training for which a curriculum is not prescribed in the
appendixes of this part, if the applicant shows that the training course
contains features that could achieve a level of pilot proficiency
equivalent to that achieved by a training course prescribed in the
appendixes of this part or the requirements of part 61 of this chapter.
Subpart D--Examining Authority
Sec. 141.61 Applicability.
This subpart prescribes the requirements for the issuance of
examining authority to the holder of a pilot school certificate, and the
privileges and limitations of that examining authority.
Sec. 141.63 Examining authority qualification requirements.
(a) A pilot school must meet the following prerequisites to receive
initial approval for examining authority:
(1) The school must complete the application for examining authority
on a form and in a manner prescribed by the Administrator;
(2) The school must hold a pilot school certificate and rating
issued under this part;
(3) The school must have held the rating in which examining
authority is sought for at least 24 consecutive calendar months
preceding the month of application for examining authority;
(4) The training course for which examining authority is requested
may not be a course that is approved without meeting the minimum ground
and flight training time requirements of this part; and
(5) Within 24 calendar months before the date of application for
examining authority, that school must meet the following requirements--
(i) The school must have trained at least 10 students in the
training course for which examining authority is sought and recommended
those students for a pilot, flight instructor, or ground instructor
certificate or rating; and
(ii) At least 90 percent of those students passed the required
practical or knowledge test, or any combination thereof, for the pilot,
flight instructor, or ground instructor certificate or rating on the
first attempt, and that test was given by--
(A) An FAA inspector; or
(B) An examiner who is not an employee of the school.
(b) A pilot school must meet the following requirements to retain
approval of its examining authority:
(1) The school must complete the application for renewal of its
examining authority on a form and in a manner prescribed by the
Administrator;
(2) The school must hold a pilot school certificate and rating
issued under this part;
(3) The school must have held the rating for which continued
examining authority is sought for at least 24 calendar months preceding
the month of
[[Page 16]]
application for renewal of its examining authority; and
(4) The training course for which continued examining authority is
requested may not be a course that is approved without meeting the
minimum ground and flight training time requirements of this part.
[Doc. No. 25910, 62 FR 16347, Apr. 4, 1997; Amdt. 141-9, 62 FR 40908,
July 30, 1997]
Sec. 141.65 Privileges.
A pilot school that holds examining authority may recommend a person
who graduated from its course for the appropriate pilot, flight
instructor, or ground instructor certificate or rating without taking
the FAA knowledge test or practical test in accordance with the
provisions of this subpart.
Sec. 141.67 Limitations and reports.
A pilot school that holds examining authority may only recommend the
issuance of a pilot, flight instructor, or ground instructor certificate
and rating to a person who does not take an FAA knowledge test or
practical test, if the recommendation for the issuance of that
certificate or rating is in accordance with the following requirements:
(a) The person graduated from a training course for which the pilot
school holds examining authority.
(b) Except as provided in this paragraph, the person satisfactorily
completed all the curriculum requirements of that pilot school's
approved training course. A person who transfers from one part 141
approved pilot school to another part 141 approved pilot school may
receive credit for that previous training, provided the following
requirements are met:
(1) The maximum credited training time does not exceed one-half of
the receiving school's curriculum requirements;
(2) The person completes a knowledge and proficiency test conducted
by the receiving school for the purpose of determining the amount of
pilot experience and knowledge to be credited;
(3) The receiving school determines (based on the person's
performance on the knowledge and proficiency test required by paragraph
(b)(2) of this section) the amount of credit to be awarded, and records
that credit in the person's training record;
(4) The person who requests credit for previous pilot experience and
knowledge obtained the experience and knowledge from another part 141
approved pilot school and training course; and
(5) The receiving school retains a copy of the person's training
record from the previous school.
(c) Tests given by a pilot school that holds examining authority
must be approved by the Administrator and be at least equal in scope,
depth, and difficulty to the comparable knowledge and practical tests
prescribed by the Administrator under part 61 of this chapter.
(d) A pilot school that holds examining authority may not use its
knowledge or practical tests if the school:
(1) Knows, or has reason to believe, the test has been compromised;
or
(2) Is notified by an FAA Flight Standards District Office that
there is reason to believe or it is known that the test has been
compromised.
(e) A pilot school that holds examining authority must maintain a
record of all temporary airman certificates it issues, which consist of
the following information:
(1) A chronological listing that includes--
(i) The date the temporary airman certificate was issued;
(ii) The student to whom the temporary airman certificate was
issued, and that student's permanent mailing address and telephone
number;
(iii) The training course from which the student graduated;
(iv) The name of person who conducted the knowledge or practical
test;
(v) The type of temporary airman certificate or rating issued to the
student; and
(vi) The date the student's airman application file was sent to the
FAA for processing for a permanent airman certificate.
(2) A copy of the record containing each student's graduation
certificate, airman application, temporary airman certificate,
superseded airman certificate (if applicable), and knowledge test or
practical test results; and
[[Page 17]]
(3) The records required by paragraph (e) of this section must be
retained for 1 year and made available to the Administrator upon
request. These records must be surrendered to the Administrator when the
pilot school ceases to have examining authority.
(f) Except for pilot schools that have an airman certification
representative, when a student passes the knowledge test or practical
test, the pilot school that holds examining authority must submit that
student's airman application file and training record to the FAA for
processing for the issuance of a permanent airman certificate.
[Doc. No. 25910, 62 FR 16347, Apr. 4, 1997; Amdt. 141-9, 62 FR 40908,
July 30, 1997]
Subpart E--Operating Rules
Sec. 141.71 Applicability.
This subpart prescribes the operating rules applicable to a pilot
school or provisional pilot school certificated under the provisions of
this part.
Sec. 141.73 Privileges.
(a) The holder of a pilot school certificate or a provisional pilot
school certificate may advertise and conduct approved pilot training
courses in accordance with the certificate and any ratings that it
holds.
(b) A pilot school that holds examining authority for an approved
training course may recommend a graduate of that course for the issuance
of an appropriate pilot, flight instructor, or ground instructor
certificate and rating, without taking an FAA knowledge test or
practical test, provided the training course has been approved and meets
the minimum ground and flight training time requirements of this part.
Sec. 141.75 Aircraft requirements.
The following items must be carried on each aircraft used for flight
training and solo flights:
(a) A pretakeoff and prelanding checklist; and
(b) The operator's handbook for the aircraft, if one is furnished by
the manufacturer, or copies of the handbook if furnished to each student
using the aircraft.
[Doc. No. 25910, 62 FR 40908, July 30, 1997]
Sec. 141.77 Limitations.
(a) The holder of a pilot school certificate or a provisional pilot
school certificate may not issue a graduation certificate to a student,
or recommend a student for a pilot certificate or rating, unless the
student has:
(1) Completed the training specified in the pilot school's course of
training; and
(2) Passed the required final tests.
(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, the holder
of a pilot school certificate or a provisional pilot school certificate
may not graduate a student from a course of training unless the student
has completed all of the curriculum requirements of that course;
(c) A student may be given credit towards the curriculum
requirements of a course for previous pilot experience and knowledge,
provided the following conditions are met:
(1) If the credit is based upon a part 141-approved training course,
the credit given that student for the previous pilot experience and
knowledge may be 50 percent of the curriculum requirements and must be
based upon a proficiency test or knowledge test, or both, conducted by
the receiving pilot school;
(2) If the credit is not based upon a part 141-approved training
course, the credit given that student for the previous pilot experience
and knowledge shall not exceed more than 25 percent of the curriculum
requirements and must be based upon a proficiency test or knowledge
test, or both, conducted by the receiving pilot school;
(3) The receiving school determines the amount of course credit to
be transferred under paragraph (c)(1) or paragraph (c)(2) of this
section, based on a proficiency test or knowledge test, or both, of the
student; and
(4) Credit for training specified in paragraph (c)(1) or paragraph
(c)(2) of this section may be given only if the previous provider of the
training has certified in writing, or other form acceptable to the
Administrator as to the kind and amount of training provided,
[[Page 18]]
and the result of each stage check and end-of-course test, if
applicable, given to the student.
[Doc. No. 25910, 62 FR 16347, Apr. 4, 1997; Amdt. 141-9, 62 FR 40908,
July 30, 1997]
Sec. 141.79 Flight training.
(a) No person other than a certificated flight instructor or
commercial pilot with a lighter-than-air rating who has the ratings and
the minimum qualifications specified in the approved training course
outline may give a student flight training under an approved course of
training.
(b) No student pilot may be authorized to start a solo practice
flight from an airport until the flight has been approved by a
certificated flight instructor or commercial pilot with a lighter-than-
air rating who is present at that airport.
(c) Each chief instructor and assistant chief instructor assigned to
a training course must complete, at least once every 12 calendar months,
an approved syllabus of training consisting of ground or flight
training, or both, or an approved flight instructor refresher course.
(d) Each certificated flight instructor or commercial pilot with a
lighter-than-air rating who is assigned to a flight training course must
satisfactorily complete the following tasks, which must be administered
by the school's chief instructor, assistant chief instructor, or check
instructor:
(1) Prior to receiving authorization to train students in a flight
training course, must--
(i) Accomplish a review of and receive a briefing on the objectives
and standards of that training course; and
(ii) Accomplish an initial proficiency check in each make and model
of aircraft used in that training course in which that person provides
training; and
(2) Every 12 calendar months after the month in which the person
last complied with the requirements of paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of this
section, accomplish a recurrent proficiency check in one of the aircraft
in which the person trains students.
[Doc. No. 25910, 62 FR 16347, Apr. 4, 1997; Amdt. 141-9, 62 FR 40908,
July 30, 1997]
Sec. 141.81 Ground training.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each
instructor who is assigned to a ground training course must hold a
flight or ground instructor certificate, or a commercial pilot
certificate with a lighter-than-air rating, with the appropriate rating
for that course of training.
(b) A person who does not meet the requirements of paragraph (a) of
this section may be assigned ground training duties in a ground training
course, if:
(1) The chief instructor who is assigned to that ground training
course finds the person qualified to give that training; and
(2) The training is given while under the supervision of the chief
instructor or the assistant chief instructor who is present at the
facility when the training is given.
(c) An instructor may not be used in a ground training course until
that instructor has been briefed on the objectives and standards of that
course by the chief instructor, assistant chief instructor, or check
instructor.
[Doc. No. 25910, 62 FR 16347, Apr. 4, 1997; Amdt. 141-9, 62 FR 40908,
July 30, 1997]
Sec. 141.83 Quality of training.
(a) Each pilot school or provisional pilot school must meet the
following requirements:
(1) Comply with its approved training course; and
(2) Provide training of such quality that meets the requirements of
Sec. 141.5(d) of this part.
(b) The failure of a pilot school or provisional pilot school to
maintain the quality of training specified in paragraph (a) of this
section may be the basis for suspending or revoking that school's
certificate.
(c) When requested by the Administrator, a pilot school or
provisional pilot school must allow the FAA to administer any knowledge
test, practical test, stage check, or end-of-course test to its
students.
(d) When a stage check or end-of-course test is administered by the
FAA under the provisions of paragraph (c) of this section, and the
student has not completed the training course, then
[[Page 19]]
that test will be based on the standards prescribed in the school's
approved training course.
(e) When a practical test or knowledge test is administered by the
FAA under the provisions of paragraph (c) of this section, to a student
who has completed the school's training course, that test will be based
upon the areas of operation approved by the Administrator.
[Doc. No. 25910, 62 FR 16347, Apr. 4, 1997; Amdt. 141-9, 62 FR 40908,
July 30, 1997]
Sec. 141.85 Chief instructor responsibilities.
(a) Each person designated as a chief instructor for a pilot school
or provisional pilot school shall be responsible for:
(1) Certifying each student's training record, graduation
certificate, stage check and end-of-course test report, recommendation
for course completion, and application;
(2) Ensuring that each certificated flight instructor, certificated
ground instructor, or commercial pilot with a lighter-than-air rating
passes an initial proficiency check prior to that instructor being
assigned instructing duties in the school's approved training course,
and thereafter that the instructor passes a recurrent proficiency check
every 12 calendar months after the month in which the initial test was
accomplished;
(3) Ensuring that each student accomplishes the required stage
checks and end-of-course tests in accordance with the school's approved
training course; and
(4) Maintaining training techniques, procedures, and standards for
the school that are acceptable to the Administrator.
(b) The chief instructor or an assistant chief instructor must be
available at the pilot school or, if away from the pilot school, be
available by telephone, radio, or other electronic means during the time
that training is given for an approved training course.
(c) The chief instructor may delegate authority for conducting stage
checks, end-of-course tests, and flight instructor proficiency checks to
the assistant chief instructor or a check instructor.
[Doc. No. 25910, 62 FR 16347, Apr. 4, 1997; Amdt. 141-9, 62 FR 40908,
July 30, 1997]
Sec. 141.87 Change of chief instructor.
Whenever a pilot school or provisional pilot school makes a change
of designation of its chief instructor, that school:
(a) Must immediately provide the FAA Flight Standards District
Office that has jurisdiction over the area in which the school is
located with written notification of the change;
(b) May conduct training without a chief instructor for that
training course for a period not to exceed 60 days while awaiting the
designation and approval of another chief instructor;
(c) May, for a period not to exceed 60 days, have the stage checks
and end-of-course tests administered by:
(1) The training course's assistant chief instructor, if one has
been designated;
(2) The training course's check instructor, if one has been
designated;
(3) An FAA inspector; or
(4) An examiner.
(d) Must, after 60 days without a chief instructor, cease operations
and surrender its certificate to the Administrator; and
(e) May have its certificate reinstated, upon:
(1) Designating and approving another chief instructor;
(2) Showing it meets the requirements of Sec. 141.27(a)(2) of this
part; and
(3) Applying for reinstatement on a form and in a manner prescribed
by the Administrator.
Sec. 141.89 Maintenance of personnel, facilities, and equipment.
The holder of a pilot school certificate or provisional pilot school
certificate may not provide training to a student who is enrolled in an
approved course of training unless:
(a) Each airport, aircraft, and facility necessary for that training
meets the standards specified in the holder's approved training course
outline and the appropriate requirements of this part; and
[[Page 20]]
(b) Except as provided in Sec. 141.87 of this part, each chief
instructor, assistant chief instructor, check instructor, or instructor
meets the qualifications specified in the holder's approved course of
training and the appropriate requirements of this part.
Sec. 141.91 Satellite bases.
The holder of a pilot school certificate or provisional pilot school
certificate may conduct ground training or flight training in an
approved course of training at a base other than its main operations
base if:
(a) An assistant chief instructor is designated for each satellite
base, and that assistant chief instructor is available at that base or,
if away from the premises, by telephone, radio, or other electronic
means during the time that training is provided for an approved training
course;
(b) The airport, facilities, and personnel used at the satellite
base meet the appropriate requirements of subpart B of this part and its
approved training course outline;
(c) The instructors are under the direct supervision of the chief
instructor or assistant chief instructor for the appropriate training
course, who is readily available for consultation in accordance with
Sec. 141.85(b) of this part; and
(d) The FAA Flight Standards District Office having jurisdiction
over the area in which the school is located is notified in writing if
training is conducted at a base other than the school's main operations
base for more than 7 consecutive days.
[Doc. No. 25910, 62 FR. 16347, Apr. 4, 1997; Amdt. 141-9, 62 FR 40908,
July 30, 1997]
Sec. 141.93 Enrollment.
(a) The holder of a pilot school certificate or a provisional pilot
school certificate must, at the time a student is enrolled in an
approved training course, furnish that student with a copy of the
following:
(1) A certificate of enrollment containing--
(i) The name of the course in which the student is enrolled; and
(ii) The date of that enrollment.
(2) A copy of the student's training syllabus.
(3) A copy of the safety procedures and practices developed by the
school that describe the use of the school's facilities and the
operation of its aircraft. Those procedures and practices shall include
training on at least the following information--
(i) The weather minimums required by the school for dual and solo
flights;
(ii) The procedures for starting and taxiing aircraft on the ramp;
(iii) Fire precautions and procedures;
(iv) Redispatch procedures after unprogrammed landings, on and off
airports;
(v) Aircraft discrepancies and approval for return-to-service
determinations;
(vi) Securing of aircraft when not in use;
(vii) Fuel reserves necessary for local and cross-country flights;
(viii) Avoidance of other aircraft in flight and on the ground;
(ix) Minimum altitude limitations and simulated emergency landing
instructions; and
(x) A description of and instructions regarding the use of assigned
practice areas.
(b) The holder of a pilot school certificate or provisional pilot
school certificate must maintain a monthly listing of persons enrolled
in each training course offered by the school.
[Doc. No. 25910, 62 FR 16347, Apr. 4, 1997; Amdt. 141-9, 62 FR 40908,
July 30, 1997]
Sec. 141.95 Graduation certificate.
(a) The holder of a pilot school certificate or provisional pilot
school certificate must issue a graduation certificate to each student
who completes its approved course of training.
(b) The graduation certificate must be issued to the student upon
completion of the course of training and contain at least the following
information:
(1) The name of the school and the certificate number of the school;
(2) The name of the graduate to whom it was issued;
(3) The course of training for which it was issued;
(4) The date of graduation;
(5) A statement that the student has satisfactorily completed each
required stage of the approved course of training including the tests
for those stages;
[[Page 21]]
(6) A certification of the information contained on the graduation
certificate by the chief instructor for that course of training; and
(7) A statement showing the cross-country training that the student
received in the course of training.
[Doc. No. 25910, 62 FR 16347, Apr. 4, 1997; Amdt. 141-9, 62 FR 40908,
July 30, 1997]
Subpart F--Records
Sec. 141.101 Training records.
(a) Each holder of a pilot school certificate or provisional pilot
school certificate must establish and maintain a current and accurate
record of the participation of each student enrolled in an approved
course of training conducted by the school that includes the following
information:
(1) The date the student was enrolled in the approved course;
(2) A chronological log of the student's course attendance,
subjects, and flight operations covered in the student's training, and
the names and grades of any tests taken by the student; and
(3) The date the student graduated, terminated training, or
transferred to another school.
(b) The records required to be maintained in a student's logbook
will not suffice for the record required by paragraph (a) of this
section.
(c) Whenever a student graduates, terminates training, or transfers
to another school, the student's record must be certified to that effect
by the chief instructor.
(d) The holder of a pilot school certificate or a provisional pilot
school certificate must retain each student record required by this
section for at least 1 year from the date that the student:
(1) Graduates from the course to which the record pertains;
(2) Terminates enrollment in the course to which the record
pertains; or
(3) Transfers to another school.
(e) The holder of a pilot school certificate or a provisional pilot
school certificate must make a copy of the student's training record
available upon request by the student.
[Doc. No. 25910, 62 FR 16347, Apr. 4, 1997; Amdt. 141-9, 62 FR 40908,
July 30, 1997]
Appendix A to Part 141--Recreational Pilot Certification Course
1. Applicability. This appendix prescribes the minimum curriculum
required for a recreational pilot certification course under this part,
for the following ratings:
(a) Airplane single-engine.
(b) Rotorcraft helicopter.
(c) Rotorcraft gyroplane.
2. Eligibility for enrollment. A person must hold a student pilot
certificate prior to enrolling in the flight portion of the recreational
pilot certification course.
3. Aeronautical knowledge training. Each approved course must
include at least 20 hours of ground training on the following
aeronautical knowledge areas, appropriate to the aircraft category and
class for which the course applies:
(a) Applicable Federal Aviation Regulations for recreational pilot
privileges, limitations, and flight operations;
(b) Accident reporting requirements of the National Transportation
Safety Board;
(c) Applicable subjects in the ``Aeronautical Information Manual''
and the appropriate FAA advisory circulars;
(d) Use of aeronautical charts for VFR navigation using pilotage
with the aid of a magnetic compass;
(e) Recognition of critical weather situations from the ground and
in flight, windshear avoidance, and the procurement and use of
aeronautical weather reports and forecasts;
(f) Safe and efficient operation of aircraft, including collision
avoidance, and recognition and avoidance of wake turbulence;
(g) Effects of density altitude on takeoff and climb performance;
(h) Weight and balance computations;
(i) Principles of aerodynamics, powerplants, and aircraft systems;
(j) Stall awareness, spin entry, spins, and spin recovery
techniques, if applying for an airplane single-engine rating;
(k) Aeronautical decision making and judgment; and
(l) Preflight action that includes--
(1) How to obtain information on runway lengths at airports of
intended use, data on takeoff and landing distances, weather reports and
forecasts, and fuel requirements; and
(2) How to plan for alternatives if the planned flight cannot be
completed or delays are encountered.
[[Page 22]]
4. Flight training. (a) Each approved course must include at least
30 hours of flight training (of which 15 hours must be with a
certificated flight instructor and 3 hours must be solo flight training
as provided in section No. 5 of this appendix) on the approved areas of
operation listed in paragraph (c) of this section that are appropriate
to the aircraft category and class rating for which the course applies,
including:
(1) Except as provided in Sec. 61.100 of this chapter, 2 hours of
dual flight training to and at an airport that is located more than 25
nautical miles from the airport where the applicant normally trains,
with at least three takeoffs and three landings; and
(2) 3 hours of dual flight training in an aircraft that is
appropriate to the aircraft category and class for which the course
applies, in preparation for the practical test within 60 days preceding
the date of the test.
(b) Each training flight must include a preflight briefing and a
postflight critique of the student by the flight instructor assigned to
that flight.
(c) Flight training must include the following approved areas of
operation appropriate to the aircraft category and class rating--
(1) For an airplane single-engine course: (i) Preflight preparation;
(ii) Preflight procedures;
(iii) Airport operations;
(iv) Takeoffs, landings, and go-arounds;
(v) Performance maneuvers;
(vi) Ground reference maneuvers;
(vii) Navigation;
(viii) Slow flight and stalls;
(ix) Emergency operations; and
(x) Postflight procedures.
(2) For a rotorcraft helicopter course: (i) Preflight preparation;
(ii) Preflight procedures;
(iii) Airport and heliport operations;
(iv) Hovering maneuvers;
(v) Takeoffs, landings, and go-arounds;
(vi) Performance maneuvers;
(vii) Navigation;
(viii) Emergency operations; and
(ix) Postflight procedures.
(3) For a rotorcraft gyroplane course: (i) Preflight preparation;
(ii) Preflight procedures;
(iii) Airport operations;
(iv) Takeoffs, landings, and go-arounds;
(v) Performance maneuvers;
(vi) Ground reference maneuvers;
(vii) Navigation;
(viii) Flight at slow airspeeds;
(ix) Emergency operations; and
(x) Postflight procedures.
5. Solo flight training. Each approved course must include at least
3 hours of solo flight training on the approved areas of operation
listed in paragraph (c) of section No. 4 of this appendix that are
appropriate to the aircraft category and class rating for which the
course applies.
6. Stage checks and end-of-course tests. (a) Each student enrolled
in a recreational pilot course must satisfactorily accomplish the stage
checks and end-of-course tests, in accordance with the school's approved
training course, consisting of the approved areas of operation listed in
paragraph (c) of section No. 4 of this appendix that are appropriate to
the aircraft category and class rating for which the course applies.
(b) Each student must demonstrate satisfactory proficiency prior to
receiving an endorsement to operate an aircraft in solo flight.
[Doc. No. 25910, 62 FR 16347, Apr. 4, 1997; Amdt. 141-9, 62 FR 40908,
July 30, 1997]
Appendix B to Part 141--Private Pilot Certification Course
1. Applicability. This appendix prescribes the minimum curriculum
for a private pilot certification course required under this part, for
the following ratings:
(a) Airplane single-engine.
(b) Airplane multiengine.
(c) Rotorcraft helicopter.
(d) Rotorcraft gyroplane.
(e) Powered-lift.
(f) Glider.
(g) Lighter-than-air airship.
(h) Lighter-than-air balloon.
2. Eligibility for enrollment. A person must hold a recreational or
student pilot certificate prior to enrolling in the flight portion of
the private pilot certification course.
3. Aeronautical knowledge training.
(a) Each approved course must include at least the following ground
training on the aeronautical knowledge areas listed in paragraph (b) of
this section, appropriate to the aircraft category and class rating:
(1) 35 hours of training if the course is for an airplane,
rotorcraft, or powered-lift category rating.
(2) 15 hours of training if the course is for a glider category
rating.
(3) 10 hours of training if the course is for a lighter-than-air
category with a balloon class rating.
(4) 35 hours of training if the course is for a lighter-than-air
category with an airship class rating.
(b) Ground training must include the following aeronautical
knowledge areas:
(1) Applicable Federal Aviation Regulations for private pilot
privileges, limitations, and flight operations;
(2) Accident reporting requirements of the National Transportation
Safety Board;
(3) Applicable subjects of the ``Aeronautical Information Manual''
and the appropriate FAA advisory circulars;
[[Page 23]]
(4) Aeronautical charts for VFR navigation using pilotage, dead
reckoning, and navigation systems;
(5) Radio communication procedures;
(6) Recognition of critical weather situations from the ground and
in flight, windshear avoidance, and the procurement and use of
aeronautical weather reports and forecasts;
(7) Safe and efficient operation of aircraft, including collision
avoidance, and recognition and avoidance of wake turbulence;
(8) Effects of density altitude on takeoff and climb performance;
(9) Weight and balance computations;
(10) Principles of aerodynamics, powerplants, and aircraft systems;
(11) If the course of training is for an airplane category or glider
category rating, stall awareness, spin entry, spins, and spin recovery
techniques;
(12) Aeronautical decision making and judgment; and
(13) Preflight action that includes--
(i) How to obtain information on runway lengths at airports of
intended use, data on takeoff and landing distances, weather reports and
forecasts, and fuel requirements; and
(ii) How to plan for alternatives if the planned flight cannot be
completed or delays are encountered.
4. Flight training. (a) Each approved course must include at least
the following flight training, as provided in this section and section
No. 5 of this appendix, on the approved areas of operation listed in
paragraph (d) of this section, appropriate to the aircraft category and
class rating:
(1) 35 hours of training if the course is for an airplane,
rotorcraft, powered-lift, or airship rating.
(2) 6 hours of training if the course is for a glider rating.
(3) 8 hours of training if the course is for a balloon rating.
(b) Each approved course must include at least the following flight
training:
(1) For an airplane single-engine course: 20 hours of flight
training from a certificated flight instructor on the approved areas of
operation in paragraph (d)(1) of this section that includes at least--
(i) Except as provided in Sec. 61.111 of this chapter, 3 hours of
cross-country flight training in a single-engine airplane;
(ii) 3 hours of night flight training in a single-engine airplane
that includes--
(A) One cross-country flight of more than 100-nautical-miles total
distance; and
(B) 10 takeoffs and 10 landings to a full stop (with each landing
involving a flight in the traffic pattern) at an airport.
(iii) 3 hours of instrument training in a single-engine airplane;
and
(iv) 3 hours of flight training in a single-engine airplane in
preparation for the practical test within 60 days preceding the date of
the test.
(2) For an airplane multiengine course: 20 hours of flight training
from a certificated flight instructor on the approved areas of operation
in paragraph (d)(2) of this section that includes at least--
(i) Except as provided in Sec. 61.111 of this chapter, 3 hours of
cross-country flight training in a multiengine airplane;
(ii) 3 hours of night flight training in a multiengine airplane that
includes--
(A) One cross-country flight of more than 100-nautical-miles total
distance; and
(B) 10 takeoffs and 10 landings to a full stop (with each landing
involving a flight in the traffic pattern) at an airport.
(iii) 3 hours of instrument training in a multiengine airplane; and
(iv) 3 hours of flight training in a multiengine airplane in
preparation for the practical test within 60 days preceding the date of
the test.
(3) For a rotorcraft helicopter course: 20 hours of flight training
from a certificated flight instructor on the approved areas of operation
in paragraph (d)(3) of this section that includes at least--
(i) Except as provided in Sec. 61.111 of this chapter, 3 hours of
cross-country flight training in a helicopter.
(ii) 3 hours of night flight training in a helicopter that
includes--
(A) One cross-country flight of more than 50-nautical-miles total
distance; and
(B) 10 takeoffs and 10 landings to a full stop (with each landing
involving a flight in the traffic pattern) at an airport.
(iii) 3 hours of flight training in a helicopter in preparation for
the practical test within 60 days preceding the date of the test.
(4) For a rotorcraft gyroplane course: 20 hours of flight training
from a certificated flight instructor on the approved areas of operation
in paragraph (d)(4) of this section that includes at least--
(i) Except as provided in Sec. 61.111 of this chapter, 3 hours of
cross-country flight training in a gyroplane.
(ii) 3 hours of night flight training in a gyroplane that includes--
(A) One cross-country flight over 50-nautical-miles total distance;
and
(B) 10 takeoffs and 10 landings to a full stop (with each landing
involving a flight in the traffic pattern) at an airport.
(iii) 3 hours of flight training in a gyroplane in preparation for
the practical test within 60 days preceding the date of the test.
(5) For a powered-lift course: 20 hours of flight training from a
certificated flight instructor on the approved areas of operation in
paragraph (d)(5) of this section that includes at least--
(i) Except as provided in Sec. 61.111 of this chapter, 3 hours of
cross-country flight training in a powered-lift;
[[Page 24]]
(ii) 3 hours of night flight training in a powered-lift that
includes--
(A) One cross-country flight of more than 100-nautical-miles total
distance; and
(B) 10 takeoffs and 10 landings to a full stop (with each landing
involving a flight in the traffic pattern) at an airport.
(iii) 3 hours of instrument training in a powered-lift; and
(iv) 3 hours of flight training in a powered-lift in preparation for
the practical test, within 60 days preceding the date of the test.
(6) For a glider course: 4 hours of flight training from a
certificated flight instructor on the approved areas of operation in
paragraph (d)(6) of this section that includes at least--
(i) Five training flights in a glider with a certificated flight
instructor on the launch/tow procedures approved for the course and on
the appropriate approved areas of operation listed in paragraph (d)(6)
of this section; and
(ii) Three training flights in a glider with a certificated flight
instructor in preparation for the practical test within 60 days
preceding the date of the test.
(7) For a lighter-than-air airship course: 20 hours of flight
training from a commercial pilot with an airship rating on the approved
areas of operation in paragraph (d)(7) of this section that includes at
least--
(i) Except as provided in Sec. 61.111 of this chapter, 3 hours of
cross-country flight training in an airship;
(ii) 3 hours of night flight training in an airship that includes--
(A) One cross-country flight over 25-nautical-miles total distance;
and
(B) Five takeoffs and five landings to a full stop (with each
landing involving a flight in the traffic pattern) at an airport.
(iii) 3 hours of instrument training in an airship; and
(iv) 3 hours of flight training in an airship in preparation for the
practical test within 60 days preceding the date of the test.
(8) For a lighter-than-air balloon course: 8 hours of flight
training, including at least five training flights, from a commercial
pilot with a balloon rating on the approved areas of operation in
paragraph (d)(8) of this section, that includes--
(i) If the training is being performed in a gas balloon--
(A) Two flights of 1 hour each;
(B) One flight involving a controlled ascent to 3,000 feet above the
launch site; and
(C) Two flights in preparation for the practical test within 60 days
preceding the date of the test.
(ii) If the training is being performed in a balloon with an
airborne heater--
(A) Two flights of 30 minutes each;
(B) One flight involving a controlled ascent to 2,000 feet above the
launch site; and
(C) Two flights in preparation for the practical test within 60 days
preceding the date of the test.
(c) For use of flight simulators or flight training devices:
(1) The course may include training in a flight simulator or flight
training device, provided it is representative of the aircraft for which
the course is approved, meets the requirements of this paragraph, and
the training is given by an authorized instructor.
(2) Training in a flight simulator that meets the requirements of
Sec. 141.41(a) of this part may be credited for a maximum of 20 percent
of the total flight training hour requirements of the approved course,
or of this section, whichever is less.
(3) Training in a flight training device that meets the requirements
of Sec. 141.41(b) of this part may be credited for a maximum of 15
percent of the total flight training hour requirements of the approved
course, or of this section, whichever is less.
(4) Training in flight simulators or flight training devices
described in paragraphs (c)(2) and (c)(3) of this section, if used in
combination, may be credited for a maximum of 20 percent of the total
flight training hour requirements of the approved course, or of this
section, whichever is less. However, credit for training in a flight
training device that meets the requirements of Sec. 141.41(b) cannot
exceed the limitation provided for in paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
(d) Each approved course must include the flight training on the
approved areas of operation listed in this paragraph that are
appropriate to the aircraft category and class rating--
(1) For a single-engine airplane course: (i) Preflight preparation;
(ii) Preflight procedures;
(iii) Airport and seaplane base operations;
(iv) Takeoffs, landings, and go-arounds;
(v) Performance maneuvers;
(vi) Ground reference maneuvers;
(vii) Navigation;
(viii) Slow flight and stalls;
(ix) Basic instrument maneuvers;
(x) Emergency operations;
(xi) Night operations, and
(xii) Postflight procedures.
(2) For a multiengine airplane course: (i) Preflight preparation;
(ii) Preflight procedures;
(iii) Airport and seaplane base operations;
(iv) Takeoffs, landings, and go-arounds;
(v) Performance maneuvers;
(vi) Ground reference maneuvers;
(vii) Navigation;
(viii) Slow flight and stalls;
(ix) Basic instrument maneuvers;
(x) Emergency operations;
(xi) Multiengine operations;
(xii) Night operations; and
(xiii) Postflight procedures.
[[Page 25]]
(3) For a rotorcraft helicopter course: (i) Preflight preparation;
(ii) Preflight procedures;
(iii) Airport and heliport operations;
(iv) Hovering maneuvers;
(v) Takeoffs, landings, and go-arounds;
(vi) Performance maneuvers;
(vii) Navigation;
(viii) Emergency operations;
(ix) Night operations; and
(x) Postflight procedures.
(4) For a rotorcraft gyroplane course:
(i) Preflight preparation;
(ii) Preflight procedures;
(iii) Airport operations;
(iv) Takeoffs, landings, and go-arounds;
(v) Performance maneuvers;
(vi) Ground reference maneuvers;
(vii) Navigation;
(viii) Flight at slow airspeeds;
(ix) Emergency operations;
(x) Night operations; and
(xi) Postflight procedures.
(5) For a powered-lift course: (i) Preflight preparation;
(ii) Preflight procedures;
(iii) Airport and heliport operations;
(iv) Hovering maneuvers;
(v) Takeoffs, landings, and go-arounds;
(vi) Performance maneuvers;
(vii) Ground reference maneuvers;
(viii) Navigation;
(ix) Slow flight and stalls;
(x) Basic instrument maneuvers;
(xi) Emergency operations;
(xii) Night operations; and
(xiii) Postflight procedures.
(6) For a glider course: (i) Preflight preparation;
(ii) Preflight procedures;
(iii) Airport and gliderport operations;
(iv) Launches/tows, as appropriate, and landings;
(v) Performance speeds;
(vi) Soaring techniques;
(vii) Performance maneuvers;
(viii) Navigation;
(ix) Slow flight and stalls;
(x) Emergency operations; and
(xi) Postflight procedures.
(7) For a lighter-than-air airship course: (i) Preflight
preparation;
(ii) Preflight procedures;
(iii) Airport operations;
(iv) Takeoffs, landings, and go-arounds;
(v) Performance maneuvers;
(vi) Ground reference maneuvers;
(vii) Navigation;
(viii) Emergency operations; and
(ix) Postflight procedures.
(8) For a lighter-than-air balloon course: (i) Preflight
preparation;
(ii) Preflight procedures;
(iii) Airport operations;
(iv) Launches and landings;
(v) Performance maneuvers;
(vi) Navigation;
(vii) Emergency operations; and
(viii) Postflight procedures.
5. Solo flight training. Each approved course must include at least
the following solo flight training:
(a) For an airplane single-engine course: 5 hours of solo flight
training in a single-engine airplane on the approved areas of operation
in paragraph (d)(1) of section No. 4 of this appendix that includes at
least--
(1) One solo cross-country flight of at least 100 nautical miles
with landings at a minimum of three points, and one segment of the
flight consisting of a straight-line distance of at least 50 nautical
miles between the takeoff and landing locations; and
(2) Three takeoffs and three landings to a full stop (with each
landing involving a flight in the traffic pattern) at an airport with an
operating control tower.
(b) For an airplane multiengine course: 5 hours of flight training
in a multiengine airplane performing the duties of a pilot in command
while under the supervision of a certificated flight instructor. The
training must consist of the approved areas of operation in paragraph
(d)(2) of section No. 4 of this appendix, and include at least--
(1) One cross-country flight of at least 100 nautical miles with
landings at a minimum of three points, and one segment of the flight
consisting of a straight-line distance of at least 50 nautical miles
between the takeoff and landing locations; and
(2) Three takeoffs and three landings to a full stop (with each
landing involving a flight in the traffic pattern) at an airport with an
operating control tower.
(c) For a rotorcraft helicopter course: 5 hours of solo flight
training in a helicopter on the approved areas of operation in paragraph
(d)(3) of section No. 4 of this appendix that includes at least--
(1) One solo cross-country flight of more than 50 nautical miles
with landings at a minimum of three points, and one segment of the
flight consisting of a straight-line distance of at least 25 nautical
miles between the takeoff and landing locations; and
(2) Three takeoffs and three landings to a full stop (with each
landing involving a flight in the traffic pattern) at an airport with an
operating control tower.
(d) For a rotorcraft gyroplane course: 5 hours of solo flight
training in gyroplanes on the approved areas of operation in paragraph
(d)(4) of section No. 4 of this appendix that includes at least--
(1) One solo cross-country flight of more than 50 nautical miles
with landings at a minimum of three points, and one segment of the
flight consisting of a straight-line distance of at least 25 nautical
miles between the takeoff and landing locations; and
(2) Three takeoffs and three landings to a full stop (with each
landing involving a
[[Page 26]]
flight in the traffic pattern) at an airport with an operating control
tower.
(e) For a powered-lift course: 5 hours of solo flight training in a
powered-lift on the approved areas of operation in paragraph (d)(5) of
section No. 4 of this appendix that includes at least--
(1) One solo cross-country flight of at least 100 nautical miles
with landings at a minimum of three points, and one segment of the
flight consisting of a straight-line distance of at least 50 nautical
miles between the takeoff and landing locations; and
(2) Three takeoffs and three landings to a full stop (with each
landing involving a flight in the traffic pattern) at an airport with an
operating control tower.
(f) For a glider course: Two solo flights in a glider on the
approved areas of operation in paragraph (d)(6) of section No. 4 of this
appendix, and the launch and tow procedures appropriate for the approved
course.
(g) For a lighter-than-air airship course: 5 hours of flight
training in an airship performing the duties of pilot in command while
under the supervision of a commercial pilot with an airship rating. The
training must consist of the approved areas of operation in paragraph
(d)(7) of section No. 4 of this appendix.
(h) For a lighter-than-air balloon course: Two solo flights in a
balloon with an airborne heater if the course involves a balloon with an
airborne heater or, if the course involves a gas balloon, at least two
flights in a gas balloon performing the duties of pilot in command while
under the supervision of a commercial pilot with a balloon rating. The
training must consist of the approved areas of operation in paragraph
(d)(8) of section No. 4 of this appendix, in the kind of balloon for
which the course applies.
6. Stage checks and end-of-course tests.
(a) Each student enrolled in a private pilot course must
satisfactorily accomplish the stage checks and end-of-course tests in
accordance with the school's approved training course, consisting of the
approved areas of operation listed in paragraph (d) of section No. 4 of
this appendix that are appropriate to the aircraft category and class
rating for which the course applies.
(b) Each student must demonstrate satisfactory proficiency prior to
receiving an endorsement to operate an aircraft in solo flight.
[Doc. No. 25910, 62 FR 16347, Apr. 4, 1997; Amdt. 141-9, 62 FR 40908,
July 30, 1997; as amended by Amdt. 141-10, 63 FR 20289, Apr. 23, 1998]
Appendix C to Part 141--Instrument Rating Course
1. Applicability. This appendix prescribes the minimum curriculum
for an instrument rating course and an additional instrument rating
course, required under this part, for the following ratings:
(a) Instrument--airplane.
(b) Instrument--helicopter.
(c) Instrument--powered-lift.
2. Eligibility for enrollment. A person must hold at least a private
pilot certificate with an aircraft category and class rating appropriate
to the instrument rating for which the course applies prior to enrolling
in the flight portion of the instrument rating course.
3. Aeronautical knowledge training. (a) Each approved course must
include at least the following ground training on the aeronautical
knowledge areas listed in paragraph (b) of this section appropriate to
the instrument rating for which the course applies:
(1) 30 hours of training if the course is for an initial instrument
rating.
(2) 20 hours of training if the course is for an additional
instrument rating.
(b) Ground training must include the following aeronautical
knowledge areas:
(1) Applicable Federal Aviation Regulations for IFR flight
operations;
(2) Appropriate information in the ``Aeronautical Information
Manual'';
(3) Air traffic control system and procedures for instrument flight
operations;
(4) IFR navigation and approaches by use of navigation systems;
(5) Use of IFR en route and instrument approach procedure charts;
(6) Procurement and use of aviation weather reports and forecasts,
and the elements of forecasting weather trends on the basis of that
information and personal observation of weather conditions;
(7) Safe and efficient operation of aircraft under instrument flight
rules and conditions;
(8) Recognition of critical weather situations and windshear
avoidance;
(9) Aeronautical decision making and judgment; and
(10) Crew resource management, to include crew communication and
coordination.
4. Flight training. (a) Each approved course must include at least
the following flight training on the approved areas of operation listed
in paragraph (d) of this section, appropriate to the instrument-aircraft
category and class rating for which the course applies:
(1) 35 hours of instrument training if the course is for an initial
instrument rating.
(2) 15 hours of instrument training if the course is for an
additional instrument rating.
(b) For the use of flight simulators or flight training devices--
(1) The course may include training in a flight simulator or flight
training device, provided it is representative of the aircraft for which
the course is approved, meets the requirements of this paragraph, and
the training is given by an authorized instructor.
[[Page 27]]
(2) Training in a flight simulator that meets the requirements of
Sec. 141.41(a) of this part may be credited for a maximum of 50 percent
of the total flight training hour requirements of the approved course,
or of this section, whichever is less.
(3) Training in a flight training device that meets the requirements
of Sec. 141.41(b) of this part may be credited for a maximum of 40
percent of the total flight training hour requirements of the approved
course, or of this section, whichever is less.
(4) Training in flight simulators or flight training devices
described in paragraphs (b)(2) and (b)(3) of this section, if used in
combination, may be credited for a maximum of 50 percent of the total
flight training hour requirements of the approved course, or of this
section, whichever is less. However, credit for training in a flight
training device that meets the requirements of Sec. 141.41(b) cannot
exceed the limitation provided for in paragraph (b)(3) of this section.
(c) Each approved course must include the following flight
training--
(1) For an instrument airplane course: Instrument training time from
a certificated flight instructor with an instrument rating on the
approved areas of operation in paragraph (d) of this section including
at least one cross-country flight that--
(i) Is in the category and class of airplane that the course is
approved for, and is performed under IFR;
(ii) Is a distance of at least 250 nautical miles along airways or
ATC-directed routing with one segment of the flight consisting of at
least a straight-line distance of 100 nautical miles between airports;
(iii) Involves an instrument approach at each airport; and
(iv) Involves three different kinds of approaches with the use of
navigation systems.
(2) For an instrument helicopter course: Instrument training time
from a certificated flight instructor with an instrument rating on the
approved areas of operation in paragraph (d) of this section including
at least one cross-country flight that--
(i) Is in a helicopter and is performed under IFR;
(ii) Is a distance of at least 100 nautical miles along airways or
ATC-directed routing with one segment of the flight consisting of at
least a straight-line distance of 50 nautical miles between airports;
(iii) Involves an instrument approach at each airport; and
(iv) Involves three different kinds of approaches with the use of
navigation systems.
(3) For an instrument powered-lift course: Instrument training time
from a certificated flight instructor with an instrument rating on the
approved areas of operation in paragraph (d) of this section including
at least one cross-country flight that--
(i) Is in a powered-lift and is performed under IFR;
(ii) Is a distance of at least 250 nautical miles along airways or
ATC-directed routing with one segment of the flight consisting of at
least a straight-line distance of 100 nautical miles between airports;
(iii) Involves an instrument approach at each airport; and
(iv) Involves three different kinds of approaches with the use of
navigation systems.
(d) Each approved course must include the flight training on the
approved areas of operation listed in this paragraph appropriate to the
instrument aircraft category and class rating for which the course
applies:
(1) Preflight preparation;
(2) Preflight procedures;
(3) Air traffic control clearances and procedures;
(4) Flight by reference to instruments;
(5) Navigation systems;
(6) Instrument approach procedures;
(7) Emergency operations; and
(8) Postflight procedures.
5. Stage checks and end-of-course tests. Each student enrolled in an
instrument rating course must satisfactorily accomplish the stage checks
and end-of-course tests, in accordance with the school's approved
training course, consisting of the approved areas of operation listed in
paragraph (d) of section No. 4 of this appendix that are appropriate to
the aircraft category and class rating for which the course applies.
[Doc. No. 25910, 62 FR 16347, Apr. 4, 1997; Amdt. 141-9, 62 FR 40909,
July 30, 1997]
Appendix D to Part 141--Commercial Pilot Certification Course
1. Applicability. This appendix prescribes the minimum curriculum
for a commercial pilot certification course required under this part,
for the following ratings:
(a) Airplane single-engine.
(b) Airplane multiengine.
(c) Rotorcraft helicopter.
(d) Rotorcraft gyroplane.
(e) Powered-lift.
(f) Glider.
(g) Lighter-than-air airship.
(h) Lighter-than-air balloon.
2. Eligibility for enrollment. A person must hold the following
prior to enrolling in the flight portion of the commercial pilot
certification course:
(a) At least a private pilot certificate; and
(b) If the course is for a rating in an airplane or a powered-lift
category, then the person must:
(1) Hold an instrument rating in the aircraft that is appropriate to
the aircraft category rating for which the course applies; or
(2) Be concurrently enrolled in an instrument rating course that is
appropriate to the
[[Page 28]]
aircraft category rating for which the course applies, and pass the
required instrument rating practical test prior to completing the
commercial pilot certification course.
3. Aeronautical knowledge training. (a) Each approved course must
include at least the following ground training on the aeronautical
knowledge areas listed in paragraph (b) of this section, appropriate to
the aircraft category and class rating for which the course applies:
(1) 35 hours of training if the course is for an airplane category
rating or a powered-lift category rating.
(2) 65 hours of training if the course is for a lighter-than-air
category with an airship class rating.
(3) 30 hours of training if the course is for a rotocraft category
rating.
(4) 20 hours of training if the course is for a glider category
rating.
(5) 20 hours of training if the course is for lighter-than-air
category with a balloon class rating.
(b) Ground training must include the following aeronautical
knowledge areas:
(1) Federal Aviation Regulations that apply to commercial pilot
privileges, limitations, and flight operations;
(2) Accident reporting requirements of the National Transportation
Safety Board;
(3) Basic aerodynamics and the principles of flight;
(4) Meteorology, to include recognition of critical weather
situations, windshear recognition and avoidance, and the use of
aeronautical weather reports and forecasts;
(5) Safe and efficient operation of aircraft;
(6) Weight and balance computations;
(7) Use of performance charts;
(8) Significance and effects of exceeding aircraft performance
limitations;
(9) Use of aeronautical charts and a magnetic compass for pilotage
and dead reckoning;
(10) Use of air navigation facilities;
(11) Aeronautical decision making and judgment;
(12) Principles and functions of aircraft systems;
(13) Maneuvers, procedures, and emergency operations appropriate to
the aircraft;
(14) Night and high-altitude operations;
(15) Descriptions of and procedures for operating within the
National Airspace System; and
(16) Procedures for flight and ground training for lighter-than-air
ratings.
4. Flight training. (a) Each approved course must include at least
the following flight training, as provided in this section and section
No. 5 of this appendix, on the approved areas of operation listed in
paragraph (d) of this section that are appropriate to the aircraft
category and class rating for which the course applies:
(1) 120 hours of training if the course is for an airplane or
powered-lift rating.
(2) 155 hours of training if the course is for an airship rating.
(3) 115 hours of training if the course is for a rotocraft rating.
(4) 6 hours of training if the course is for a glider rating.
(5) 10 hours of training and 8 training flights if the course is for
a balloon rating.
(b) Each approved course must include at least the following flight
training:
(1) For an airplane single-engine course: 55 hours of flight
training from a certificated flight instructor on the approved areas of
operation listed in paragraph (d)(1) of this section that includes at
least--
(i) 5 hours of instrument training in a single-engine airplane;
(ii) 10 hours of training in a single-engine airplane that has
retractable landing gear, flaps, and a controllable pitch propeller, or
is turbine-powered;
(iii) One cross-country flight in a single-engine airplane of at
least a 2-hour duration, a total straight-line distance of more than 100
nautical miles from the original point of departure, and occurring in
day VFR conditions;
(iv) One cross-country flight in a single-engine airplane of at
least a 2-hour duration, a total straight-line distance of more than 100
nautical miles from the original point of departure, and occurring in
night VFR conditions; and
(v) 3 hours in a single-engine airplane in preparation for the
practical test within 60 days preceding the date of the test.
(2) For an airplane multiengine course: 55 hours of flight training
from a certificated flight instructor on the approved areas of operation
listed in paragraph (d)(2) of this section that includes at least--
(i) 5 hours of instrument training in a multiengine airplane;
(ii) 10 hours of training in a multiengine airplane that has
retractable landing gear, flaps, and a controllable pitch propeller, or
is turbine-powered;
(iii) One cross-country flight in a multiengine airplane of at least
a 2-hour duration, a total straight-line distance of more than 100
nautical miles from the original point of departure, and occurring in
day VFR conditions;
(iv) One cross-country flight in a multiengine airplane of at least
a 2-hour duration, a total straight-line distance of more than 100
nautical miles from the original point of departure, and occurring in
night VFR conditions; and
(v) 3 hours in a multiengine airplane in preparation for the
practical test within 60 days preceding the date of the test.
(3) For a rotorcraft helicopter course: 30 hours of flight training
from a certificated flight
[[Page 29]]
instructor on the approved areas of operation listed in paragraph (d)(3)
of this section that includes at least--
(i) 5 hours of instrument training;
(ii) One cross-country flight in a helicopter of at least a 2-hour
duration, a total straight-line distance of more than 50 nautical miles
from the original point of departure and occurring in day VFR
conditions;
(iii) One cross-country flight in a helicopter of at least a 2-hour
duration, a total straight-line distance of more than 50 nautical miles
from the original point of departure, and occurring in night VFR
conditions; and
(iv) 3 hours in a helicopter in preparation for the practical test
within 60 days preceding the date of the test.
(4) For a rotorcraft gyroplane course: 30 hours of flight training
from a certificated flight instructor on the approved areas of operation
listed in paragraph (d)(4) of this section that includes at least--
(i) 5 hours of instrument training;
(ii) One cross-country flight in a gyroplane of at least a 2-hour
duration, a total straight-line distance of more than 50 nautical miles
from the original point of departure, and occurring in day VFR
conditions;
(iii) One cross-country flight in a gyroplane of at least a 2-hour
duration, a total straight-line distance of more than 50 nautical miles
from the original point of departure, and occurring in night VFR
conditions; and
(iv) 3 hours in a gyroplane in preparation for the practical test
within 60 days preceding the date of the test.
(5) For a powered-lift course: 55 hours of flight training from a
certificated flight instructor on the approved areas of operation listed
in paragraph (d)(5) of this section that includes at least--
(i) 5 hours of instrument training in a powered-lift;
(ii) One cross-country flight in a powered-lift of at least a 2-hour
duration, a total straight-line distance of more than 100 nautical miles
from the original point of departure, and occurring in day VFR
conditions;
(iii) One cross-country flight in a powered-lift of at least a 2-
hour duration, a total straight-line distance of more than 100 nautical
miles from the original point of departure, and occurring in night VFR
conditions; and
(iv) 3 hours in a powered-lift in preparation for the practical test
within 60 days preceding the date of the test.
(6) For a glider course: 4 hours of flight training from a
certificated flight instructor on the approved areas of operation in
paragraph (d)(6) of this section, that includes at least--
(i) Five training flights in a glider with a certificated flight
instructor on the launch/tow procedures approved for the course and on
the appropriate approved areas of operation listed in paragraph (d)(6)
of this section; and
(ii) Three training flights in a glider with a certificated flight
instructor in preparation for the practical test within 60 days
preceding the date of the test.
(7) For a lighter-than-air airship course: 55 hours of flight
training in airships from a commercial pilot with an airship rating on
the approved areas of operation in paragraph (d)(7) of this section that
includes at least--
(i) 3 hours of instrument training in an airship;
(ii) One cross-country flight in an airship of at least a 1-hour
duration, a total straight-line distance of more than 25 nautical miles
from the original point of departure, and occurring in day VFR
conditions; and
(iii) One cross-country flight in an airship of at least a 1-hour
duration, a total straight-line distance of more than 25 nautical miles
from the original point of departure, and occurring in night VFR
conditions; and
(iv) 3 hours in an airship, in preparation for the practical test
within 60 days preceding the date of the test.
(8) For a lighter-than-air balloon course: Flight training from a
commercial pilot with a balloon rating on the approved areas of
operation in paragraph (d)(8) of this section that includes at least--
(i) If the course involves training in a gas balloon:
(A) Two flights of 1 hour each;
(B) One flight involving a controlled ascent to at least 5,000 feet
above the launch site; and
(C) Two flights in preparation for the practical test within 60 days
preceding the date of the test.
(ii) If the course involves training in a balloon with an airborne
heater:
(A) Two flights of 30 minutes each;
(B) One flight involving a controlled ascent to at least 3,000 feet
above the launch site; and
(C) Two flights in preparation for the practical test within 60 days
preceding the date of the test.
(c) For the use of flight simulators or flight training devices:
(1) The course may include training in a flight simulator or flight
training device, provided it is representative of the aircraft for which
the course is approved, meets the requirements of this paragraph, and is
given by an authorized instructor.
(2) Training in a flight simulator that meets the requirements of
Sec. 141.41(a) of this part may be credited for a maximum of 30 percent
of the total flight training hour requirements of the approved course,
or of this section, whichever is less.
[[Page 30]]
(3) Training in a flight training device that meets the requirements
of Sec. 141.41(b) of this part may be credited for a maximum of 20
percent of the total flight training hour requirements of the approved
course, or of this section, whichever is less.
(4) Training in the flight training devices described in paragraphs
(c)(2) and (c)(3) of this section, if used in combination, may be
credited for a maximum of 30 percent of the total flight training hour
requirements of the approved course, or of this section, whichever is
less. However, credit for training in a flight training device that
meets the requirements of Sec. 141.41(b) cannot exceed the limitation
provided for in paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
(d) Each approved course must include the flight training on the
approved areas of operation listed in this paragraph that are
appropriate to the aircraft category and class rating--
(1) For an airplane single-engine course: (i) Preflight preparation;
(ii) Preflight procedures;
(iii) Airport and seaplane base operations;
(iv) Takeoffs, landings, and go-arounds;
(v) Performance maneuvers;
(vi) Navigation;
(vii) Slow flight and stalls;
(viii) Emergency operations;
(ix) High-altitude operations; and
(x) Postflight procedures.
(2) For an airplane multiengine course: (i) Preflight preparation;
(ii) Preflight procedures;
(iii) Airport and seaplane base operations;
(iv) Takeoffs, landings, and go-arounds;
(v) Performance maneuvers;
(vi) Navigation;
(vii) Slow flight and stalls;
(viii) Emergency operations;
(ix) Multiengine operations;
(x) High-altitude operations; and
(xi) Postflight procedures.
(3) For a rotorcraft helicopter course: (i) Preflight preparation;
(ii) Preflight procedures;
(iii) Airport and heliport operations;
(iv) Hovering maneuvers;
(v) Takeoffs, landings, and go-arounds;
(vi) Performance maneuvers;
(vii) Navigation;
(viii) Emergency operations;
(ix) Special operations; and
(x) Postflight procedures.
(4) For a rotorcraft gyroplane course: (i) Preflight preparation;
(ii) Preflight procedures;
(iii) Airport operations;
(iv) Takeoffs, landings, and go-arounds;
(v) Performance maneuvers;
(vi) Navigation;
(vii) Flight at slow airspeeds;
(viii) Emergency operations; and
(ix) Postflight procedures.
(5) For a powered-lift course: (i) Preflight preparation;
(ii) Preflight procedures;
(iii) Airport and heliport operations;
(iv) Hovering maneuvers;
(v) Takeoffs, landings, and go-arounds;
(vi) Performance maneuvers;
(vii) Navigation;
(viii) Slow flight and stalls;
(ix) Emergency operations;
(x) High altitude operations;
(xi) Special operations; and
(xii) Postflight procedures.
(6) For a glider course: (i) Preflight preparation;
(ii) Preflight procedures;
(iii) Airport and gliderport operations;
(iv) Launches/tows, as appropriate, and landings;
(v) Performance speeds;
(vi) Soaring techniques;
(vii) Performance maneuvers;
(viii) Navigation;
(ix) Slow flight and stalls;
(x) Emergency operations; and
(xi) Postflight procedures.
(7) For a lighter-than-air airship course: (i) Fundamentals of
instructing;
(ii) Technical subjects;
(iii) Preflight preparation;
(iv) Preflight lessons on a maneuver to be performed in flight;
(v) Preflight procedures;
(vi) Airport operations;
(vii) Takeoffs, landings, and go-arounds;
(viii) Performance maneuvers;
(ix) Navigation;
(x) Emergency operations; and
(xi) Postflight procedures.
(8) For a lighter-than-air balloon course: (i) Fundamentals of
instructing;
(ii) Technical subjects;
(iii) Preflight preparation;
(iv) Preflight lesson on a maneuver to be performed in flight;
(v) Preflight procedures;
(vi) Airport operations;
(vii) Launches and landings;
(viii) Performance maneuvers;
(ix) Navigation;
(x) Emergency operations; and
(xi) Postflight procedures.
5. Solo training. Each approved course must include at least the
following solo flight training:
(a) For an airplane single-engine course: 10 hours of solo flight
training in a single-engine airplane on the approved areas of operation
in paragraph (d)(1) of section No. 4 of this appendix that includes at
least--
(1) One cross-country flight, if the training is being performed in
the State of Hawaii, with landings at a minimum of three points, and one
of the segments consisting of a straight-line distance of at least 150
nautical miles;
[[Page 31]]
(2) One cross-country flight, if the training is being performed in
a State other than Hawaii, with landings at a minimum of three points,
and one segment of the flight consisting of a straight-line distance of
at least 250 nautical miles; and
(3) 5 hours in night VFR conditions with 10 takeoffs and 10 landings
(with each landing involving a flight with a traffic pattern) at an
airport with an operating control tower.
(b) For an airplane multiengine course: 10 hours of flight training
in a multiengine airplane performing the duties of pilot in command
while under the supervision of a certificated flight instructor. The
training must consist of the approved areas of operation in paragraph
(d)(2) of section No. 4 of this appendix, and include at least--
(1) One cross-country flight, if the training is being performed in
the State of Hawaii, with landings at a minimum of three points, and one
of the segments consisting of a straight-line distance of at least 150
nautical miles;
(2) One cross-country flight, if the training is being performed in
a State other than Hawaii, with landings at a minimum of three points
and one segment of the flight consisting of straight-line distance of at
least 250 nautical miles; and
(3) 5 hours in night VFR conditions with 10 takeoffs and 10 landings
(with each landing involving a flight with a traffic pattern) at an
airport with an operating control tower.
(c) For a rotorcraft helicopter course: 10 hours of solo flight
training in a helicopter on the approved areas of operation in paragraph
(d)(3) of section No. 4 of this appendix that includes at least--
(1) One cross-country flight with landings at a minimum of three
points and one segment of the flight consisting of a straight-line
distance of at least 50 nautical miles from the original point of
departure; and
(2) 5 hours in night VFR conditions with 10 takeoffs and 10 landings
(with each landing involving a flight with a traffic pattern) at an
airport with an operating control tower.
(d) For a rotorcraft-gyroplane course: 10 hours of solo flight
training in a gyroplane on the approved areas of operation in paragraph
(d)(4) of section No. 4 of this appendix that includes at least--
(1) One cross-country flight with landings at a minimum of three
points, and one segment of the flight consisting of a straight-line
distance of at least 50 nautical miles from the original point of
departure; and
(2) 5 hours in night VFR conditions with 10 takeoffs and 10 landings
(with each landing involving a flight with a traffic pattern) at an
airport with an operating control tower.
(e) For a powered-lift course: 10 hours of solo flight training in a
powered-lift on the approved areas of operation in paragraph (d)(5) of
section No. 4 of this appendix that includes at least--
(1) One cross-country flight, if the training is being performed in
the State of Hawaii, with landings at a minimum of three points, and one
segment of the flight consisting of a straight-line distance of at least
150 nautical miles;
(2) One cross-country flight, if the training is being performed in
a State other than Hawaii, with landings at a minimum of three points,
and one segment of the flight consisting of a straight-line distance of
at least 250 nautical miles; and
(3) 5 hours in night VFR conditions with 10 takeoffs and 10 landings
(with each landing involving a flight with a traffic pattern) at an
airport with an operating control tower.
(f) For a glider course: 5 solo flights in a glider on the approved
areas of operation in paragraph (d)(6) of section No. 4 of this
appendix.
(g) For a lighter-than-air airship course: 10 hours of flight
training in an airship performing the duties of pilot in command while
under the supervision of a commercial pilot with an airship rating. The
training must consist of the approved areas of operation in paragraph
(d)(7) of section No. 4 of this appendix and include at least--
(1) One cross-country flight with landings at a minimum of three
points, and one segment of the flight consisting of a straight-line
distance of at least 25 nautical miles from the original point of
departure; and
(2) 5 hours in night VFR conditions with 10 takeoffs and 10 landings
(with each landing involving a flight with a traffic pattern).
(h) For a lighter-than-air balloon course: Two solo flights if the
course is for a hot air balloon rating, or, if the course is for a gas
balloon rating, at least two flights in a gas balloon, while performing
the duties of pilot in command under the supervision of a commercial
pilot with a balloon rating. The training shall consist of the approved
areas of operation in paragraph (d)(8) of section No. 4 of this
appendix, in the kind of balloon for which the course applies.
6. Stage checks and end-of-course tests. (a) Each student enrolled
in a commercial pilot course must satisfactorily accomplish the stage
checks and end-of-course tests, in accordance with the school's approved
training course, consisting of the approved areas of operation listed in
paragraph (d) of section No. 4 of this appendix that are appropriate to
aircraft category and class rating for which the course applies.
(b) Each student must demonstrate satisfactory proficiency prior to
receiving an endorsement to operate an aircraft in solo flight.
[Doc. No. 25910, 62 FR 16347, Apr. 4, 1997; Amdt. 141-9, 62 FR 40909,
July 30, 1997; as amended by Amdt. 141-10, 63 FR 20290, Apr. 23, 1998]
[[Page 32]]
Appendix E to Part 141--Airline Transport Pilot Certification Course
1. Applicability. This appendix prescribes the minimum curriculum
for an airline transport pilot certification course under this part, for
the following ratings:
(a) Airplane single-engine.
(b) Airplane multiengine.
(c) Rotorcraft helicopter.
(d) Powered-lift.
2. Eligibility for enrollment. Prior to enrolling in the flight
portion of the airline transport pilot certification course, a person
must:
(a) Meet the aeronautical experience requirements prescribed in
subpart G of part 61 of this chapter for an airline transport pilot
certificate that is appropriate to the aircraft category and class
rating for which the course applies;
(b) Hold at least a commercial pilot certificate and an instrument
rating;
(c) Meet the military experience requirements under Sec. 61.73 of
this chapter to qualify for a commercial pilot certificate and an
instrument rating, if the person is a rated military pilot or former
rated military pilot of an Armed Force of the United States; or
(d) Hold either a foreign airline transport pilot license or foreign
commercial pilot license and an instrument rating, if the person holds a
pilot license issued by a contracting State to the Convention on
International Civil Aviation.
3. Aeronautical knowledge areas. (a) Each approved course must
include at least 40 hours of ground training on the aeronautical
knowledge areas listed in paragraph (b) of this section, appropriate to
the aircraft category and class rating for which the course applies.
(b) Ground training must include the following aeronautical
knowledge areas:
(1) Applicable Federal Aviation Regulations of this chapter that
relate to airline transport pilot privileges, limitations, and flight
operations;
(2) Meteorology, including knowledge of and effects of fronts,
frontal characteristics, cloud formations, icing, and upper-air data;
(3) General system of weather and NOTAM collection, dissemination,
interpretation, and use;
(4) Interpretation and use of weather charts, maps, forecasts,
sequence reports, abbreviations, and symbols;
(5) National Weather Service functions as they pertain to operations
in the National Airspace System;
(6) Windshear and microburst awareness, identification, and
avoidance;
(7) Principles of air navigation under instrument meteorological
conditions in the National Airspace System;
(8) Air traffic control procedures and pilot responsibilities as
they relate to en route operations, terminal area and radar operations,
and instrument departure and approach procedures;
(9) Aircraft loading; weight and balance; use of charts, graphs,
tables, formulas, and computations; and the effects on aircraft
performance;
(10) Aerodynamics relating to an aircraft's flight characteristics
and performance in normal and abnormal flight regimes;
(11) Human factors;
(12) Aeronautical decision making and judgment; and
(13) Crew resource management to include crew communication and
coordination.
4. Flight training. (a) Each approved course must include at least
25 hours of flight training on the approved areas of operation listed in
paragraph (c) of this section appropriate to the aircraft category and
class rating for which the course applies. At least 15 hours of this
flight training must be instrument flight training.
(b) For the use of flight simulators or flight training devices--
(1) The course may include training in a flight simulator or flight
training device, provided it is representative of the aircraft for which
the course is approved, meets the requirements of this paragraph, and
the training is given by an authorized instructor.
(2) Training in a flight simulator that meets the requirements of
Sec. 141.41(a) of this part may be credited for a maximum of 50 percent
of the total flight training hour requirements of the approved course,
or of this section, whichever is less.
(3) Training in a flight training device that meets the requirements
of Sec. 141.41(b) of this part may be credited for a maximum of 25
percent of the total flight training hour requirements of the approved
course, or of this section, whichever is less.
(4) Training in flight simulators or flight training devices
described in paragraphs (b)(2) and (b)(3) of this section, if used in
combination, may be credited for a maximum of 50 percent of the total
flight training hour requirements of the approved course, or of this
section, whichever is less. However, credit for training in a flight
training device that meets the requirements of Sec. 141.41(b) cannot
exceed the limitation provided for in paragraph (b)(3) of this section.
(c) Each approved course must include flight training on the
approved areas of operation listed in this paragraph appropriate to the
aircraft category and class rating for which the course applies:
(1) Preflight preparation;
(2) Preflight procedures;
(3) Takeoff and departure phase;
(4) In-flight maneuvers;
(5) Instrument procedures;
[[Page 33]]
(6) Landings and approaches to landings;
(7) Normal and abnormal procedures;
(8) Emergency procedures; and
(9) Postflight procedures.
5. Stage checks and end-of-course tests. (a) Each student enrolled
in an airline transport pilot course must satisfactorily accomplish the
stage checks and end-of-course tests, in accordance with the school's
approved training course, consisting of the approved areas of operation
listed in paragraph (c) of section No. 4 of this appendix that are
appropriate to the aircraft category and class rating for which the
course applies.
(b) Each student must demonstrate satisfactory proficiency prior to
receiving an endorsement to operate an aircraft in solo flight.
[Doc. No. 25910, 62 FR 16347, Apr. 4, 1997; Amdt. 141-9, 62 FR 40909,
July 30, 1997]
Appendix F to Part 141--Flight Instructor Certification Course
1. Applicability. This appendix prescribes the minimum curriculum
for a flight instructor certification course and an additional flight
instructor rating course required under this part, for the following
ratings:
(a) Airplane single-engine.
(b) Airplane multiengine.
(c) Rotorcraft helicopter.
(d) Rotorcraft gyroplane.
(e) Powered-lift.
(f) Glider category.
2. Eligibility for enrollment. A person must hold the following
prior to enrolling in the flight portion of the flight instructor or
additional flight instructor rating course:
(a) A commercial pilot certificate or an airline transport pilot
certificate, with an aircraft category and class rating appropriate to
the flight instructor rating for which the course applies; and
(b) An instrument rating or privilege in an aircraft that is
appropriate to the aircraft category and class rating for which the
course applies, if the course is for a flight instructor airplane or
powered-lift instrument rating.
3. Aeronautical knowledge training. (a) Each approved course must
include at least the following ground training in the aeronautical
knowledge areas listed in paragraph (b) of this section:
(1) 40 hours of training if the course is for an initial issuance of
a flight instructor certificate; or
(2) 20 hours of training if the course is for an additional flight
instructor rating.
(b) Ground training must include the following aeronautical
knowledge areas:
(1) The fundamentals of instructing including--
(i) The learning process;
(ii) Elements of effective teaching;
(iii) Student evaluation and testing;
(iv) Course development;
(v) Lesson planning; and
(vi) Classroom training techniques.
(2) The aeronautical knowledge areas in which training is required
for--
(i) A recreational, private, and commercial pilot certificate that
is appropriate to the aircraft category and class rating for which the
course applies; and
(ii) An instrument rating that is appropriate to the aircraft
category and class rating for which the course applies, if the course is
for an airplane or powered-lift aircraft rating.
(c) A student who satisfactorily completes 2 years of study on the
principles of education at a college or university may be credited with
no more than 20 hours of the training required in paragraph (a)(1) of
this section.
4. Flight training. (a) Each approved course must include at least
the following flight training on the approved areas of operation of
paragraph (c) of this section appropriate to the flight instructor
rating for which the course applies:
(1) 25 hours, if the course is for an airplane, rotorcraft, or
powered-lift rating; and
(2) 10 hours, which must include 10 flights, if the course is for a
glider category rating.
(b) For the use of flight simulators or flight training devices:
(1) The course may include training in a flight simulator or flight
training device, provided it is representative of the aircraft for which
the course is approved, meets the requirements of this paragraph, and
the training is given by an authorized instructor.
(2) Training in a flight simulator that meets the requirements of
Sec. 141.41(a) of this part, may be credited for a maximum of 10 percent
of the total flight training hour requirements of the approved course,
or of this section, whichever is less.
(3) Training in a flight training device that meets the requirements
of Sec. 141.41(b) of this part, may be credited for a maximum of 5
percent of the total flight training hour requirements of the approved
course, or of this section, whichever is less.
(4) Training in flight simulators or flight training devices
described in paragraphs (b)(2) and (b)(3) of this section, if used in
combination, may be credited for a maximum of 10 percent of the total
flight training hour requirements of the approved course, or of this
section, whichever is less. However, credit for training in a flight
training device that meets the requirements of Sec. 141.41(b) cannot
exceed the limitation provided for in paragraph (b)(3) of this section.
[[Page 34]]
(c) Each approved course must include flight training on the
approved areas of operation listed in this paragraph that are
appropriate to the aircraft category and class rating for which the
course applies--
(1) For an airplane--single-engine course: (i) Fundamentals of
instructing;
(ii) Technical subject areas;
(iii) Preflight preparation;
(iv) Preflight lesson on a maneuver to be performed in flight;
(v) Preflight procedures;
(vi) Airport and seaplane base operations;
(vii) Takeoffs, landings, and go-arounds;
(viii) Fundamentals of flight;
(ix) Performance maneuvers;
(x) Ground reference maneuvers;
(xi) Slow flight, stalls, and spins;
(xii) Basic instrument maneuvers;
(xiii) Emergency operations; and
(xiv) Postflight procedures.
(2) For an airplane--multiengine course: (i) Fundamentals of
instructing;
(ii) Technical subject areas;
(iii) Preflight preparation;
(iv) Preflight lesson on a maneuver to be performed in flight;
(v) Preflight procedures;
(vi) Airport and seaplane base operations;
(vii) Takeoffs, landings, and go-arounds;
(viii) Fundamentals of flight;
(ix) Performance maneuvers;
(x) Ground reference maneuvers;
(xi) Slow flight and stalls;
(xii) Basic instrument maneuvers;
(xiii) Emergency operations;
(xiv) Multiengine operations; and
(xv) Postflight procedures.
(3) For a rotorcraft--helicopter course: (i) Fundamentals of
instructing;
(ii) Technical subject areas;
(iii) Preflight preparation;
(iv) Preflight lesson on a maneuver to be performed in flight;
(v) Preflight procedures;
(vi) Airport and heliport operations;
(vii) Hovering maneuvers;
(viii) Takeoffs, landings, and go-arounds;
(ix) Fundamentals of flight;
(x) Performance maneuvers;
(xi) Emergency operations;
(xii) Special operations; and
(xiii) Postflight procedures.
(4) For a rotorcraft--gyroplane course: (i) Fundamentals of
instructing;
(ii) Technical subject areas;
(iii) Preflight preparation;
(iv) Preflight lesson on a maneuver to be performed in flight;
(v) Preflight procedures;
(vi) Airport operations;
(vii) Takeoffs, landings, and go-arounds;
(viii) Fundamentals of flight;
(ix) Performance maneuvers;
(x) Flight at slow airspeeds;
(xi) Ground reference maneuvers;
(xii) Emergency operations; and
(xiii) Postflight procedures.
(5) For a powered-lift course: (i) Fundamentals of instructing;
(ii) Technical subject areas;
(iii) Preflight preparation;
(iv) Preflight lesson on a maneuver to be performed in flight;
(v) Preflight procedures;
(vi) Airport and heliport operations;
(vii) Hovering maneuvers;
(viii) Takeoffs, landings, and go-arounds;
(ix) Fundamentals of flight;
(x) Performance maneuvers;
(xi) Ground reference maneuvers;
(xii) Slow flight and stalls;
(xiii) Basic instrument maneuvers;
(xiv) Emergency operations;
(xv) Special operations; and
(xvi) Postflight procedures.
(6) For a glider course: (i) Fundamentals of instructing;
(ii) Technical subject areas;
(iii) Preflight preparation;
(iv) Preflight lesson on a maneuver to be performed in flight;
(v) Preflight procedures;
(vi) Airport and gliderport operations;
(vii) Tows or launches, landings, and go-arounds, if applicable;
(viii) Fundamentals of flight;
(ix) Performance speeds;
(x) Soaring techniques;
(xi) Performance maneuvers;
(xii) Slow flight, stalls, and spins;
(xiii) Emergency operations; and
(xiv) Postflight procedures.
5. Stage checks and end-of-course tests. (a) Each student enrolled
in a flight instructor course must satisfactorily accomplish the stage
checks and end-of-course tests, in accordance with the school's approved
training course, consisting of the appropriate approved areas of
operation listed in paragraph (c) of section No. 4 of this appendix
appropriate to the flight instructor rating for which the course
applies.
(b) In the case of a student who is enrolled in a flight instructor-
airplane rating or flight instructor-glider rating course, that student
must have:
(1) Received a logbook endorsement from a certificated flight
instructor certifying the student received ground and flight training on
stall awareness, spin entry, spins, and spin recovery procedures in an
aircraft that is certificated for spins and is appropriate to the rating
sought; and
(2) Demonstrated instructional proficiency in stall awareness, spin
entry, spins, and spin recovery procedures.
[Doc. No. 25910, 62 FR 16347, Apr. 4, 1997; Amdt. 141-9, 62 FR 40909,
July 30, 1997]
[[Page 35]]
Appendix G to Part 141--Flight Instructor Instrument (For an Airplane,
Helicopter, or Powered-Lift Instrument Instructor Rating, as
Appropriate) Certification Course
1. Applicability. This appendix prescribes the minimum curriculum
for a flight instructor instrument certification course required under
this part, for the following ratings:
(a) Flight Instructor Instrument--Airplane.
(b) Flight Instructor Instrument--Helicopter.
(c) Flight Instructor Instrument--Powered-lift aircraft.
2. Eligibility for enrollment. A person must hold the following
prior to enrolling in the flight portion of the flight instructor
instrument course:
(a) A commercial pilot certificate or airline transport pilot
certificate with an aircraft category and class rating appropriate to
the flight instructor category and class rating for which the course
applies; and
(b) An instrument rating or privilege on that flight instructor
applicant's pilot certificate that is appropriate to the flight
instructor instrument rating (for an airplane-, helicopter-, or powered-
lift-instrument rating, as appropriate) for which the course applies.
3. Aeronautical knowledge training. (a) Each approved course must
include at least 15 hours of ground training on the aeronautical
knowledge areas listed in paragraph (b) of this section,
appropriate to the flight instructor instrument rating (for an
airplane-, helicopter-, or powered-lift-instrument rating, as
appropriate) for which the course applies:
(b) Ground training must include the following aeronautical
knowledge areas:
(1) The fundamentals of instructing including:
(i) The learning process;
(ii) Elements of effective teaching;
(iii) Student evaluation and testing;
(iv) Course development;
(v) Lesson planning; and
(vi) Classroom training techniques.
(2) The aeronautical knowledge areas in which training is required
for an instrument rating that is appropriate to the aircraft category
and class rating for the course which applies.
4. Flight training. (a) Each approved course must include at least
15 hours of flight training in the approved areas of operation of
paragraph (c) of this section appropriate to the flight instructor
rating for which the course applies.
(b) For the use of flight simulators or flight training devices:
(1) The course may include training in a flight simulator or flight
training device, provided it is representative of the aircraft for which
the course is approved for, meets requirements of this paragraph, and
the training is given by an instructor.
(2) Training in a flight simulator that meets the requirements of
Sec. 141.41(a) of this part, may be credited for a maximum of 10 percent
of the total flight training hour requirements of the approved course,
or of this section, whichever is less.
(3) Training in a flight training device that meets the requirements
of Sec. 141.41(b) of this part, may be credited for a maximum of 5
percent of the total flight training hour requirements of the approved
course, or of this section, whichever is less.
(4) Training in flight simulators or flight training devices
described in paragraphs (b)(2) and (b)(3) of this section, if used in
combination, may be credited for a maximum of 10 percent of the total
flight training hour requirements of the approved course, or of this
section, whichever is less. However, credit for training in a flight
training device that meets the requirements of Sec. 141.41(b) cannot
exceed the limitation provided for in paragraph (b)(3) of this section.
(c) An approved course for the flight instructor-instrument rating
must include flight training on the following approved areas of
operation that are appropriate to the instrument-aircraft category and
class rating for which the course applies:
(1) Fundamentals of instructing;
(2) Technical subject areas;
(3) Preflight preparation;
(4) Preflight lesson on a maneuver to be performed in flight;
(5) Air traffic control clearances and procedures;
(6) Flight by reference to instruments;
(7) Navigation systems;
(8) Instrument approach procedures;
(9) Emergency operations; and
(10) Postflight procedures.
5. Stage checks and end-of-course tests. Each student enrolled in a
flight instructor instrument course must satisfactorily accomplish the
stage checks and end-of-course tests, in accordance with the school's
approved training course, consisting of the approved areas of operation
listed in paragraph (c) of section No. 4 of this appendix that are
appropriate to the flight instructor instrument rating (for an airplane-
, helicopter-, or powered-lift-instrument rating, as appropriate) for
which the course applies.
[Doc. No. 25910, 62 FR 16347, Apr. 4, 1997; Amdt. 141-9, 62 FR 40909,
July 30, 1997]
[[Page 36]]
Appendix H to Part 141--Ground Instructor Certification Course
1. Applicability. This appendix prescribes the minimum curriculum
for a ground instructor certification course and an additional ground
instructor rating course, required under this part, for the following
ratings:
(a) Ground Instructor--Basic.
(b) Ground Instructor--Advanced.
(c) Ground Instructor--Instrument.
2. Aeronautical knowledge training. (a) Each approved course must
include at least the following ground training on the knowledge areas
listed in paragraphs (b), (c), (d), and (e) of this section, appropriate
to the ground instructor rating for which the course applies:
(1) 20 hours of training if the course is for an initial issuance of
a ground instructor certificate; or
(2) 10 hours of training if the course is for an additional ground
instructor rating.
(b) Ground training must include the following aeronautical
knowledge areas:
(1) Learning process;
(2) Elements of effective teaching;
(3) Student evaluation and testing;
(4) Course development;
(5) Lesson planning; and
(6) Classroom training techniques.
(c) Ground training for a basic ground instructor certificate must
include the aeronautical knowledge areas applicable to a recreational
and private pilot.
(d) Ground training for an advanced ground instructor rating must
include the aeronautical knowledge areas applicable to a recreational,
private, commercial, and airline transport pilot.
(e) Ground training for an instrument ground instructor rating must
include the aeronautical knowledge areas applicable to an instrument
rating.
(f) A student who satisfactorily completed 2 years of study on the
principles of education at a college or university may be credited with
10 hours of the training required in paragraph (a)(1) of this section.
3. Stage checks and end-of-course tests. Each student enrolled in a
ground instructor course must satisfactorily accomplish the stage checks
and end-of-course tests, in accordance with the school's approved
training course, consisting of the approved knowledge areas in paragraph
(b), (c), (d), and (e) of section No. 2 of this appendix appropriate to
the ground instructor rating for which the course applies.
Appendix I to Part 141--Additional Aircraft Category or Class Rating
Course
1. Applicability. This appendix prescribes the minimum curriculum
for an additional aircraft category rating course or an additional
aircraft class rating course required under this part, for the following
ratings:
(a) Airplane single-engine.
(b) Airplane multiengine.
(c) Rotorcraft helicopter.
(d) Rotorcraft gyroplane.
(e) Powered-lift.
(f) Glider.
(g) Lighter-than-air airship.
(h) Lighter-than-air balloon.
2. Eligibility for enrollment. A person must hold the level of pilot
certificate for the additional aircraft category and class rating for
which the course applies prior to enrolling in the flight portion of an
additional aircraft category or additional aircraft class rating course.
3. Aeronautical knowledge training. Each approved course for an
additional aircraft category rating and additional aircraft class rating
must include ground training time requirements and ground training on
the aeronautical knowledge areas that are specific to that aircraft
category and class rating and piolt certificate level for which the
course applies as required in appendix A, B, D, or E of this part, as
appropriate.
4. Flight training. (a) Each approved course for an additional
aircraft category rating or additional aircraft class rating must
include the flight training time requirements and flight training on the
areas of operation that are specific to that aircraft category and class
rating and pilot certificate level for which the course applies as
required in appendix A, B, D, or E of this part, as appropriate.
(b) For the use of flight simulators or flight training devices:
(1) The course may include training in a flight simulator or flight
training device, provided it is representative of the aircraft for which
the course is approved, meets the requirements of this paragraph, and
the training is given by an authorized instructor.
(2) Training in a flight simulator that meets the requirements of
Sec. 141.41(a) of this part may be credited for a maximum of 30 percent
of the total flight training hour requirements of the approved course,
or of this section, whichever is less.
(3) Training in a flight training device that meets the requirements
of Sec. 141.41(b) of this part may be credited for a maximum of 20
percent of the total flight training hour requirements of the approved
course, or of this section, whichever is less.
(4) Training in the flight simulators or flight training devices
described in paragraphs (b)(2) and (b)(3) of this section, if used in
combination, may be credited for a maximum of 30 percent of the total
flight training hour requirements of the approved course, or of this
section, whichever is less. However, credit for training in a flight
training device that meets the requirements of
[[Page 37]]
Sec. 141.41(b) cannot exceed the limitation provided for in paragraph
(c)(3) of this section.
5. Stage checks and end-of-course tests. (a) Each student enrolled
in an additional aircraft category rating course or an additional
aircraft class rating course must satisfactorily accomplish the stage
checks and end-of-course tests, in accordance with the school's approved
training course, consisting of the approved areas of operation in
section No. 4 of this appendix that are appropriate to the aircraft
category and class rating for which the course applies at the
appropriate pilot certificate level.
(b) Each student must demonstrate satisfactory proficiency prior to
receiving an endorsement to operate an aircraft in solo flight.
[Doc. No. 25910, 62 FR 16347, Apr. 4, 1997; Amdt. 141-9, 62 FR 40909,
July 30, 1997]
Appendix J to Part 141--Aircraft Type Rating Course, For Other Than an
Airline Transport Pilot Certificate
1. Applicability. This appendix prescribes the minimum curriculum
for an aircraft type rating course other than an airline transport pilot
certificate, for:
(a) A type rating in an airplane category--single-engine class.
(b) A type rating in an airplane category--multiengine class.
(c) A type rating in a rotorcraft category--helicopter class.
(d) A type rating in a powered-lift category.
(e) Other aircraft type ratings specified by the Administrator
through the aircraft type certificate procedures.
2. Eligibility for enrollment. Prior to enrolling in the flight
portion of an aircraft type rating course, a person must hold at least a
private pilot certificate and:
(a) An instrument rating in the category and class of aircraft that
is appropriate to the aircraft type rating for which the course applies,
provided the aircraft's type certificate does not have a VFR limitation;
or
(b) Be concurrently enrolled in an instrument rating course in the
category and class of aircraft that is appropriate to the aircraft type
rating for which the course applies, and pass the required instrument
rating practical test concurrently with the aircraft type rating
practical test.
3. Aeronautical knowledge training. (a) Each approved course must
include at least 10 hours of ground training on the aeronautical
knowledge areas listed in paragraph (b) of this section, appropriate to
the aircraft type rating for which the course applies.
(b) Ground training must include the following aeronautical areas:
(1) Proper control of airspeed, configuration, direction, altitude,
and attitude in accordance with procedures and limitations contained in
the aircraft's flight manual, checklists, or other approved material
appropriate to the aircraft type;
(2) Compliance with approved en route, instrument approach, missed
approach, ATC, or other applicable procedures that apply to the aircraft
type;
(3) Subjects requiring a practical knowledge of the aircraft type
and its powerplant, systems, components, operational, and performance
factors;
(4) The aircraft's normal, abnormal, and emergency procedures, and
the operations and limitations relating thereto;
(5) Appropriate provisions of the approved aircraft's flight manual;
(6) Location of and purpose for inspecting each item on the
aircraft's checklist that relates to the exterior and interior
preflight; and
(7) Use of the aircraft's prestart checklist, appropriate control
system checks, starting procedures, radio and electronic equipment
checks, and the selection of proper navigation and communication radio
facilities and frequencies.
4. Flight training. (a) Each approved course must include at least:
(1) Flight training on the approved areas of operation of paragraph
(c) of this section in the aircraft type for which the course applies;
and
(2) 10 hours of training of which at least 5 hours must be
instrument training in the aircraft for which the course applies.
(b) For the use of flight simulators or flight training devices:
(1) The course may include training in a flight simulator or flight
training device, provided it is representative of the aircraft for which
the course is approved, meets requirements of this paragraph, and the
training is given by an authorized instructor.
(2) Training in a flight simulator that meets the requirements of
Sec. 141.41(a) of this part, may be credited for a maximum of 50 percent
of the total flight training hour requirements of the approved course,
or of this section, whichever is less.
(3) Training in a flight training device that meets the requirements
of Sec. 141.41(b) of this part, may be credited for a maximum of 25
percent of the total flight training hour requirements of the approved
course, or of this section, whichever is less.
(4) Training in the flight simulators or flight training devices
described in paragraphs (b)(2) and (b)(3) of this section, if used in
combination, may be credited for a maximum of 50 percent of the total
flight training hour requirements of the approved course, or of this
section, whichever is less. However, credit training in a flight
training device that meets the requirements of
[[Page 38]]
Sec. 141.41(b) cannot exceed the limitation provided for in paragraph
(b)(3) of this section.
(c) Each approved course must include the flight training on the
areas of operation listed in this paragraph, that are appropriate to the
aircraft category and class rating for which the course applies:
(1) A type rating for an airplane--single-engine course: (i)
Preflight preparation;
(ii) Preflight procedures;
(iii) Takeoff and departure phase;
(iv) In-flight maneuvers;
(v) Instrument procedures;
(vi) Landings and approaches to landings;
(vii) Normal and abnormal procedures;
(viii) Emergency procedures; and
(ix) Postflight procedures.
(2) A type rating for an airplane--multiengine course: (i) Preflight
preparation;
(ii) Preflight procedures;
(iii) Takeoff and departure phase;
(iv) In-flight maneuvers;
(v) Instrument procedures;
(vi) Landings and approaches to landings;
(vii) Normal and abnormal procedures;
(viii) Emergency procedures; and
(ix) Postflight procedures.
(3) A type rating for a powered-lift course: (i) Preflight
preparation;
(ii) Preflight procedures;
(iii) Takeoff and departure phase;
(iv) In-flight maneuvers;
(v) Instrument procedures;
(vi) Landings and approaches to landings;
(vii) Normal and abnormal procedures;
(viii) Emergency procedures; and
(ix) Postflight procedures.
(4) A type rating for a rotorcraft--helicopter course: (i) Preflight
preparation;
(ii) Preflight procedures;
(iii) Takeoff and departure phase;
(iv) In-flight maneuvers;
(v) Instrument procedures;
(vi) Landings and approaches to landings;
(vii) Normal and abnormal procedures;
(viii) Emergency procedures; and
(ix) Postflight procedures.
(5) Other aircraft type ratings specified by the Administrator
through aircraft type certificate procedures: (i) Preflight preparation;
(ii) Preflight procedures;
(iii) Takeoff and departure phase;
(iv) In-flight maneuvers;
(v) Instrument procedures;
(vi) Landings and approaches to landings;
(vii) Normal and abnormal procedures;
(viii) Emergency procedures; and
(ix) Postflight procedures.
5. Stage checks and end-of-course tests. (a) Each student enrolled
in an aircraft type rating course must satisfactorily accomplish the
stage checks and end-of-course tests, in accordance with the school's
approved training course, consisting of the approved areas of operation
that are appropriate to the aircraft type rating for which the course
applies at the airline transport pilot certificate level; and
(b) Each student must demonstrate satisfactory proficiency prior to
receiving an endorsement to operate an aircraft in solo flight.
[Doc. No. 25910, 62 FR 16347, Apr. 4, 1997; Amdt. 141-9, 62 FR 40910,
July 30, 1997]
Appendix K to Part 141--Special Preparation Courses
1. Applicability. This appendix prescribes the minimum curriculum
for the special preparation courses that are listed in Sec. 141.11 of
this part.
2. Eligibility for enrollment. Prior to enrolling in the flight
portion of a special preparation course, a person must hold a pilot
certificate, flight instructor certificate, or ground instructor
certificate that is appropriate for the exercise of the operating
privileges or authorizations sought.
3. General requirements. (a) To be approved, a special preparation
course must:
(1) Meet the appropriate requirements of this appendix; and
(2) Prepare the graduate with the necessary skills, competency, and
proficiency to exercise safely the privileges of the certificate,
rating, or authorization for which the course is established.
(b) An approved special preparation course must include ground and
flight training on the operating privileges or authorization sought, for
developing competency, proficiency, resourcefulness, self-confidence,
and self-reliance in the student.
4. Use of flight simulators or flight training devices. (a) The
approved special preparation course may include training in a flight
simulator or flight training device, provided it is representative of
the aircraft for which the course is approved, meets requirements of
this paragraph, and the training is given by an authorized instructor.
(b) Training in a flight simulator that meets the requirements of
Sec. 141.41(a) of this part, may be credited for a maximum of 10 percent
of the total flight training hour requirements of the approved course,
or of this section, whichever is less.
(c) Training in a flight training device that meets the requirements
of Sec. 141.41(b) of this part, may be credited for a maximum of 5
percent of the total flight training hour requirements of the approved
course, or of this section, whichever is less.
(d) Training in the flight simulators or flight training devices
described in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section, if used in
combination, may be credited for a maximum of 10 percent of the total
flight training hour requirements of the approved course, or of this
section, whichever is less.
[[Page 39]]
However, credit for training in a flight training device that meets the
requirements of Sec. 141.41(b) cannot exceed the limitation provided for
in paragraph (c) of this section.
5. Stage check and end-of-course tests. Each person enrolled in a
special preparation course must satisfactorily accomplish the stage
checks and end-of-course tests, in accordance with the school's approved
training course, consisting of the approved areas of operation that are
appropriate to the operating privileges or authorization sought, and for
which the course applies.
6. Agricultural aircraft operations course. An approved special
preparation course for pilots in agricultural aircraft operations must
include at least the following--
(a) 25 hours of training on:
(1) Agricultural aircraft operations;
(2) Safe piloting and operating practices and procedures for
handling, dispensing, and disposing agricultural and industrial
chemicals, including operating in and around congested areas; and
(3) Applicable provisions of part 137 of this chapter.
(b) 15 hours of flight training on agricultural aircraft operations.
7. Rotorcraft external-load operations course. An approved special
preparation course for pilots of external-load operations must include
at least the following--
(a) 10 hours of training on:
(1) Rotorcraft external-load operations;
(2) Safe piloting and operating practices and procedures for
external-load operations, including operating in and around congested
areas; and
(3) Applicable provisions of part 133 of this chapter.
(b) 15 hours of flight training on external-load operations.
8. Test pilot course. An approved special preparation course for
pilots in test pilot duties must include at least the following--
(a) Aeronautical knowledge training on:
(1) Performing aircraft maintenance, quality assurance, and
certification test flight operations;
(2) Safe piloting and operating practices and procedures for
performing aircraft maintenance, quality assurance, and certification
test flight operations;
(3) Applicable parts of this chapter that pertain to aircraft
maintenance, quality assurance, and certification tests; and
(4) Test pilot duties and responsibilities.
(b) 15 hours of flight training on test pilot duties and
responsibilities.
9. Special operations course. An approved special preparation course
for pilots in special operations that are mission-specific for certain
aircraft must include at least the following--
(a) Aeronautical knowledge training on:
(1) Performing that special flight operation;
(2) Safe piloting operating practices and procedures for performing
that special flight operation;
(3) Applicable parts of this chapter that pertain to that special
flight operation; and
(4) Pilot in command duties and responsibilities for performing that
special flight operation.
(b) Flight training:
(1) On that special flight operation; and
(2) To develop skills, competency, proficiency, resourcefulness,
self-confidence, and self-reliance in the student for performing that
special flight operation in a safe manner.
10. Pilot refresher course. An approved special preparation pilot
refresher course for a pilot certificate, aircraft category and class
rating, or an instrument rating must include at least the following--
(a) 4 hours of aeronautical knowledge training on:
(1) The aeronautical knowledge areas that are applicable to the
level of pilot certificate, aircraft category and class rating, or
instrument rating, as appropriate, that pertain to that course;
(2) Safe piloting operating practices and procedures; and
(3) Applicable provisions of parts 61 and 91 of this chapter for
pilots.
(b) 6 hours of flight training on the approved areas of operation
that are applicable to the level of pilot certificate, aircraft category
and class rating, or instrument rating, as appropriate, for performing
pilot-in-command duties and responsibilities.
11. Flight instructor refresher course. An approved special
preparation flight instructor refresher course must include at least a
combined total of 16 hours of aeronautical knowledge training, flight
training, or any combination of ground and flight training on the
following--
(a) Aeronautical knowledge training on:
(1) The aeronautical knowledge areas of part 61 of this chapter that
apply to student, recreational, private, and commercial pilot
certificates and instrument ratings;
(2) The aeronautical knowledge areas of part 61 of this chapter that
apply to flight instructor certificates;
(3) Safe piloting operating practices and procedures, including
airport operations and operating in the National Airspace System; and
(4) Applicable provisions of parts 61 and 91 of this chapter that
apply to pilots and flight instructors.
(b) Flight training to review:
(1) The approved areas of operations applicable to student,
recreational, private, and commercial pilot certificates and instrument
ratings; and
(2) The skills, competency, and proficiency for performing flight
instructor duties and responsibilities.
[[Page 40]]
12. Ground instructor refresher course. An approved special
preparation ground instructor refresher course must include at least 16
hours of aeronautical knowledge training on:
(a) The aeronautical knowledge areas of part 61 of this chapter that
apply to student, recreational, private, and commercial pilots and
instrument rated pilots;
(b) The aeronautical knowledge areas of part 61 of this chapter that
apply to ground instructors;
(c) Safe piloting operating practices and procedures, including
airport operations and operating in the National Airspace System; and
(d) Applicable provisions of parts 61 and 91 of this chapter that
apply to pilots and ground instructors.
[Doc. No. 25910, 62 FR 16347, Apr. 4, 1997; Amdt. 141-9, 62 FR 40910,
July 30, 1997]
Appendix L to Part 141--Pilot Ground School Course
1. Applicability. This appendix prescribes the minimum curriculum
for a pilot ground school course required under this part.
2. General requirements. An approved course of training for a pilot
ground school must include training on the aeronautical knowledge areas
that are:
(a) Needed to safely exercise the privileges of the certificate,
rating, or authority for which the course is established; and
(b) Conducted to develop competency, proficiency, resourcefulness,
self-confidence, and self-reliance in each student.
3. Aeronautical knowledge training requirements. Each approved pilot
ground school course must include:
(a) The aeronautical knowledge training that is appropriate to the
aircraft rating and pilot certificate level for which the course
applies; and
(b) An adequate number of total aeronautical knowledge training
hours appropriate to the aircraft rating and pilot certificate level for
which the course applies.
4. Stage checks and end-of-course tests. Each person enrolled in a
pilot ground school course must satisfactorily accomplish the stage
checks and end-of-course tests, in accordance with the school's approved
training course, consisting of the approved areas of operation that are
appropriate to the operating privileges or authorization that graduation
from the course will permit and for which the course applies.
PART 142--TRAINING CENTERS--Table of Contents
Special Federal Aviation Regulations SFAR 93 [Note]
Subpart A--General
Sec.
142.1 Applicability.
142.3 Definitions.
142.5 Certificate and training specifications required.
142.7 Duration of a certificate.
142.9 Deviations or waivers.
142.11 Application for issuance or amendment.
142.13 Management and personnel requirements.
142.15 Facilities.
142.17 Satellite training centers.
142.21-142.25 [Reserved]
142.27 Display of certificate.
142.29 Inspections.
142.31 Advertising limitations.
142.33 Training agreements.
Subpart B--Aircrew Curriculum and Syllabus Requirements
142.35 Applicability.
142.37 Approval of flight aircrew training program.
142.39 Training program curriculum requirements.
Subpart C--Personnel and Flight Training Equipment Requirements
142.45 Applicability.
142.47 Training center instructor eligibility requirements.
142.49 Training center instructor and evaluator privileges and
limitations.
142.51 [Reserved]
142.53 Training center instructor training and testing requirements.
142.55 Training center evaluator requirements.
142.57 Aircraft requirements.
142.59 Flight simulators and flight training devices.
Subpart D--Operating Rules
142.61 Applicability.
142.63 Privileges.
142.65 Limitations.
Subpart E--Recordkeeping
142.71 Applicability.
142.73 Recordkeeping requirements.
Subpart F--Other Approved Courses
142.81 Conduct of other approved courses.
Authority: 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 40119, 44101, 44701-44703,
44705, 44707, 44709-44711, 45102-45103, 45301-45302.
Source: Docket No. 26933, 61 FR 34562, July 2, 1996, unless
otherwise noted.
[[Page 41]]
Special Federal Aviation Regulation No. 93
Editorial Note: For the text of SFAR No. 93, see part 61 of this
chapter.
Subpart A-- General
Sec. 142.1 Applicability.
(a) This subpart prescribes the requirements governing the
certification and operation of aviation training centers. Except as
provided in paragraph (b) of this section, this part provides an
alternative means to accomplish training required by parts 61, 63, 121,
125, 135, or 137 of this chapter.
(b) Certification under this part is not required for training that
is--
(1) Approved under the provisions of parts 63, 121, 125, 135, and
137;
(2) Approved under SFAR 58, Advanced Qualification Programs, for the
authorization holder's own employees;
(3) Conducted under part 61 unless that part requires certification
under this part;
(4) Conducted by a part 121 certificate holder for another part 121
certificate holder; or
(5) Conducted by a part 135 certificate holder for another part 135
certificate holder.
(c) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, after
August 3, 1998, no person may conduct training, testing, or checking in
advanced flight training devices or flight simulators without, or in
violation of, the certificate and training specifications required by
this part.
[Doc. No. 26933, 61 FR 34562, July 2, 1996, as amended by Amdt. 142-4,
66 FR 21067, Apr. 27, 2001]
Sec. 142.3 Definitions.
As used in this part:
Advanced Flight Training Device as used in this part, means a flight
training device as defined in part 61 of this chapter that has a cockpit
that accurately replicates a specific make, model, and type aircraft
cockpit, and handling characteristics that accurately model the aircraft
handling characteristics.
Core Curriculum means a set of courses approved by the
Administrator, for use by a training center and its satellite training
centers. The core curriculum consists of training which is required for
certification. It does not include training for tasks and circumstances
unique to a particular user.
Course means--
(1) A program of instruction to obtain pilot certification,
qualification, authorization, or currency;
(2) A program of instruction to meet a specified number of
requirements of a program for pilot training, certification,
qualification, authorization, or currency; or
(3) A curriculum, or curriculum segment, as defined in SFAR 58 of
part 121 of this chapter.
Courseware means instructional material developed for each course or
curriculum, including lesson plans, flight event descriptions, computer
software programs, audiovisual programs, workbooks, and handouts.
Evaluator means a person employed by a training center certificate
holder who performs tests for certification, added ratings,
authorizations, and proficiency checks that are authorized by the
certificate holder's training specification, and who is authorized by
the Administrator to administer such checks and tests.
Flight training equipment means flight simulators, as defined in
Sec. 61.1(b)(5) of this chapter, flight training devices, as defined in
Sec. 61.1(b)(7) of this chapter, and aircraft.
Instructor means a person employed by a training center and
designated to provide instruction in accordance with subpart C of this
part.
Line-Operational Simulation means simulation conducted using
operational-oriented flight scenarios that accurately replicate
interaction among flightcrew members and between flightcrew members and
dispatch facilities, other crewmembers, air traffic control, and ground
operations. Line operational simulation simulations are conducted for
training and evaluation purposes and include random, abnormal, and
emergency occurrences. Line operational simulation specifically includes
line-oriented flight training, special purpose operational training, and
line operational evaluation.
[[Page 42]]
Specialty Curriculum means a set of courses that is designed to
satisfy a requirement of the Federal Aviation Regulations and that is
approved by the Administrator for use by a particular training center or
satellite training center. The specialty curriculum includes training
requirements unique to one or more training center clients.
Training center means an organization governed by the applicable
requirements of this part that provides training, testing, and checking
under contract or other arrangement to airmen subject to the
requirements of this chapter.
Training program consists of courses, courseware, facilities, flight
training equipment, and personnel necessary to accomplish a specific
training objective. It may include a core curriculum and a specialty
curriculum.
Training specifications means a document issued to a training center
certificate holder by the Administrator that prescribes that center's
training, checking, and testing authorizations and limitations, and
specifies training program requirements.
[Doc. No. 26933, 61 FR 34562, July 2, 1996, as amended by Amdt. 142-2,
62 FR 68137, Dec. 30, 1997]
Sec. 142.5 Certificate and training specifications required.
(a) No person may operate a certificated training center without, or
in violation of, a training center certificate and training
specifications issued under this part.
(b) An applicant will be issued a training center certificate and
training specifications with appropriate limitations if the applicant
shows that it has adequate facilities, equipment, personnel, and
courseware required by Sec. 142.11 to conduct training approved under
Sec. 142.37.
Sec. 142.7 Duration of a certificate.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, a training
center certificate issued under this part is effective until the
certificate is surrendered or until the Administrator suspends, revokes,
or terminates it.
(b) Unless sooner surrendered, suspended, or revoked, a certificate
issued under this part for a training center located outside the United
States expires at the end of the twelfth month after the month in which
it is issued or renewed.
(c) If the Administrator suspends, revokes, or terminates a training
center certificate, the holder of that certificate shall return the
certificate to the Administrator within 5 working days after being
notified that the certificate is suspended, revoked, or terminated.
Sec. 142.9 Deviations or waivers.
(a) The Administrator may issue deviations or waivers from any of
the requirements of this part.
(b) A training center applicant requesting a deviation or waiver
under this section must provide the Administrator with information
acceptable to the Administrator that shows--
(1) Justification for the deviation or waiver; and
(2) That the deviation or waiver will not adversely affect the
quality of instruction or evaluation.
Sec. 142.11 Application for issuance or amendment.
(a) An application for a training center certificate and training
specifications shall--
(1) Be made on a form and in a manner prescribed by the
Administrator;
(2) Be filed with the FAA Flight Standards District Office that has
jurisdiction over the area in which the applicant's principal business
office is located; and
(3) Be made at least 120 calendar days before the beginning of any
proposed training or 60 calendar days before effecting an amendment to
any approved training, unless a shorter filing period is approved by the
Administrator.
(b) Each application for a training center certificate and training
specification shall provide--
(1) A statement showing that the minimum qualification requirements
for each management position are met or exceeded;
(2) A statement acknowledging that the applicant shall notify the
Administrator within 10 working days of any change made in the
assignment of persons in the required management positions;
[[Page 43]]
(3) The proposed training authorizations and training specifications
requested by the applicant;
(4) The proposed evaluation authorization;
(5) A description of the flight training equipment that the
applicant proposes to use;
(6) A description of the applicant's training facilities, equipment,
qualifications of personnel to be used, and proposed evaluation plans;
(7) A training program curriculum, including syllabi, outlines,
courseware, procedures, and documentation to support the items required
in subpart B of this part, upon request by the Administrator;
(8) A description of a recordkeeping system that will identify and
document the details of training, qualification, and certification of
students, instructors, and evaluators;
(9) A description of quality control measures proposed; and
(10) A method of demonstrating the applicant's qualification and
ability to provide training for a certificate or rating in fewer than
the minimum hours prescribed in part 61 of this chapter if the applicant
proposes to do so.
(c) The facilities and equipment described in paragraph (b)(6) of
this section shall--
(1) Be available for inspection and evaluation prior to approval;
and
(2) Be in place and operational at the location of the proposed
training center prior to issuance of a certificate under this part.
(d) An applicant who meets the requirements of this part and is
approved by the Administrator is entitled to--
(1) A training center certificate containing all business names
included on the application under which the certificate holder may
conduct operations and the address of each business office used by the
certificate holder; and
(2) Training specifications, issued by the Administrator to the
certificate holder, containing--
(i) The type of training authorized, including approved courses;
(ii) The category, class, and type of aircraft that may be used for
training, testing, and checking;
(iii) For each flight simulator or flight training device, the make,
model, and series of airplane or the set of airplanes being simulated
and the qualification level assigned, or the make, model, and series of
rotorcraft, or set of rotorcraft being simulated and the qualification
level assigned;
(iv) For each flight simulator and flight training device subject to
qualification evaluation by the Administrator, the identification number
assigned by the FAA;
(v) The name and address of all satellite training centers, and the
approved courses offered at each satellite training center;
(vi) Authorized deviations or waivers from this part; and
(vii) Any other items the Administrator may require or allow.
(e) The Administrator may deny, suspend, revoke, or terminate a
certificate under this part if the Administrator finds that the
applicant or the certificate holder--
(1) Held a training center certificate that was revoked, suspended,
or terminated within the previous 5 years; or
(2) Employs or proposes to employ a person who--
(i) Was previously employed in a management or supervisory position
by the holder of a training center certificate that was revoked,
suspended, or terminated within the previous 5 years;
(ii) Exercised control over any certificate holder whose certificate
has been revoked, suspended, or terminated within the last 5 years; and
(iii) Contributed materially to the revocation, suspension, or
termination of that certificate and who will be employed in a management
or supervisory position, or who will be in control of or have a
substantial ownership interest in the training center.
(3) Has provided incomplete, inaccurate, fraudulent, or false
information for a training center certificate;
(4) Should not be granted a certificate if the grant would not
foster aviation safety.
(f) At any time, the Administrator may amend a training center
certificate--
(1) On the Administrator's own initiative, under section 609 of the
Federal Aviation Act of 1958 (49 U.S.C. 1429), as amended, and part 13
of this chapter; or
[[Page 44]]
(2) Upon timely application by the certificate holder.
(g) The certificate holder must file an application to amend a
training center certificate at least 60 calendar days prior to the
applicant's proposed effective amendment date unless a different filing
period is approved by the Administrator.
[Doc. No. 26933, 61 FR 34562, July 2, 1996, as amended by Amdt. 142-1,
62 FR 13791, Mar. 21, 1997]
Sec. 142.13 Management and personnel requirements.
An applicant for a training center certificate must show that--
(a) For each proposed curriculum, the training center has, and shall
maintain, a sufficient number of instructors who are qualified in
accordance with subpart C of this part to perform the duties to which
they are assigned;
(b) The training center has designated, and shall maintain, a
sufficient number of approved evaluators to provide required checks and
tests to graduation candidates within 7 calendar days of training
completion for any curriculum leading to airman certificates or ratings,
or both;
(c) The training center has, and shall maintain, a sufficient number
of management personnel who are qualified and competent to perform
required duties; and
(d) A management representative, and all personnel who are
designated by the training center to conduct direct student training,
are able to understand, read, write, and fluently speak the English
language.
Sec. 142.15 Facilities.
(a) An applicant for, or holder of, a training center certificate
shall ensure that--
(1) Each room, training booth, or other space used for instructional
purposes is heated, lighted, and ventilated to conform to local
building, sanitation, and health codes; and
(2) The facilities used for instruction are not routinely subject to
significant distractions caused by flight operations and maintenance
operations at the airport.
(b) An applicant for, or holder of, a training center certificate
shall establish and maintain a principal business office that is
physically located at the address shown on its training center
certificate.
(c) The records required to be maintained by this part must be
located in facilities adequate for that purpose.
(d) An applicant for, or holder of, a training center certificate
must have available exclusively, for adequate periods of time and at a
location approved by the Administrator, adequate flight training
equipment and courseware, including at least one flight simulator or
advanced flight training device.
[Doc. No. 26933, 61 FR 34562, July 2, 1996, as amended by Amdt. 142-3,
63 FR 53537, Oct. 5, 1998]
Sec. 142.17 Satellite training centers.
(a) The holder of a training center certificate may conduct training
in accordance with an approved training program at a satellite training
center if--
(1) The facilities, equipment, personnel, and course content of the
satellite training center meet the applicable requirements of this part;
(2) The instructors and evaluators at the satellite training center
are under the direct supervision of management personnel of the
principal training center;
(3) The Administrator is notified in writing that a particular
satellite is to begin operations at least 60 days prior to proposed
commencement of operations at the satellite training center; and
(4) The certificate holder's training specifications reflect the
name and address of the satellite training center and the approved
courses offered at the satellite training center.
(b) The certificate holder's training specifications shall prescribe
the operations required and authorized at each satellite training
center.
[Doc. No. 26933, 61 FR 34562, July 2, 1996, as amended by Amdt. 142-3,
63 FR 53537, Oct. 5, 1998]
Secs. 142.21-142.25 [Reserved]
Sec. 142.27 Display of certificate.
(a) Each holder of a training center certificate must prominently
display
[[Page 45]]
that certificate in a place accessible to the public in the principal
business office of the training center.
(b) A training center certificate and training specifications must
be made available for inspection upon request by--
(1) The Administrator;
(2) An authorized representative of the National Transportation
Safety Board; or
(3) Any Federal, State, or local law enforcement agency.
Sec. 142.29 Inspections.
Each certificate holder must allow the Administrator to inspect
training center facilities, equipment, and records at any reasonable
time and in any reasonable place in order to determine compliance with
or to determine initial or continuing eligibility under 49 U.S.C. 44701,
44707, formerly the Federal Aviation Act of 1958, as amended, and the
training center's certificate and training specifications.
Sec. 142.31 Advertising limitations.
(a) A certificate holder may not conduct, and may not advertise to
conduct, any training, testing, and checking that is not approved by the
Administrator if that training is designed to satisfy any requirement of
this chapter.
(b) A certificate holder whose certificate has been surrendered,
suspended, revoked, or terminated must--
(1) Promptly remove all indications, including signs, wherever
located, that the training center was certificated by the Administrator;
and
(2) Promptly notify all advertising agents, or advertising media, or
both, employed by the certificate holder to cease all advertising
indicating that the training center is certificated by the
Administrator.
Sec. 142.33 Training agreements.
A pilot school certificated under part 141 of this chapter may
provide training, testing, and checking for a training center
certificated under this part if--
(a) There is a training, testing, and checking agreement between the
certificated training center and the pilot school;
(b) The training, testing, and checking provided by the certificated
pilot school is approved and conducted in accordance with this part;
(c) The pilot school certificated under part 141 obtains the
Administrator's approval for a training course outline that includes the
portion of the training, testing, and checking to be conducted under
part 141; and
(d) Upon completion of training, testing, and checking conducted
under part 141, a copy of each student's training record is forwarded to
the part 142 training center and becomes part of the student's permanent
training record.
Subpart B--Aircrew Curriculum and Syllabus Requirements
Sec. 142.35 Applicability.
This subpart prescribes the curriculum and syllabus requirements for
the issuance of a training center certificate and training
specifications for training, testing, and checking conducted to meet the
requirements of part 61 of this chapter.
Sec. 142.37 Approval of flight aircrew training program.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each
applicant for, or holder of, a training center certificate must apply to
the Administrator for training program approval.
(b) A curriculum approved under SFAR 58 of part 121 of this chapter
is approved under this part without modifications.
(c) Application for training program approval shall be made in a
form and in a manner acceptable to the Administrator.
(d) Each application for training program approval must indicate--
(1) Which courses are part of the core curriculum and which courses
are part of the specialty curriculum;
(2) Which requirements of part 61 of this chapter would be satisfied
by the curriculum or curriculums; and
(3) Which requirements of part 61 of this chapter would not be
satisfied by the curriculum or curriculums.
(e) If, after a certificate holder begins operations under an
approved training program, the Administrator finds that the certificate
holder is not meeting
[[Page 46]]
the provisions of its approved training program, the Administrator may
require the certificate holder to make revisions to that training
program.
(f) If the Administrator requires a certificate holder to make
revisions to an approved training program and the certificate holder
does not make those required revisions, within 30 calendar days, the
Administrator may suspend, revoke, or terminate the training center
certificate under the provisions of Sec. 142.11(e).
Sec. 142.39 Training program curriculum requirements.
Each training program curriculum submitted to the Administrator for
approval must meet the applicable requirements of this part and must
contain--
(a) A syllabus for each proposed curriculum;
(b) Minimum aircraft and flight training equipment requirements for
each proposed curriculum;
(c) Minimum instructor and evaluator qualifications for each
proposed curriculum;
(d) A curriculum for initial training and continuing training of
each instructor or evaluator employed to instruct in a proposed
curriculum; and
(e) For each curriculum that provides for the issuance of a
certificate or rating in fewer than the minimum hours prescribed by part
61 of this chapter--
(1) A means of demonstrating the ability to accomplish such training
in the reduced number of hours; and
(2) A means of tracking student performance.
Subpart C--Personnel and Flight Training Equipment Requirements
Sec. 142.45 Applicability.
This subpart prescribes the personnel and flight training equipment
requirements for a certificate holder that is training to meet the
requirements of part 61 of this chapter.
Sec. 142.47 Training center instructor eligibility requirements.
(a) A certificate holder may not employ a person as an instructor in
a flight training course that is subject to approval by the
Administrator unless that person--
(1) Is at least 18 years of age;
(2) Is able to read, write, and speak and understand in the English
language;
(3) If instructing in an aircraft in flight, is qualified in
accordance with subpart H of this chapter;
(4) Satisfies the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section; and
(5) Meets at least one of the following requirements--
(i) Except as allowed by paragraph (a)(5)(ii) of this section, meets
the aeronautical experience requirements of Sec. 61.129 (a), (b), (c),
or (e) of this chapter, as applicable, excluding the required hours of
instruction in preparation for the commercial pilot practical test;
(ii) If instructing in flight simulator or flight training device
that represents an airplane requiring a type rating or if instructing in
a curriculum leading to the issuance of an airline transport pilot
certificate or an added rating to an airline transport pilot
certificate, meets the aeronautical experience requirements of
Sec. 61.159, Sec. 61.161, or Sec. 61.163 of this chapter, as applicable;
or
(iii) Is employed as a flight simulator instructor or a flight
training device instructor for a training center providing instruction
and testing to meet the requirements of part 61 of this chapter on
August 1, 1996.
(b) A training center must designate each instructor in writing to
instruct in each approved course, prior to that person functioning as an
instructor in that course.
(c) Prior to initial designation, each instructor shall:
(1) Complete at least 8 hours of ground training on the following
subject matter:
(i) Instruction methods and techniques.
(ii) Training policies and procedures.
(iii) The fundamental principles of the learning process.
(iv) Instructor duties, privileges, responsibilities, and
limitations.
(v) Proper operation of simulation controls and systems.
(vi) Proper operation of environmental control and warning or
caution panels.
[[Page 47]]
(vii) Limitations of simulation.
(viii) Minimum equipment requirements for each curriculum.
(ix) Revisions to the training courses.
(x) Cockpit resource management and crew coordination.
(2) Satisfactorily complete a written test--
(i) On the subjects specified in paragraph (c)(1) of this section;
and
(ii) That is accepted by the Administrator as being of equivalent
difficulty, complexity, and scope as the tests provided by the
Administrator for the flight instructor airplane and instrument flight
instructor knowledge tests.
[Doc. No. 26933, 61 FR 34562, July 2, 1996, as amended by Amdt. 142-2,
62 FR 68137, Dec. 30, 1997]
Sec. 142.49 Training center instructor and evaluator privileges and limitations.
(a) A certificate holder may allow an instructor to provide:
(1) Instruction for each curriculum for which that instructor is
qualified.
(2) Testing and checking for which that instructor is qualified.
(3) Instruction, testing, and checking intended to satisfy the
requirements of any part of this chapter.
(b) A training center whose instructor or evaluator is designated in
accordance with the requirements of this subpart to conduct training,
testing, or checking in qualified and approved flight training
equipment, may allow its instructor or evaluator to give endorsements
required by part 61 of this chapter if that instructor or evaluator is
authorized by the Administrator to instruct or evaluate in a part 142
curriculum that requires such endorsements.
(c) A training center may not allow an instructor to--
(1) Excluding briefings and debriefings, conduct more than 8 hours
of instruction in any 24-consecutive-hour period;
(2) Provide flight training equipment instruction unless that
instructor meets the requirements of Sec. 142.53 (a)(1) through (a)(4),
and Sec. 142.53(b), as applicable; or
(3) Provide flight instruction in an aircraft unless that
instructor--
(i) Meets the requirements of Sec. 142.53(a)(1), (a)(2), and (a)(5);
(ii) Is qualified and authorized in accordance with subpart H of
part 61 of this chapter;
(iii) Holds certificates and ratings specified by part 61 of this
chapter appropriate to the category, class, and type aircraft in which
instructing;
(iv) If instructing or evaluating in an aircraft in flight while
occupying a required crewmember seat, holds at least a valid second
class medical certificate; and
(v) Meets the recency of experience requirements of part 61 of this
chapter.
[Doc. No. 26933, 61 FR 34562, July 2, 1996, as amended by Amdt. 142-2,
62 FR 68137, Dec. 30, 1997]
Sec. 142.51 [Reserved]
Sec. 142.53 Training center instructor training and testing requirements.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, prior to
designation and every 12 calendar months beginning the first day of the
month following an instructor's initial designation, a certificate
holder must ensure that each of its instructors meets the following
requirements:
(1) Each instructor must satisfactorily demonstrate to an authorized
evaluator knowledge of, and proficiency in, instructing in a
representative segment of each curriculum for which that instructor is
designated to instruct under this part.
(2) Each instructor must satisfactorily complete an approved course
of ground instruction in at least--
(i) The fundamental principles of the learning process;
(ii) Elements of effective teaching, instruction methods, and
techniques;
(iii) Instructor duties, privileges, responsibilities, and
limitations;
(iv) Training policies and procedures;
(v) Cockpit resource management and crew coordination; and
(vi) Evaluation.
(3) Each instructor who instructs in a qualified and approved flight
simulator or flight training device must satisfactorily complete an
approved course of training in the operation of the flight simulator,
and an approved course of ground instruction, applicable to the
[[Page 48]]
training courses the instructor is designated to instruct.
(4) The flight simulator training course required by paragraph
(a)(3) of this section which must include--
(i) Proper operation of flight simulator and flight training device
controls and systems;
(ii) Proper operation of environmental and fault panels;
(iii) Limitations of simulation; and
(iv) Minimum equipment requirements for each curriculum.
(5) Each flight instructor who provides training in an aircraft must
satisfactorily complete an approved course of ground instruction and
flight training in an aircraft, flight simulator, or flight training
device.
(6) The approved course of ground instruction and flight training
required by paragraph (a)(5) of this section which must include
instruction in--
(i) Performance and analysis of flight training procedures and
maneuvers applicable to the training courses that the instructor is
designated to instruct;
(ii) Technical subjects covering aircraft subsystems and operating
rules applicable to the training courses that the instructor is
designated to instruct;
(iii) Emergency operations;
(iv) Emergency situations likely to develop during training; and
(v) Appropriate safety measures.
(7) Each instructor who instructs in qualified and approved flight
training equipment must pass a written test and annual proficiency
check--
(i) In the flight training equipment in which the instructor will be
instructing; and
(ii) On the subject matter and maneuvers of a representative segment
of each curriculum for which the instructor will be instructing.
(b) In addition to the requirements of paragraphs (a)(1) through
(a)(7) of this section, each certificate holder must ensure that each
instructor who instructs in a flight simulator that the Administrator
has approved for all training and all testing for the airline transport
pilot certification test, aircraft type rating test, or both, has met at
least one of the following three requirements:
(1) Each instructor must have performed 2 hours in flight, including
three takeoffs and three landings as the sole manipulator of the
controls of an aircraft of the same category and class, and, if a type
rating is required, of the same type replicated by the approved flight
simulator in which that instructor is designated to instruct;
(2) Each instructor must have participated in an approved line-
observation program under part 121 or part 135 of this chapter, and
that--
(i) Was accomplished in the same airplane type as the airplane
represented by the flight simulator in which that instructor is
designated to instruct; and
(ii) Included line-oriented flight training of at least 1 hour of
flight during which the instructor was the sole manipulator of the
controls in a flight simulator that replicated the same type aircraft
for which that instructor is designated to instruct; or
(3) Each instructor must have participated in an approved in-flight
observation training course that--
(i) Consisted of at least 2 hours of flight time in an airplane of
the same type as the airplane replicated by the flight simulator in
which the instructor is designated to instruct; and
(ii) Included line-oriented flight training of at least 1 hour of
flight during which the instructor was the sole manipulator of the
controls in a flight simulator that replicated the same type aircraft
for which that instructor is designated to instruct.
(c) An instructor who satisfactorily completes a curriculum required
by paragraph (a) or (b) of this section in the calendar month before or
after the month in which it is due is considered to have taken it in the
month in which it was due for the purpose of computing when the next
training is due.
(d) The Administrator may give credit for the requirements of
paragraph (a) or (b) of this section to an instructor who has
satisfactorily completed an instructor training course for a part 121
[[Page 49]]
or part 135 certificate holder if the Administrator finds such a course
equivalent to the requirements of paragraph (a) or (b) of this section.
[Doc. No. 26933, 61 FR 34562, July 2, 1996, as amended by Amdt. 142-1,
62 FR 13791, Mar. 21, 1997]
Sec. 142.55 Training center evaluator requirements.
(a) Except as provided by paragraph (d) of this section, a training
center must ensure that each person authorized as an evaluator--
(1) Is approved by the Administrator;
(2) Is in compliance with Secs. 142.47, 142.49, and 142.53 and
applicable sections of part 187 of this chapter; and
(3) Prior to designation, and except as provided in paragraph (b) of
this section, every 12-calendar-month period following initial
designation, the certificate holder must ensure that the evaluator
satisfactorily completes a curriculum that includes the following:
(i) Evaluator duties, functions, and responsibilities;
(ii) Methods, procedures, and techniques for conducting required
tests and checks;
(iii) Evaluation of pilot performance; and
(iv) Management of unsatisfactory tests and subsequent corrective
action; and
(4) If evaluating in qualified and approved flight training
equipment must satisfactorily pass a written test and annual proficiency
check in a flight simulator or aircraft in which the evaluator will be
evaluating.
(b) An evaluator who satisfactorily completes a curriculum required
by paragraph (a) of this section in the calendar month before or the
calendar month after the month in which it is due is considered to have
taken it in the month is which it was due for the purpose of computing
when the next training is due.
(c) The Administrator may give credit for the requirements of
paragraph (a)(3) of this section to an evaluator who has satisfactorily
completed an evaluator training course for a part 121 or part 135
certificate holder if the Administrator finds such a course equivalent
to the requirements of paragraph (a)(3) of this section.
(d) An evaluator who is qualified under SFAR 58 shall be authorized
to conduct evaluations under the Advanced Qualification Program without
complying with the requirements of this section.
Sec. 142.57 Aircraft requirements.
(a) An applicant for, or holder of, a training center certificate
must ensure that each aircraft used for flight instruction and solo
flights meets the following requirements:
(1) Except for flight instruction and solo flights in a curriculum
for agricultural aircraft operations, external load operations, and
similar aerial work operations, the aircraft must have an FAA standard
airworthiness certificate or a foreign equivalent of an FAA standard
airworthiness certificate, acceptable to the Administrator.
(2) The aircraft must be maintained and inspected in accordance
with--
(i) The requirements of part 91, subpart E, of this chapter; and
(ii) An approved program for maintenance and inspection.
(3) The aircraft must be equipped as provided in the training
specifications for the approved course for which it is used.
(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, an
applicant for, or holder of, a training center certificate must ensure
that each aircraft used for flight instruction is at least a two-place
aircraft with engine power controls and flight controls that are easily
reached and that operate in a conventional manner from both pilot
stations.
(c) Airplanes with controls such as nose-wheel steering, switches,
fuel selectors, and engine air flow controls that are not easily reached
and operated in a conventional manner by both pilots may be used for
flight instruction if the certificate holder determines that the flight
instruction can be conducted in a safe manner considering the location
of controls and their nonconventional operation, or both.
Sec. 142.59 Flight simulators and flight training devices.
(a) An applicant for, or holder of, a training center certificate
must show that each flight simulator and flight
[[Page 50]]
training device used for training, testing, and checking (except AQP)
will be or is specifically qualified and approved by the Administrator
for--
(1) Each maneuver and procedure for the make, model, and series of
aircraft, set of aircraft, or aircraft type simulated, as applicable;
and
(2) Each curriculum or training course in which the flight simulator
or flight training device is used, if that curriculum or course is used
to satisfy any requirement of 14 CFR chapter I.
(b) The approval required by paragraph (a)(2) of this section must
include--
(1) The set of aircraft, or type aircraft;
(2) If applicable, the particular variation within type, for which
the training, testing, or checking is being conducted; and
(3) The particular maneuver, procedure, or crewmember function to be
performed.
(c) Each qualified and approved flight simulator or flight training
device used by a training center must--
(1) Be maintained to ensure the reliability of the performances,
functions, and all other characteristics that were required for
qualification;
(2) Be modified to conform with any modification to the aircraft
being simulated if the modification results in changes to performance,
function, or other characteristics required for qualification;
(3) Be given a functional preflight check each day before being
used; and
(4) Have a discrepancy log in which the instructor or evaluator, at
the end of each training session, enters each discrepancy.
(d) Unless otherwise authorized by the Administrator, each component
on a qualified and approved flight simulator or flight training device
used by a training center must be operative if the component is
essential to, or involved in, the training, testing, or checking of
airmen.
(e) Training centers shall not be restricted to specific--
(1) Route segments during line-oriented flight training scenarios;
and
(2) Visual data bases replicating a specific customer's bases of
operation.
(f) Training centers may request evaluation, qualification, and
continuing evaluation for qualification of flight simulators and flight
training devices without--
(1) Holding an air carrier certificate; or
(2) Having a specific relationship to an air carrier certificate
holder.
Subpart D--Operating Rules
Sec. 142.61 Applicability.
This subpart prescribes the operating rules applicable to a training
center certificated under this part and operating a course or training
program curriculum approved in accordance with subpart B of this part.
Sec. 142.63 Privileges.
A certificate holder may allow flight simulator instructors and
evaluators to meet recency of experience requirements through the use of
a qualified and approved flight simulator or qualified and approved
flight training device if that flight simulator or flight training
device is--
(a) Used in a course approved in accordance with subpart B of this
part; or
(b) Approved under the Advanced Qualification Program for meeting
recency of experience requirements.
Sec. 142.65 Limitations.
(a) A certificate holder shall--
(1) Ensure that a flight simulator or flight training device freeze,
slow motion, or repositioning feature is not used during testing or
checking; and
(2) Ensure that a repositioning feature is used during line
operational simulation for evaluation and line-oriented flight training
only to advance along a flight route to the point where the descent and
approach phase of the flight begins.
(b) When flight testing, flight checking, or line operational
simulation is being conducted, the certificate holder must ensure that
one of the following occupies each crewmember position:
(1) A crewmember qualified in the aircraft category, class, and
type, if a type rating is required, provided that no flight instructor
who is giving instruction may occupy a crewmember position.
[[Page 51]]
(2) A student, provided that no student may be used in a crewmember
position with any other student not in the same specific course.
(c) The holder of a training center certificate may not recommend a
trainee for a certificate or rating, unless the trainee--
(1) Has satisfactorily completed the training specified in the
course approved under Sec. 142.37; and
(2) Has passed the final tests required by Sec. 142.37.
(d) The holder of a training center certificate may not graduate a
student from a course unless the student has satisfactorily completed
the curriculum requirements of that course.
Subpart E--Recordkeeping
Sec. 142.71 Applicability.
This subpart prescribes the training center recordkeeping
requirements for trainees enrolled in a course, and instructors and
evaluators designated to instruct a course, approved in accordance with
subpart B of this part.
Sec. 142.73 Recordkeeping requirements.
(a) A certificate holder must maintain a record for each trainee
that contains--
(1) The name of the trainee;
(2) A copy of the trainee's pilot certificate, if any, and medical
certificate;
(3) The name of the course and the make and model of flight training
equipment used;
(4) The trainee's prerequisite experience and course time completed;
(5) The trainee's performance on each lesson and the name of the
instructor providing instruction;
(6) The date and result of each end-of-course practical test and the
name of the evaluator conducting the test; and
(7) The number of hours of additional training that was accomplished
after any unsatisfactory practical test.
(b) A certificate holder shall maintain a record for each instructor
or evaluator designated to instruct a course approved in accordance with
subpart B of this part that indicates that the instructor or evaluator
has complied with the requirements of Secs. 142.13, 142.45, 142.47,
142.49, and 142.53, as applicable.
(c) The certificate holder shall--
(1) Maintain the records required by paragraphs (a) of this section
for at least 1 year following the completion of training, testing or
checking;
(2) Maintain the qualification records required by paragraph (b) of
this section while the instructor or evaluator is in the employ of the
certificate holder and for 1 year thereafter; and
(3) Maintain the recurrent demonstration of proficiency records
required by paragraph (b) of this section for at least 1 year.
(d) The certificate holder must provide the records required by this
section to the Administrator, upon request and at a reasonable time, and
shall keep the records required by--
(1) Paragraph (a) of this section at the training center, or
satellite training center where the training, testing, or checking, if
appropriate, occurred; and
(2) Paragraph (b) of this section at the training center or
satellite training center where the instructor or evaluator is primarily
employed.
(e) The certificate holder shall provide to a trainee, upon request
and at a reasonable time, a copy of his or her training records.
Subpart F--Other Approved Courses
Sec. 142.81 Conduct of other approved courses.
(a) An applicant for, or holder of, a training center certificate
may apply for approval to conduct a course for which a curriculum is not
prescribed by this part.
(b) The course for which application is made under paragraph (a) of
this section may be for flight crewmembers other than pilots, airmen
other than flight crewmembers, material handlers, ground servicing
personnel, and security personnel, and others approved by the
Administrator.
(c) An applicant for course approval under this subpart must comply
with the applicable requirements of subpart A through subpart F of this
part.
(d) The Administrator approves the course for which the application
is made if the training center or training center applicant shows that
the course
[[Page 52]]
contains a curriculum that will achieve a level of competency equal to,
or greater than, that required by the appropriate part of this chapter.
PART 143 [Reserved]
PART 145--REPAIR STATIONS--Table of Contents
Special Federal Aviation Regulations
SFAR No. 36 [Note]
Subpart A--General
Sec.
145.1 Applicability.
145.2 Performance of maintenance, preventive maintenance, alterations
and required inspections for an air carrier or commercial
operator under the continuous airworthiness requirements of
part 121, and for airplanes under the inspection program
required by part 125.
145.3 Certificate required.
145.11 Application and issue.
145.13 Certification of foreign repair stations: Special requirements.
145.15 Change or renewal of certificates.
145.17 Duration of certificates.
145.19 Display of certificate.
145.21 Change of location or facilities.
145.23 Inspection.
145.25 Advertising.
Subpart B--Domestic Repair Stations
145.31 Ratings.
145.33 Limited ratings.
145.35 Housing and facility requirements.
145.37 Special housing and facility requirements.
145.39 Personnel requirements.
145.41 Recommendation of persons for certification as repairmen.
145.43 Records of supervisory and inspection personnel.
145.45 Inspection systems.
145.47 Equipment and materials: Ratings other than limited ratings.
145.49 Equipment and materials: Limited rating.
145.51 Privileges of certificates.
145.53 Limitations of certificates.
145.55 Maintenance of personnel, facilities, equipment, and materials.
145.57 Performance standards.
145.59 Inspection of work performed.
145.61 Performance records and reports.
145.63 Reports of defects or unairworthy conditions.
Subpart C--Foreign Repair Stations
145.71 General requirements.
145.73 Scope of work authorized.
145.75 Personnel.
145.77 General operating rules.
145.79 Records and reports.
Subpart D--Limited Ratings for Manufacturers
145.101 Application and issue.
145.103 Privileges of certificates.
145.105 Performance standards.
Appendix A to Part 145
Authority: 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701-44702, 44707, 44717.
Source: Docket No. 1157, 27 FR 6662, July 13, 1962, unless otherwise
noted.
Editorial Note: For miscellaneous technical amendments in this part
145, see Amdt. 145-3, 31 FR 3336, Mar. 3, 1966 and Amdt. 145-6, 31 FR
9211, July 6, 1966.
Special Federal Aviation Regulation
SFAR No. 36
Editorial Note: For the text of SFAR No. 36, see part 121 of this
chapter.
Subpart A--General
Sec. 145.1 Applicability.
(a) This part prescribes the requirements for issuing repair station
certificates and associated ratings to facilities for the maintenance
and alteration of airframes, powerplants, propellers, or appliances, and
prescribes the general operating rules for the holders of those
certificates and ratings.
(b) A certificated repair station located in the United States is
called a ``domestic repair station''. A repair station located outside
of the United States is called a ``foreign repair station''.
(c) A manufacturer of aircraft, aircraft engines, propellers,
appliances, or parts thereof, may be issued a Repair Station Certificate
with a limited rating under subpart D of this part. Sections 145.11
through 145.79 do not apply to applicants for, or holders of,
certificates issued under subpart D of this part. Any facility where the
holder of a certificate issued under subpart D of this part exercises
his privileges under that certificate may be referred to as a
[[Page 53]]
``manufacturer's maintenance facility.''
[Doc. No. 1157, 27 FR 6662, July 13, 1962, as amended by Amdt. 145-4, 31
FR 5249, Apr. 1, 1966]
Sec. 145.2 Performance of maintenance, preventive maintenance, alterations
and required inspections for an air carrier or commercial operator under the
continuous airworthiness requirements of part 121 , and for
airplanes under the inspection program required by part 125.
(a) Each repair station that performs any maintenance, preventive
maintenance, alterations, or required inspections for an air carrier or
commercial operator having a continuous airworthiness program under part
121 of this chapter shall comply with subpart L of part 121 (except
Secs. 121.363, 121.369, 121.373, and 121.379) of this chapter, as
applicable. In addition, such repair station shall perform that work in
accordance with the air carrier's or commercial operator's manual.
(b) Each repair station that performs inspections on airplanes
governed by part 125 of this chapter shall do that work in accordance
with the inspection program approved for the operator of the airplane.
[Amdt. 145-7, 31 FR 10614, Aug. 9, 1966, as amended by Amdt. 145-17, 45
FR 67235, Oct. 9, 1980; Amdt. 145-25, 66 FR 21067, Apr. 27, 2001]
Sec. 145.3 Certificate required.
No person may operate as a certificated repair station without, or
in violation of, a repair station certificate. In addition, an applicant
for a certificate may not advertise as a certificated repair station
until the certificate has been issued to him.
Sec. 145.11 Application and issue.
(a) An application for a repair station certificate and rating, or
for an additional rating, is made on a form and in a manner prescribed
by the Administrator, and submitted with duplicate copies of--
(1) [Reserved]
(2) Its inspection procedures manual;
(3) A list of the maintenance functions to be performed for it,
under contract, buy another agency under Sec. 145.49 or appendix A; and
(4) In the case of an applicant for a propeller rating (class 2) or
any accessory rating (class 1, 2, or 3), a list, by type or make, as
applicable, of the propeller or accessory for which he seeks approval.
(b) An applicant who meets the requirements of this part is entitled
to a repair station certificate with appropriate ratings prescribing
such operations specifications and limitations as are necessary in the
interests of safety.
[Doc. No. 1157, 27 FR 6662, July 13, 1962, as amended by Amdt. 145-5, 31
FR 8585, June 21, 1966]
Sec. 145.13 Certification of foreign repair stations: Special requirements.
Before applying under Sec. 145.11, an applicant for a foreign repair
station certificate must notify the FAA office having jurisdiction over
the area in which the applicant is located of his intention to so apply
and send that office a statement of his reasons for wanting a repair
station at his place of business. In addition to the information
required by Sec. 145.11, the applicant must furnish two copies of a
suitably bound brochure, including a physical description of his
facilities (with photographs), a description of his inspection system,
and organizational chart, the names and titles of managing and
supervisory personnel, and a list of services obtained under contract,
if any, with the names of the contractors and the types of services they
perform. In addition, the applicant must furnish evidence that the fee
prescribed by appendix A of part 187 of this chapter has been paid.
[Doc. No. 1157, 27 FR 6662, July 13, 1962, as amended by Amdt. 145-20,
47 FR 35694, Aug. 16, 1982]
Sec. 145.15 Change or renewal of certificates.
(a) Each of the following requires the certificate holder to apply
for a change in a repair station certificate, on a form and in the
manner prescribed by the Administrator:
(1) A change in the location or housing and facilities of the
station.
(2) A request to revise or amend a rating.
(b) If the holder of a repair station certificate sells or transfers
its assets,
[[Page 54]]
the new owner must apply for an amended certificate, in the manner
prescribed in Sec. 145.11 and, if applicable, Sec. 145.13.
(c) A person requesting renewal of a foreign repair station
certificate shall, within 30 days before his current certificate
expires, send the request to the FAA office having jurisdiction over the
station. If he does not make the request within that period, he must
follow the procedure prescribed in Sec. 145.13 for applying for a new
certificate, but without copies of the brochure.
[Doc. No. 1157, 27 FR 6662, July 13, 1962, as amended by Amdt. 145-8, 32
FR 15670, Nov. 14, 1967]
Sec. 145.17 Duration of certificates.
(a) A domestic repair station certificate or rating is effective
until it is surrendered, suspended, or revoked.
(b) A foreign repair station certificate or rating expires at the
end of 12 months after the date on which it was issued, unless it is
sooner surrendered, suspended, or revoked. However, if the station
continues to comply with Sec. 145.71 and applies for renewal before
expiration of such certificate or rating, its certificate or rating may
be renewed for 24 months.
(c) The holder of a certificate that expires or is surrendered,
suspended, or revoked, shall return it to the Administrator.
[Doc. No. 1157, 27 FR 6662, July 13, 1962, as amended by Amdt. 145-16,
43 FR 22643, May 25, 1978]
Sec. 145.19 Display of certificate.
Each holder of a repair station certificate shall display the
certificate and ratings at a place in the repair station that is
normally accessible to the public and is not obscured. The certificate
must be available for inspection by the Administrator.
Sec. 145.21 Change of location or facilities.
(a) The holder of a repair station certificate may not make any
change in its location or in its housing and facilities that are
required by Sec. 145.35, unless the change is approved in writing in
advance.
(b) The Administrator may prescribe the conditions under which a
repair station may operate while it is changing its location or housing
facilities.
Sec. 145.23 Inspection.
Each certificated repair station shall allow the Administrator to
inspect it, at any time, to determine its compliance with this part. The
inspections cover the adequacy of the repair stations inspection system,
records, and its general ability to comply with this part. After such an
inspection is made, the repair station is notified, in writing, of any
defects found during the inspection.
[Amdt. 145-5, 31 FR 8585, June 21, 1966]
Sec. 145.25 Advertising.
(a) Whenever the advertising of a certificated repair station
indicates that it is certificated, it must clearly state its certificate
number.
(b) Paragraph (a) of this section applies to advertising in--
(1) Business letterheads;
(2) Billheads and statements;
(3) Customer estimates and inspection forms;
(4) Hangar or shop signs;
(5) Magazines, periodicals, or trade journals; or
(6) Any form of promotional media.
Subpart B--Domestic Repair Stations
Sec. 145.31 Ratings.
The following ratings are issued under this subpart:
(a) Airframe ratings. (1) Class 1: Composite construction of small
aircraft.
(2) Class 2: Composite construction of large aircraft.
(3) Class 3: All-metal construction of small aircraft.
(4) Class 4: All-metal construction of large aircraft.
(b) Powerplant ratings. (1) Class 1: Reciprocating engines of 400
horsepower or less.
(2) Class 2: Reciprocating engines of more than 400 horsepower.
(3) Class 3: Turbine engines.
(c) Propeller ratings. (1) Class 1: All fixed pitch and ground
adjustable propellers of wood, metal, or composite construction.
[[Page 55]]
(2) Class 2: All other propellers, by make.
(d) Radio ratings. (1) Class 1: Communication equipment: Any radio
transmitting equipment or receiving equipment, or both, used in aircraft
to send or receive communications in flight, regardless of carrier
frequency or type of modulation used; including auxiliary and related
aircraft interphone systems, amplifier systems, electrical or electronic
inter-crew signaling devices, and similar equipment; but not including
equipment used for navigation of the aircraft or as an aid to
navigation, equipment for measuring altitude or terrain clearance, other
measuring equipment operated on radio or radar principles, or
mechanical, electrical, gyroscopic, or electronic instruments that are a
part of communications radio equipment.
(2) Class 2: Navigational equipment: Any radio system used in
aircraft for en route or approach navigation, except equipment operated
on radar or pulsed radio frequency principles, but not including
equipment for measuring altitude or terrain clearance or other distance
equipment operated on radar or pulsed radio frequency principles.
(3) Class 3: Radar equipment: Any aircraft electronic system
operated on radar or pulsed radio frequency principles.
(e) Instrument ratings. (1) Class 1: Mechanical: Any diaphragm,
bourdon tube, aneroid, optical, or mechanically driven centrifugal
instrument that is used on aircraft or to operate aircraft, including
tach- ometers, airspeed indicators, pressure gauges drift sights,
magnetic compasses, altimeters, or similar mechanical instruments.
(2) Class 2: Electrical: Any self-synchronous and electrical
indicating instruments and systems, including remote indicating
instruments, cylinder head temperature gauges, or similar electrical
instruments.
(3) Class 3: Gyroscopic: Any instrument or system using gyroscopic
principles and motivated by air pressure or electrical energy, including
automatic pilot control units, turn and bank indicators, directional
gyros, and their parts, and flux gate and gyrosyn compasses.
(4) Class 4: Electronic: Any instruments whose operation depends on
electron tubes, transistors, or similar devices including capacitance
type quantity gauges, system amplifiers, and engine analyzers.
(f) Accessory ratings. (1) Class 1: Mechanical accessories that
depend on friction, hydraulics, mechanical linkage, or pneumatic
pressure for operation, including aircraft wheel brakes, mechanically
driven pumps, carburetors, aircraft wheel assemblies, shock absorber
struts and hydraulic servo units.
(2) Class 2: Electrical accessories that depend on electrical energy
for their operation, and generators, including starters, voltage
regulators, electric motors, electrically driven fuel pumps magnetos, or
similar electrical accessories.
(3) Class 3: electronic accessories that depend on the use of an
electron tube transistor, or similar device, including supercharger,
temperature, air conditioning controls, or similar electronic controls.
Sec. 145.33 Limited ratings.
(a) Whenever the Administrator finds it appropriate, he may issue a
limited rating to a domestic repair station that maintains or alters
only a particular type of airframe, powerplant, propeller, radio,
instrument, or accessory, or parts thereof, or performs only specialized
maintenance requiring equipment and skills not ordinarily found in
regular repair stations. Such a rating may be limited to a specific
model aircraft, engine, or constituent part, or to any number of parts
made by a particular manufacturer.
(b) Limited ratings are issued for--
(1) Airframes of a particular make and model;
(2) Engines of a particular make and model;
(3) Propellers of a particular make and model;
(4) Instruments of a particular make and model;
(5) Radio equipment of a particular make and model;
(6) Accessories of a particular make and model;
(7) Landing gear components;
(8) Floats, by make;
[[Page 56]]
(9) Nondestructive inspection, testing, and processing;
(10) Emergency equipment;
(11) Rotor blades, by make and model;
(12) Aircraft fabric work; and
(13) Any other purpose for which the Administrator finds the
applicant's request is appropriate.
(c) For a limited rating for specialized services, the operations
specifications of the station shall contain the specification used in
performing that specialized service. The specification may either be a
civil or military one that is currently used by industry and approved by
the Administrator or one developed by the applicant and approved by the
Administrator.
Sec. 145.35 Housing and facility requirements.
(a) An applicant for a domestic repair station certificate and
rating, or for an additional rating, must comply with paragraphs (b) to
(h) of this section and provide suitable--
(1) Housing for its necessary equipment and material;
(2) Space for the work for which it seeks a rating;
(3) Facilities for properly storing, segregating, and protecting
materials, parts, and supplies; and
(4) Facilities for properly protecting parts and subassemblies
during disassembly, cleaning, inspection, repair, alteration, and
assembly;
so that work being done is protected from weather elements, dust, and
heat; workers are protected so that the work will not be impaired by
their physical efficiency; and maintenance operations have efficient and
proper facilities.
(b) The applicant must provide suitable shop space where machine
tools and equipment are kept and where the largest amount of bench work
is done. The shop space need not be partitioned but machines and
equipment must be segregated whenever--
(1) Machine or woodwork is done so near an assembly area that chips
or material might inadvertently fall into assembled or partially
assembled work;
(2) Unpartitioned parts cleaning units are near other operations;
(3) Fabric work is done in an area where there are oils and greases;
(4) Painting or spraying is done in an area so arranged that paint
or paint dust can fall on assembled or partially assembled work;
(5) Paint spraying, cleaning, or machining operations are done so
near testing operations that the precision of test equipment might be
affected; and
(6) In any other case the Administrator determines it is necessary.
(c) The applicant must provide suitable assembly space in an
enclosed structure where the largest amount of assembly work is done.
The assembly space must be large enough for the largest item to be
worked on under the rating he seeks and must meet the requirements of
paragraph (a) of this section.
(d) The applicant must provide suitable storage facilities used
exclusively for storing standard parts, spare parts, and raw materials,
and separated from shop and working space. He must organize the storage
facilities so that only acceptable parts and supplies will be issued for
any job, and must follow standard good practices for properly protecting
stored materials.
(e) The applicant must store and protect parts being assembled or
disassembled, or awaiting assembly or disassembly, to eliminate the
possibility of damage to them.
(f) The applicant must provide suitable ventilation for his shop,
assembly, and storage areas so that the physical efficiency of his
workers is not impaired.
(g) The applicant must provide adequate lighting for all work being
done so that the quality of the work is not impaired.
(h) The applicant must control the temperature of the shop and
assembly area so that the quality of the work is not impaired. Whenever
special maintenance operations are being performed, such as fabric work
or painting, the temperature and humidity control must be adequate to
insure the airworthiness of the article being maintained.
[[Page 57]]
Sec. 145.37 Special housing and facility requirements.
(a) In addition to the housing and facility requirements in
Sec. 145.35, an applicant for a domestic repair station certificate and
rating, or for an additional rating, for airframes, powerplants,
propellers, instruments, accessories, or radios must meet the
requirements of paragraphs (b) to (f) of this section.
(b) An applicant for an airframe rating must provide suitable
permanent housing for at least one of the heaviest aircraft within the
weight class of the rating he seeks. If the location of the station is
such that climatic conditions allow work to be done outside, permanent
work docks may be used if they meet the requirements of Sec. 145.35(a).
(c) An applicant for either a powerplant or accessory rating must
provide suitable trays, racks, or stands for segregating complete engine
or accessory assemblies from each other during assembly and disassembly.
He must provide covers to protect parts awaiting assembly or during
assembly to prevent dust or other foreign objects from entering into or
falling on those parts.
(d) An applicant for a propeller rating must provide suitable
stands, racks, or other fixtures for the proper storage of propellers
after being worked on.
(e) An applicant for a radio rating must provide suitable storage
facilities to assure the protection of parts and units that might
deteriorate from dampness or moisture.
(f) An applicant for an instrument rating must provide a reasonably
dust free shop if the shop allocated to final assembly is not air
conditioned. Shop and assembly areas must be kept clean at all times to
reduce the possibility of dust or other foreign objects getting into
instrument assemblies.
Sec. 145.39 Personnel requirements.
(a) An applicant for a domestic repair station certificate and
rating, or for an additional rating, must provide adequate personnel who
can perform, supervise, and inspect the work for which the station is to
be rated. The officials of the station must carefully consider the
justifications and abilities of their employees and shall determine the
abilities of its uncertificated employees performing maintenance
operations on the basis of practical tests or employment records. The
repair station is primarily responsible for the satisfactory work of its
employees.
(b) The number of repair station employees may vary according to the
type and volume of its work. However, the applicant must have enough
properly qualified employees to keep up with the volume of work in
process, and may not reduce the number of its employees below that
necessary to efficiently produce airworthy work.
(c) Each repair station shall determine the abilities of its
supervisors and shall provide enough of them for all phases of its
activities. However, the Administrator may determine the ability of any
supervisor by inspecting his employment and experience records or by a
personal test. Each supervisor must have direct supervision over working
groups but need not have over-all supervision at management level.
Whenever apprentices or students are used in working groups on
assemblies or other operations that might be critical to the aircraft,
the repair station shall provide at least one supervisor for each 10
apprentices or students, unless the apprentices or students are
integrated into groups of experienced workers.
(d) Each person who is directly in charge of the maintenance
functions of a repair station must be appropriately certificated as a
mechanic or repairman under part 65 of this chapter and must have had at
least 18 months of practical experience in the procedures, practices,
inspection methods, materials, tools, machine tools, and equipment
generally used in the work for which the station is rated. Experience as
an apprentice or student mechanic may not be counted in computing the 18
months of experience. In addition, at least one of the persons so in
charge of maintenance functions for a station with an airframe rating
must have had experience in the methods and procedures prescribed by the
Administrator for returning aircraft to service after 100-hour, annual,
and progressive inspections.
(e) Each limited repair station shall have employees with detailed
knowledge of the particular maintenance
[[Page 58]]
function or technique for which it is rated, based on attending a
factory school or long experience with the product or technique
involved.
Sec. 145.41 Recommendation of persons for certification as repairmen.
(a) When a person applies for a domestic repair station certificate
and rating(s) or additional rating(s) that require a repairman, that
person must--
(1) Recommend at least one person for certification as a repairman;
(2) Certify to the Administrator that the person recommended meets
the requirements of Sec. 65.101 of this chapter; and
(3) Certify that the person recommended is able to perform and
supervise the assigned work.
(b) Each person recommended per paragraph (a)(1) of this section
must be at or above the level of shop foreman or department head or be
responsible for supervising the work performed by the repair station. A
qualified person so recommended may be certificated as a repairman.
(Secs. 313, 314, and 601 through 610, of the Federal Aviation Act of
1958, as amended (49 U.S.C. 1354, 1355, 1421 through 1430); sec. 6(c),
Dept. of Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. 1655(c)))
[Doc. No. 21269, 47 FR 33390, Aug. 2, 1982]
Sec. 145.43 Records of supervisory and inspection personnel.
(a) Each applicant for a domestic repair station certificate and
rating, or for an additional rating, must have, and each certificated
domestic repair station shall maintain, a roster of--
(1) Its supervisory personnel, including the names of the officials
of the station that are responsible for its management and the names of
its technical supervisors, such as foreman and crew chiefs; and
(2) Its inspection personnel, including the names of the chief
inspector and those inspectors who make final airworthiness
determinations before releasing an article to service.
(b) The station shall also provide a summary of the employment of
each person whose name is on the roster. The summary must contain enough
information as to each person on the roster to show compliance with the
experience requirements of this subpart, including--
(1) His present title (e.g., chief inspector, metal shop foreman,
etc.);
(2) His total years of experience in the type of work he is doing;
(3) His past employment record, with names of places and term of
employment by month, and year;
(4) The scope of his present employment (e.g., airframe overhaul,
airframe final assembly, engine inspection, department, etc.); and
(5) The type and number of the mechanic or repairman certificate
that he holds, and the ratings on that certificate.
(c) The station shall change the roster, as necessary, to reflect--
(1) Terminating the employment of any person whose name is on the
roster;
(2) Assigning any person to duties that require his name to be
carried on the roster; or
(3) Any appreciable change in the duties and scope of assignment of
any person whose name is on the roster.
(d) The station shall keep the roster and employment summaries
required by this section, subject to inspection by the Administrator
upon his request.
(e) A domestic repair station may not use the services of a person
directly in charge of maintenance or alteration unless it keeps current
records on him as required by this section.
[Doc. No. 1157, 27 FR 6662, June 13, 1962, as amended by Amdt. 145-5, 31
FR 8585, June 21, 1966; Amdt. 145-15, 41 FR 47230, Oct. 28, 1976]
Sec. 145.45 Inspection systems.
(a) An applicant for a repair station certificate, and rating or for
an additional rating, must have an inspection system that will produce
satisfactory quality control and conform to paragraphs (b) to (f) of
this section.
(b) The applicant's inspection personnel must be thoroughly familiar
with all inspection methods, techniques, and equipment used in their
specialty to determine the quality or airworthiness of an article being
maintained or altered. In addition, they must--
[[Page 59]]
(1) Maintain proficiency in using various inspection aids intended
for that purpose;
(2) Have available and understand current specifications involving
inspection tolerances, limitations, and procedures established by the
manufacturer of the product being inspected and with other forms of
inspection information such as FAA airworthiness di- rectives and
bulletins; and
(3) In cases where magnetic, fluorescent, or other forms of
mechanical inspection devices are to be used, be skilled in operating
that equipment and be able to properly interpret defects indicated by
it.
(c) The applicant must provide a satisfactory method of inspecting
incoming material to insure that, before it is placed in stock for use
in an aircraft or part thereof, it is in a good state of preservation
and is free from apparent defects or malfunctions.
(d) The applicant must provide a system of preliminary inspection of
all articles he maintains to determine the state of preservation or
defects. He shall enter the results of each inspection on an appropriate
form supplied by it and keep the form with the article until it is
released to service.
(e) The applicant must provide a system so that before working on
any airframe, powerplant, or part thereof that has been involved in an
accident, it will be inspected thoroughly for hidden damage, including
the areas next to the obviously damaged parts. He shall enter the
results of this inspection on the inspection form required by paragraph
(d) of this section.
(f) At the time he applies for a repair station certificate, the
applicant must provide a manual containing inspection procedures, and
thereafter maintain it in current condition at all times. The manual
must explain the internal inspection system of the repair station in a
manner easily understood by any employee of the station. It must state
in detail the inspection requirements in paragraphs (a) to (e) of this
section, and the repair station's inspection system including the
continuity of inspection responsibility, samples of inspection forms,
and the method of executing them. The manual must refer whenever
necessary to the manufacturer's inspection standards for the maintenance
of the particular article. The repair station must give a copy of the
manual to each of its supervisory and inspection personnel and make it
available to its other personnel. The repair station is responsible for
seeing that all supervisory and inspection personnel thoroughly
understand the manual.
[Doc. No. 1157, 27 FR 6662, June 13, 1962, as amended by Amdt. 145-15,
41 FR 47230, Oct. 28, 1976]
Sec. 145.47 Equipment and materials: Ratings other than limited ratings.
(a) An applicant for a domestic repair station certificate and
rating, or for an additional rating, must have the equipment and
materials necessary to efficiently perform the functions appropriate to
the ratings he seeks. An applicant for an airframe, propeller,
powerplant, radio, instrument, or accessory rating must be equipped to
perform the functions listed in appendix A to this part that are
appropriate for the rating he seeks.
(b) The equipment and materials required by this part must be of
such type that the work for which they are being used can be done
competently and efficiently. The station shall ensure that all
inspection and test equipment is tested at regular intervals to ensure
correct calibration to a standard derived from the National Bureau of
Standards or to a standard provided by the equipment manufacturer. In
the case of foreign equipment, the standard of the country of
manufacture may be used if approved by the Administrator. The equipment
and materials required for the various ratings must be located on the
premises, and under the full control of the station, unless they are
used for a function that the repair station is authorized to obtain by
contract. If it obtains them by contract, the repair station shall
determine the airworthiness of the article involved, unless the
contractor is an appropriately rated repair station.
(c) A certificated domestic or foreign repair station may contract
maintenance and alteration of components of a type certificated product
to a noncertificated source identified in the repair
[[Page 60]]
station's inspection procedures manual provided:
(1) The repair station is the manufacturer who originally
manufactured the product for which it holds a U.S. type certificate;
(2) The contracted component is included as part of the type
certificated product;
(3) The component maintenance is done by the original component
manufacturer or its manufacturing licensee; and
(4) Before such a component is returned to service, the repair
station ensures that it is being returned to service in accordance with
the repair station's quality control system as approved by the
Administrator and set forth in the repair station's operations
specifications and inspection procedures manual.
(d) The applicant shall choose suitable tools and equipment for the
functions named in appendix A to this part, as appropriate to each of
his ratings, using those the manufacturer of the article involved
recommends for maintaining or altering that article, or their
equivalent.
(Secs. 313, 314, and 601 through 610, of the Federal Aviation Act of
1958, as amended (49 U.S.C. 1354, 1355, 1421 through 1430); sec. 6(c),
Dept. of Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. 1655(c)))
[Doc. No. 1157, 27 FR 6662, July 13, 1962, as amended by Amdt. 145-19,
47 FR 33391, Aug. 2, 1982; Amdt. 145-21, 53 FR 47375, Nov. 22, 1988]
Sec. 145.49 Equipment and materials: Limited rating.
(a) An applicant for a limited rating (other than specialized
services) under Sec. 145.33, must have the equipment and materials to
perform any job function appropriate to the rating and class specified
in Sec. 145.47 for the rating he seeks. However, he need not be equipped
for a function that does not apply to the particular make or model
article for which he seeks a rating, if he shows that it is not
necessary under the recommendations of the manufacturer of the article.
(b) An applicant for a rating for specialized services or techniques
under Sec. 145.33 must--
(1) For magnetic and penetrant inspection, have the equipment and
materials for wet and dry magnetic inspection techniques, residual and
continuous methods, and portable equipment for the inspection of welds
both on and off the aircraft;
(2) For emergency equipment maintenance, have the equipment and
materials to perform inspections, repairs, and tests of all kinds of
inflated equipment, the re-packing, re-marking, re-sealing, and re-
stocking of life rafts, and the weighing, refilling, and testing of
carbon dioxide fire extinguishers and oxygen containers;
(3) For rotor blade maintenance, have the equipment, materials, and
technical data recommended by the manufacturer; and
(4) For aircraft fabric work, have the equipment and materials to
apply protective coatings to structures, machine stitch fabric panels,
perform covering, sewing, and rib stitching operations, apply dope and
paint using temperature and humidity control equipment, install patches,
grommets, tapes, hooks, and similar equipment, and refinish entire
aircraft and aircraft parts.
Sec. 145.51 Privileges of certificates.
A certificated domestic repair station may--
(a) Maintain or alter any airframe, powerplant, propeller,
instrument, radio, or accessory, or part thereof, for which it is rated;
(b) Approve for return to service any article for which it is rated
after it has been maintained or altered;
(c) In the case of a station with an airframe rating, perform 100-
hour, annual or progressive inspections, and return the aircraft to
service; and
(d) Maintain or alter any article for which it is rated at a place
other than the repair station, if--
(1) The function would be performed in the same manner as when
performed at the repair station and in accordance with Secs. 145.57 to
145.61;
(2) All necessary personnel, equipment, material, and technical data
is available at the place where the work is to be done; and
(3) The inspection procedures manual of the station sets forth
approved procedures governing work to be performed at a place other than
the repair station.
[[Page 61]]
However, a certificated repair station may not approve for return to
service any aircraft, airframe, aircraft engine, propeller, or appliance
after major repair or major alteration unless the work was done in
accordance with technical data approved by the Administrator.
[Doc. No. 1157, 27 FR 6662, July 13, 1962, as amended by Amdt. 145-2, 29
FR 5451, Apr. 23, 1964]
Sec. 145.53 Limitations of certificates.
A certificated domestic repair station may not maintain or alter any
airframe, powerplant, propeller, instrument, radio, or accessory for
which it is not rated, and may not maintain or alter any article for
which it is rated if it requires special technical data, equipment, or
facilities that are not available to it.
Sec. 145.55 Maintenance of personnel, facilities, equipment, and materials.
Each certificated domestic repair station shall provide personnel,
facilities equipment, and materials at least equal in quality and
quantity to the standards currently required for the issue of the
certificate and rating that it holds.
Sec. 145.57 Performance standards.
(a) Except as provided in Sec. 145.2, each certificated domestic
repair station shall perform its maintenance and alteration operations
in accord- ance with the standards in part 43 of this chapter. It shall
maintain, in current condition, all manufacturers' service manuals,
instructions, and service bulletins that relate to the articles that it
maintains or alters.
(b) In addition, each certificated domestic repair station with a
radio rating shall comply with those sections of part 43 of this chapter
that apply to electric systems, and shall use materials that conform to
approved specifications for equipment appropriate to its rating. It
shall use test apparatus, shop equipment, performance standards, test
methods, alterations, and calibrations that conform to the
manufacturers' specifications or instructions, approved specification,
and, if not otherwise specified, to accept good practices of the
aircraft radio industry.
[Doc. No. 1157, 27 FR 6662, July 13, 1962, as amended by Amdt. 145-5, 31
FR 8585, June 21, 1966; Amdt. 145-7, 31 FR 10614, Aug. 9, 1966]
Sec. 145.59 Inspection of work performed.
(a) Each certificated domestic repair station shall, before
approving an airframe, powerplant, propeller, instrument, radio, or
accessory for return to service after maintaining or altering it, have
that article inspected by a qualified inspector. After performing a
maintenance or alteration operation, the station shall certify on the
maintenance or alteration record of the article that it is airworthy
with respect to the work performed.
(b) For the purposes of paragraph (a) of this section, the qualified
inspector must be a person employed by the station, who has shown by
experience as a journeyman that he understands the inspection methods,
techniques, and equipment used in determining the air-worthiness of the
article concerned. He must also be proficient in using various types of
mechanical and visual inspection aids appropriate for the article being
inspected.
[Doc. No. 1157, 27 FR 6662, July 13, 1962, as amended by Amdt. 145-16,
43 FR 22643, May 25, 1978]
Sec. 145.61 Performance records and reports.
Each certificated domestic repair station shall maintain adequate
records of all work that it does, naming the certificated mechanic or
repairman who performed or supervised the work, and the inspector of
that work. The station shall keep each record for at least two years
after the work it applies to is done.
Sec. 145.63 Reports of defects or unairworthy conditions.
(a) Each certificated domestic repair station shall report to the
Administrator within 72 hours after it discovers any serious defect in,
or other recurring unairworthy condition of, an aircraft, powerplant, or
propeller, or any component of any of them. The report shall be made on
a form and in a manner prescribed by the Administrator, describing the
defect or malfunction
[[Page 62]]
completely without withholding any pertinent information.
(b) In any case where the filing of a report under paragraph (a) of
this section might prejudice the repair station, it shall refer the
matter to the Administrator for a determination as to whether it must be
reported. If the defect or malfunction could result in an imminent
hazard to flight, the repair station shall use the most expeditious
method it can to inform the Administrator.
(c) The holder of a domestic repair station certificate that is also
the holder of a part 121 or 135 certificate, a Type Certificate
(including a Supplemental Type Certificate), a Parts Manufacturer
Approval (PMA), or a TSO authorization, or that is the licensee of a
Type Certificate, need not report a failure, malfunction, or defect
under this section if the failure, malfunction, or defect has been
reported by it, under Sec. 21.3, Sec. 37.17, Sec. 121.703, or
Sec. 135.57 of this chapter.
[Doc. No. 1157, 27 FR 6662, July 13, 1962, as amended by Amdt. 145-9, 35
FR 3155, Feb. 19, 1970; Amdt. 145-13, 35 FR 18189, Nov. 28, 1970; Amdt.
145-25, 66 FR 21067, Apr. 27, 2001]
Effective Date Note: By Amdt. 145-22, 65 FR 56206, Sept. 15, 2000,
Sec. 145.63 was amended by revising paragraphs (a) and (c) and adding
paragraphs (d) and (e), effective Jan. 16, 2001. At 65 FR 80743, Dec.
22, 2000, the effective date was delayed until July 16, 2001. At 66 FR
21626, Apr. 30, 2001, the effective date was delayed until Jan. 16,
2002. At 66 FR 58912, Nov. 23, 2001, the effective date was delayed
until Jan. 16, 2003. For the convenience of the user, the added and
revised text is set forth as follows:
Sec. 145.63 Reports of defects or unairworthy conditions.
(a) Each certificated domestic repair station shall, within 96 hours
after it discovers any serious defect in, or other recurring unairworthy
condition of, an aircraft, powerplant, or propeller, or any component of
any of them, submit a report to a central collection point as specified
by the Administrator. The report shall be made on a form or in another
format acceptable to the Administrator, describing the defect or
unairworthy condition completely without withholding any pertinent
information.
* * * * *
(c) The holder of a domestic repair station certificate that also is
the holder of a part 121, part 125, or part 135 certificate, a Type
Certificate (including a Supplemental Type Certificate), a Parts
Manufacturer Approval, or a Technical Standard Order Authorization, or
that is the licensee of a Type Certificate holder, need not report a
failure, malfunction, or defect under this section if the failure,
malfunction, or defect has been reported by it under Sec. 21.3,
Sec. 121.703, Sec. 121.704, Sec. 125.409, Sec. 125.410, Sec. 135.415, or
Sec. 135.416 of this chapter.
(d) A certificated domestic repair station may submit a Service
Difficulty Report (operational or structural) for--
(1) A part 121 certificate holder under Sec. 121.703(g) or
Sec. 121.704(f) provided that the report meets the requirements of
Secs. 121.703(d) and 121.703(e), or Secs. 121.704(c) and 121.704(d) of
this chapter, as appropriate;
(2) A part 125 certificate holder under Sec. 125.409(g) or
Sec. 125.410(f) provided that the report meets the requirements of
Secs. 125.409(d) and 125.409(e), orSecs. 125.410(c) and 125.410(d) of
this chapter, as appropriate;
(3) A part 135 certificate holder under Sec. 135.415(g) or
Sec. 135.416(f) provided that the report meets the requirements of
Secs. 135.415(d) and 135.415(e), or Secs. 135.416(c) and 135.416(d) of
this chapter, as appropriate.
(e) A certificated domestic repair station authorized to report a
failure, malfunction, or defect under paragraph (d) of this section
shall not report the same failure, malfunction, or defect under
paragraph (a) of this section. A copy of the report submitted under
paragraph (d) of this section shall be forwarded to the certificate
holder.
Subpart C--Foreign Repair Stations
Sec. 145.71 General requirements.
A repair station certificate with appropriate ratings may be issued
for a foreign repair station if the Administrator determines that it
will be necessary for maintaining or altering United States registered
aircraft and aircraft engines, propellers, appliances, and component
parts thereof for use on United States registered aircraft. A foreign
repair station must meet the requirements for a domestic repair station
certificate, except those in Secs. 145.39 through 145.43.
[Doc. No. 25454, 53 FR 47376, Nov. 22, 1988]
Sec. 145.73 Scope of work authorized.
(a) A certificated foreign repair station may, with respect to
United States registered aircraft, maintain or alter aircraft,
airframes, powerplants,
[[Page 63]]
propellers, or component parts thereof. The Administrator may prescribe
operations specifications containing limitations that the Administrator
determines necessary to comply with the airworthiness requirements of
this chapter.
(b) A certificated foreign repair station may perform only the
specific services and functions within the ratings and classes that are
stated in its operations specifications.
[Doc. No. 25454, 53 FR 47376, Nov. 22, 1988]
Sec. 145.75 Personnel.
(a) Each applicant for a foreign repair station certificate and
rating, or for an additional rating, must provide enough personnel who
are able to perform, supervise, and inspect the work for which he seeks
a rating, with regard being given to its volume of work.
(b) The supervisors and inspectors of each certificated foreign
repair station must understand the regulations in this chapter, FAA
airworthiness directives, and the maintenance and service instructions
of the manufacturers of the articles to be worked on. However, they do
not need airman certificates issued under this chapter and, along with
the persons performing the work of the station, are not considered to be
airmen within the meaning of section 101(7) of the Federal Aviation Act
of 1958 (49 U.S.C. 1301) with respect to work performed in connection
with their employment by the foreign repair station.
(c) In cases where the persons engaged in supervision or final
inspection are not certificated under this chapter or by the country in
which the station is located, their qualifications are determined by the
Administrator, based on their ability to meet the requirements of
paragraph (a) of this section as shown by oral or practical test or any
other method the Administrator elects.
(d) No person may be responsible for the supervision or final
inspection of work on an aircraft of United States registry at a foreign
repair station unless he can read, write, and understand English.
Sec. 145.77 General operating rules.
Each certificated foreign repair station shall comply with the
operating rules prescribed in subpart B of this part, except for
Secs. 145.61 and 145.63, and has the privileges of a domestic repair
station as provided in Sec. 145.51.
Sec. 145.79 Records and reports.
(a) Each certificated foreign repair station shall maintain such
records, and make such reports, with respect to United States registered
aircraft, as the Administrator finds necessary, including those
prescribed in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section.
(b) Each certificated foreign repair station shall keep a record of
the maintenance and alteration it performs on United States registered
aircraft, in enough detail to show the make, model, identification
number, and serial number of the aircraft involved, and a description of
the work. In a case of major repairs or major alterations, or both, it
shall report on a form and in a manner prescribed by the Administrator,
giving the original copy to the aircraft owner and sending a copy to the
Administrator through the FAA office having jurisdiction over the
station. However, if a major repair or alteration is made on a United
States scheduled flag air carrier aircraft, the report may be made in
the log or other record provided by the carrier for that purpose. Upon
request, the station shall make all of its maintenance and alteration
records available to the Administrator.
(c) Each certificated foreign repair station shall, within 72 hours
after it discovers any serious defect in, or other recurring unairworthy
condition of, any aircraft, powerplant, propeller, or any component of
any of them, that it works on under this part, report that defect or
unairworthy condition to the Administrator.
(d) The holder of a foreign repair station certificate that is also
the holder of a Type Certificate (including a Supplemental Type
Certificate), a Parts Manufacturer Approval (PMA), or a TSO
authorization or that is the licensee of a Type Certificate need not
report a failure, malfunction, or defect under this section if the
failure, malfunction, or defect has been reported
[[Page 64]]
by it, under Sec. 21.3 of this chapter or Sec. 37.17 of this chapter.
[Doc. No. 1157, 27 FR 6662, July 13, 1962, as amended by Amdt. 145-9, 35
FR 3155, Feb. 19, 1970; Amdt. 145-13, 35 FR 18189, Nov. 28, 1970]
Effective Date Note: By Amdt. 145-22, 65 FR 56206, Sept. 15, 2000,
Sec. 145.79 was amended by revising paragraphs (c) and (d) and adding
paragraphs (e) and (f), effective Jan. 16, 2001. At 65 FR 80743, Dec.
22, 2000, the effective date was delayed until July 16, 2001. At 66 FR
21626, Apr. 30, 2001, the effective date was delayed until Jan. 16,
2002. At 66 FR 58912, Nov. 23, 2001, the effective date was delayed
until Jan. 16, 2003. For the convenience of the user, the added and
revised text is set forth as follows:
Sec. 145.79 Records and reports.
* * * * *
(c) Each certificated foreign repair station shall, within 96 hours
after it discovers any serious defect in, or other recurring unairworthy
condition of, any aircraft, powerplant, propeller, or any component of
any of them, submit a report to a central collection point as specified
by the Administrator. The report shall be made on a form or another
format acceptable to the Administrator, describing the defect or
unairworthy condition completely without withholding any pertinent
information.
(d) The holder of a foreign repair station certificate that also is
the holder of a Type Certificate (including a Supplemental Type
Certificate), a Parts Manufacturer Approval, or a Technical Standard
Order Authorization or that is the licensee of a Type Certificate holder
need not report a failure, malfunction, or defect under this section if
the failure, malfunction, or defect has been reported by it under
Sec. 21.3 of this chapter.
(e) A certificated foreign repair station may submit a Service
Difficulty Report (operational or structural) for--
(1) A part 121 certificate holder under Sec. 121.703(g) or
Sec. 121.704(f) provided that the report meets the requirements of
Secs. 121.703(d) and 121.703(e) or Secs. 121.704(c) and 121.704(d) of
this chapter, as appropriate;
(2) A part 125 certificate holder under Sec. 125.409(g) or
Sec. 125.410(f) provided that the report meets the requirements of
Secs. 125.409(d) and 125.409(e) or Secs. 125.410(c) and 125.410(d) of
this chapter, as appropriate;
(3) A part 135 certificate holder under Sec. 135.415(g) or
Sec. 135.416(f) provided that the report meets the requirements of
Secs. 135.415(d) and 135.415(e) or Secs. 135.416(c) and 135.416(d) of
this chapter, as appropriate.
(f) A certificated foreign repair station authorized to report a
failure, malfunction, or defect under paragraph (e) of this section
shall not report the same failure, malfunction, or defect under
paragraph (c) of this section. A copy of the report submitted under
paragraph (e) of this section shall be forwarded to the certificate
holder.
Subpart D--Limited Ratings for Manufacturers
Authority: Secs. 313(a), 601, 602, 605, and 607, 72 Stat. 752; 49
U.S.C. 1354(a), 1421, 1422, 1425, and 1427.
Source: Docket No. 1221, 31 FR 5249, Apr. 1, 1966, unless otherwise
noted.
Sec. 145.101 Application and issue.
(a) Upon application in a form and manner prescribed by the
Administrator, a repair station certificate with a limited rating for a
manufacturer may be issued without further showing to--
(1) The holder or licensee of a Type Certificate who has an approved
production inspection system;
(2) The holder of a Production Certificate;
(3) Any person who meets the requirements of Sec. 21.303 of this
chapter, and has the prescribed Fabrication Inspection System; and
(4) The holder of a Technical Standard Order (TSO) authorization.
(b) Limited ratings are issued under paragraph (a) of this section
for--
(1) Aircraft manufactured by the holder of the rating under a Type
Certificate or a Production Certificate;
(2) Aircraft engines manufactured by the holder of the rating under
a Type Certificate or a Production Certificate;
(3) Propellers manufactured by the holder of the rating under a Type
Certificate or a Production Certificate;
(4) Appliances manufactured by the holder of the rating (i) under a
Type Certificate, (ii) under a Production Certificate, (iii) under a TSO
authorization, or (iv) in accordance with Sec. 21.303 of this chapter;
and
(5) Parts manufactured by the holder of the rating under a TSO
authorization or in accordance with Sec. 21.303 of this chapter.
Sec. 145.103 Privileges of certificates.
(a) The holder of a repair station certificate issued under this
subpart may maintain and approve for return to service any article for
which it is
[[Page 65]]
rated, and perform preventive maintenance on that article, if
certificated mechanics or repairmen are employed directly in charge of
the maintenance and preventive maintenance.
(b) The privileges granted under this section apply to any location
or facility unless the certificate limits the holder to specific
locations or facilities.
Sec. 145.105 Performance standards.
Except as provided in Sec. 145.2, each holder of a certificate
issued under this subpart shall perform its maintenance and preventive
maintenance operations in accordance with part 43 of this chapter.
[Amdt. 145-7, 31 FR 10614, Aug. 9, 1966]
Appendix A to Part 145
Note: When an asterisk (*) is shown after any job function listed in
this appendix it indicates that the applicant need not have the
equipment and material on his premises for performing this job function
provided he contracts that particular type work to an outside agency
having such equipment and material.
(a) An applicant for a Class 1, 2, 3, or 4 airframe rating must
provide equipment and material necessary for efficiently performing the
following job functions:
(1) Steel structural components:
Repair or replace steel tubes and fittings using the proper welding
techniques when appropriate.
Anticorrosion treatment of the interior and exterior of steel parts,
Metal plating or anodizing*,
Simple machine operations such as making bushings, bolts, etc.,
Complex machine operations involving the use of planers, shapers,
milling machines, etc.*,
Fabricate steel fittings,
Abrasive air blasting and chemical cleaning operations*,
Heat treatment*,
Magnetic inspection*,
Repair or rebuilt metal tanks*.
(2) Wood structure:
Splice wood spars,
Repair ribs and spars (wood),
Fabricate wood spars*,
Repair or replace metal ribs,
Interior alignment of wings,
Repair or replace plywood skin,
Treatment against wood decay.
(3) Alloy skin and structural components:
Repair and replace metal skin, using power tools and equipment,
Repair and replace alloy members and components such as tubes,
channels, cowlings, fittings, attach angles, etc.,
Alignment of components using jigs or fixtures as in the case of
joining fuselage sections or other similar operations,
Make up wooden forming blocks or dies,
Fluorescent inspection of alloy components*,
Fabricate alloy members and components such as tubes, channels,
cowlings, fittings, attach angles, etc.*
(4) Fabric covering:
Repairs to fabric surfaces,
Recovering and refinishing of components and entire aircraft*.
(5) Control systems:
Renewing control cables, using swaging and splicing techniques,
Rigging complete control system,
Renewing or repairing all control system hinge point components such
as pins, bushings, etc.,
Install control system units and components.
(6) Landing gear systems:
Renew or repair all landing gear hinge point components and
attachments such as bolts, bushings, fittings, etc.,
Overhaul and repair elastic shock absorber units,
Overhaul and repair hydraulic-pneumatic shock absorber units*,
Overhaul and repair brake system components*,
Conduct retraction cycle tests,
Overhaul and repair electrical circuits,
Overhaul and repair hydraulic system components*,
Repair or fabricate hydraulic lines.
(7) Electric wiring systems:
Diagnose malfunctions,
Repair or replace wiring,
Installation of electrical equipment,
Bench check electrical components (this check is not to be confused
with the more complex functional test after overhaul).
(8) Assembly operations:
Assembly of airframe component parts such as landing gear, wings,
controls, etc.,
Rigging and alignment of airframe components, including the complete
aircraft and control system,
Installation of powerplants,
Installation of instruments and accessories,
Assembly and fitting of cowling, fairings, etc.,
Repair and assembly of plastic components such as windshields,
windows, etc.,
Jack or hoist complete aircraft.
Conduct aircraft weight and balance operations (this function will
be conducted in draft-free area)*,
Balance control surfaces.
(b) An applicant for any class of power-plant rating must provide
equipment and
[[Page 66]]
material necessary for efficiently performing the following job
functions appropriate to the class of rating applied for:
(1) Classes 1 and 2. (i) Maintain and alter powerplants, including
replacement of parts:
Chemical and mechanical cleaning,
Disassembly operations,
Replacement of valve guides and seats*,
Replacement of bushings, bearings, pins, inserts, etc.,
Plating operations (copper, silver, cadmium, etc.)*,
Heating operations (involving the use of recommended techniques
requiring controlled heating facilities),
Chilling or shrinking operations,
Removal and replacement of studs,
Inscribing or affixing identification information,
Painting of powerplants and components,
Anticorrosion treatment for parts,
Replacement and repair of powerplant alloy sheet metal and steel
components such as baffles, fittings, etc.*
(ii) Inspect all parts, using appropriate inspection aids:
Magnetic, fluorescent and other acceptable inspection aids*,
Precise determination of clearances and tolerances of all parts,
Inspection for alignment of connecting rods, crankshafts, impeller
shafts, etc.,
Balancing of parts, including crankshafts, impellers, etc.*,
Inspection of valve springs.
(iii) Accomplish routine machine work:
Precision grinding, honing and lapping operations (includes
crankshaft, cylinder barrels, etc.)*,
Precision drilling, tapping, boring, milling and cutting
operations*,
Reaming of inserts, bushings, bearings and other similar components,
Refacing of valves.
(iv) Perform assembly operations:
Valve and ignition timing operations,
Fabricate and test ignition harnesses,
Fabricate and test rigid and flexible fluid lines,
Prepare engines for long- or short-term storage,
Functional check powerplant accessories (this check is not to be
confused with the more complex performance test of overhaul)*,
Hoist engines by mechanical means,
Install engines in aircraft*,
Align and adjust engine controls*,
Installation of engines in aircraft and alignment and adjustment of
engine controls, when completed, must be inspected by either an
appropriately rated certificated mechanic or certificated repairman.
Persons supervising or inspecting these functions must thoroughly
understand the pertinent installation details involved.
(v) Test overhauled powerplants in compliance with manufacturers'
recommendations: The test equipment will be the same as recommended by
the manufacturers of the particular engines undergoing test or
equivalent equipment that will accomplish the same purpose. The testing
function may be performed by the repair station itself, or may be
contracted to an outside agency. In either case the repair station will
be responsible for the final acceptance of the tested engine.
(2) Class 3. Functional and equipment requirements for turbine
engines will be governed entirely by the recommendations of the
manufacturer, including techniques, inspection methods, and test.
(c) An applicant for any class of propeller rating must provide
equipment and material necessary for efficiently performing the
following job functions appropriate to the class of rating applied for:
(1) Class 1. (i) Maintain and alter propellers, including
installation and replacement of parts:
Replace blade tipping,
Refinish wood propellers,
Make wood inlays,
Refinish plastic blades,
Straighten bent blades within repairable tolerances,
Modify blade diameter and profile,
Polish and buff,
Painting operations,
Remove from and reinstall on powerplants.
(ii) Inspect components, using appropriate inspection aids:
Inspect propellers for conformity with manufacturer's drawings and
specifications,
Inspect hubs and blades for failures and defects, using magnetic or
fluorescent inspection devices*,
Inspect hubs and blades for failures and defects, using all visual
aids, including the etching of parts,
Inspect hubs for wear of splines or keyways or any other defect.
(iii) Repair or replace components: (Not applicable to this class).
(iv) Balance propellers:
Test for proper track on aircraft,
Test for horizontal and vertical unbalance (this test will be
accomplished with the use of precision equipment).
(v) Test propeller pitch-changing mechanisms: (Not applicable to
this class).
(2) Class 2. (i) Maintain and alter propellers, including
installation and the replacement of parts:
All functions listed under paragraph (c)(1)(i) of this appendix when
applicable to the make and model propeller for which a rating is sought,
Properly lubricate moving parts,
Assemble complete propeller and subassemblies, using special tools
when required.
[[Page 67]]
(ii) Inspect components, using appropriate inspection aids: All
functions listed under paragraph (c)(1)(ii) of this appendix when
applicable to the make and model propeller for which a rating is sought.
(iii) Repair or replace component parts:
Replace blades, hubs, or any of their components,
Repair or replace anti-icing devices,
Remove nicks or scratches from metal blades,
Repair or replace electrical propeller components.
(iv) Balance propellers: All functions listed under paragraph
(c)(1)(iv) of this appendix when applicable to the make and model
propeller for which a rating is sought.
(v) Test propeller pitch-changing mechanism:
Test hydraulically, propellers and components,
Test electrically operated propellers and components,
Test of constant speed devices*.
(d) An applicant for a radio rating must provide equipment and
materials as follows:
(1) For a Class 1 (Communications) radio rating, the equipment and
materials necessary for efficiently performing the job functions listed
in paragraph (4) and the following job functions:
The testing and repair of headsets, speakers, and microphones.
The measuring of radio transmitter power output.
(2) For a Class 2 (Navigation) radio rating, the equipment and
materials necessary for efficiently performing the job functions listed
in paragraph (4) and the following job functions:
The testing and repair of headsets.
The testing of speakers.
The repair of speakers.*
The measuring of loop antenna sensitivity by appropriate methods.
The determination and compensation for quadrantal error in aircraft
direction finder radio equipment.
The calibration of any radio navigational equipment, enroute and
approach aids, or similar equipment, appropriate to this rating to
approved performance standards.
(3) For Class 3 (Radar) radio rating, the equipment and materials
necessary for efficiently performing the job functions listed in
paragraph (4) and the following job functions:
The measuring of radio transmitter power output.
The metal plating of transmission lines, wave guides, and similar
equipment in accordance with appropriate specifications.*
The pressurization of appropriate radar equipment with dry air,
nitrogen, or other specified gases.
(4) For all classes of radio ratings, the equipment and materials
necessary for efficiently performing the following job functions:
Perform physical inspection of radio systems and components by
visual and mechanical methods.
Perform electrical inspection of radio systems and components by
means of appropriate electrical and/or electronic test instruments.
Check aircraft wiring, antennas, connectors, relays, and other
associated radio components to detect installation faults.
Check engine ignition systems and aircraft accessories to determine
sources of electrical interference.
Check aircraft power supplies for adequacy and proper functioning.
Test radio instruments.*
Overhaul, test, and check dynamotors, inverters, and other radio
electrical apparatus.*
Paint and refinish equipment containers.*
Accomplish appropriate methods of marking calibrations, or other
information on radio control panels and other components, as required.*
Make and reproduce drawings, wiring diagrams, and other similar
material required to record alterations and/or modifications to radio
(photographs may be used in lieu of drawings when they will serve as an
equivalent or better means of recording).*
Fabricate tuning shaft assemblies, brackets, cable assemblies, and
other similar components used in radios or aircraft radio
installations.*
Align tuned circuits (RF and IF).
Install and repair aircraft antennas.
Install complete radio systems in aircraft and prepare weight and
balance reports* (That phase of radio installation requiring alterations
to the aircraft structure must be performed, supervised, and inspected
by qualified personnel).
Measure modulation values, noise, and distortion in radios.
Measure audio and radio frequencies to appropriate tolerances and
perform calibration necessary for the proper operation of radios.
Measure radio component values (inductance, capacitance, resistance,
etc.).
Measure radiofrequency transmission line attenuation.
Determine wave forms and phase in radios when applicable.
Determine proper aircraft radio antenna, lead-in and transmission
line characteristics and locations for type of radio equipment to which
connected.
Determine operational condition of radio equipment installed in
aircraft by using appropriate portable test apparatus.
Determine proper location for radio antennas on aircraft.
Test all types of electronic tubes, transistors, or similar devices
in equipment appropriate to the rating.
[[Page 68]]
(e) An applicant for any class of instrument rating must provide
equipment and material necessary for efficiently performing the
following job functions, in accordance with pertinent specifications and
manufacturers' recommendations, appropriate to the class of rating
applied for:
(1) Class 1. (i) Diagnose instrument malfunctions: Diagnose
malfunctioning of the following instruments:
Rate of climb indicators,
Altimeters,
Air speed indicators,
Vacuum indicators,
Oil pressure gauges,
Fuel pressure gauges,
Hydraulic pressure gauges,
Deicing pressure gauges,
Pitot-static tube,
Direct indicating compasses,
Accelerometer,
Direct indicating tachometers,
Direct reading fuel quantity gauges,
Optical (sextants, drift sights, etc.)*.
(ii) Maintain and alter instruments, including installation and
replacement of parts:
Perform these functions on instruments listed under paragraph
(e)(1)(i) of this appendix.
The function of installation includes fabrication of instrument
panels and other installation structural components. The repair station
should be equipped to perform this function. However, it may be
contracted to a competent outside agency equipped to perform the
function.
(iii) Inspect, test and calibrate instruments: Perform these
functions on instruments listed under paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this
appendix, on and off the aircraft, when appropriate.
(2) Class 2. (i) Diagnose instrument malfunctions: Diagnose
malfunctioning of the following instruments:
Tachometers,
Synchroscope,
Electric temperature indicators,
Electric resistance type indicators,
Moving magnet type indicators,
Resistance type fuel indicators,
Warning units (oil-fuel),
Selsyn systems and indicators,
Self-synchronous systems and indicators,
Remote indicating compasses,
Fuel quantity indicators,
Oil quantity indicators,
Radio indicators,
Ammeters,
Voltmeters.
(ii) Maintain and alter instruments, including installation and the
replacement of parts:
Perform these functions on instruments listed under paragraph
(e)(2)(i) of this appendix.
The function of installation includes fabrication of instrument
panels and other installation structural components. The repair station
should be equipped to perform this function. However, it may be
contracted to a competent outside agency equipped to perform the
function.
(iii) Inspect, test and calibrate instruments: Perform these
functions on instruments listed under paragraph (e)(2)(i) of this
appendix, on and off the aircraft, when appropriate.
(3) Class 3. (i) Diagnose instrument malfunctions: Diagnose
malfunctioning of the following instruments:
Turn and bank indicators,
Directional gyros,
Horizon gyros,
Auto pilot control units and components*,
Remote reading direction indicators*.
(ii) Maintain and alter instruments, including installation and
replacement of parts:
Perform these functions on instruments listed under paragraph
(e)(3)(i) of this appendix.
The function of installation includes fabrication of instrument
panels and other installation structural components. The repair station
should be equipped to perform this function. However, it may be
contracted to a competent outside agency equipped to perform the
function.
(iii) Inspect, test and calibrate instruments: Perform these
functions on instruments listed under paragraph (e)(3)(i) of this
appendix, on and off the aircraft, when appropriate.
(4) Class 4. (i) Diagnose instrument malfunctions: Diagnose
malfunctioning of the following instruments:
Capacitance type quantity gauge,
Other electronic instruments,
Engine analyzers.
(ii) Maintain and alter instruments, including installation and
replacement of parts:
Perform these functions on instruments listed under paragraph
(e)(4)(i) of this appendix.
The function of installation includes fabrication of instrument
panels and other installation structural components. The repair station
should be equipped to perform this function. However, it may be
contracted to a competent outside agency equipped to perform the
function.
(iii) Inspect, test and calibrate instruments: Perform these
functions on instruments listed under paragraph (e)(4)(i) of this
appendix, on and off the aircraft, when appropriate.
(f) An applicant for a Class 1, 2, or 3 accessory rating must
provide equipment and material necessary for efficiently performing the
following job functions, in accordance
[[Page 69]]
with pertinent specifications and the manufacturers' recommendations:
(1) Diagnose accessory malfunctions.
(2) Maintain and alter accessories, including installation and the
replacement of the parts.
(3) Inspect, test, and, where necessary, calibrate accessories.
(Secs. 313, 314, and 601 through 610, of the Federal Aviation Act of
1958, as amended (49 U.S.C. 1354, 1355, 1421 through 1430); sec. 6(c),
Dept. of Transportation Act (49 U.S.C. 1655(c)))
[Doc. No. 1157, 27 FR 11693, Nov. 28, 1962, as amended by Amdt. 145-14,
35 FR 19349, Dec. 22, 1970; Amdt. 145-19, 47 FR 33391, Aug. 2, 1982]
Effective Date Note: At 66 FR 41117, Aug. 6, 2001, Appendix A to
part 145 was removed, effective Apr. 6, 2003.
Effective Date Note: At 66 FR 41117, Aug. 6, 2001, part 145 was
amended by revising subparts A through D, and adding subpart E, (SFAR
No. 36 Note remains unchanged), effective Apr. 6, 2003, with the
exception of Sec. 145.163 which is effective April 6, 2005. For the
convenience of the user, the revised text follows:
PART 145--REPAIR STATIONS
Subpart A--General
Sec.
145.1 Applicability.
145.3 Definition of terms.
145.5 Certificate and operations specifications requirements.
Subpart B--Certification
145.51 Application for certificate.
145.53 Issue of certificate.
145.55 Duration and renewal of certificate.
145.57 Amendment to or transfer of certificate.
145.59 Ratings.
145.61 Limited ratings.
Subpart C--Housing, Facilities, Equipment, Materials, and Data
145.101 General.
145.103 Housing and facilities requirements.
145.105 Change of location, housing, or facilities.
145.107 Satellite repair stations.
145.109 Equipment, materials, and data requirements.
Subpart D--Personnel
145.151 Personnel requirements.
145.153 Supervisory personnel requirements.
145.155 Inspection personnel requirements.
145.157 Personnel authorized to approve an article for return to
service.
145.159 Recommendation of a person for certification as a repairman.
145.161 Records of management, supervisory, and inspection personnel.
145.163 Training requirements.
Subpart E--Operating Rules
145.201 Privileges and limitations of certificate.
145.203 Work performed at another location.
145.205 Maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alterations performed
for certificate holders under parts 121, 125, and 135, and for
foreign air carriers or foreign persons operating a U.S.-
registered aircraft in common carriage under part 129.
145.207 Repair station manual.
145.209 Repair station manual contents.
145.211 Quality control system.
145.213 Inspection of maintenance, preventive maintenance, or
alterations.
145.215 Capability list.
145.217 Contract maintenance.
145.219 Recordkeeping.
145.221 Reports of failures, malfunctions, or defects.
145.223 FAA inspections.
Subpart A--General
Sec. 145.1 Applicability.
This part describes how to obtain a repair station certificate. This
part also contains the rules a certificated repair station must follow
related to its performance of maintenance, preventive maintenance, or
alterations of an aircraft, airframe, aircraft engine, propeller,
appliance, or component part to which part 43 applies. It also applies
to any person who holds, or is required to hold, a repair station
certificate issued under this part.
Sec. 145.3 Definition of terms.
For the purposes of this part, the following definitions apply:
(a) Accountable manager means the person designated by the
certificated repair station who is responsible for and has the authority
over all repair station operations that are conducted under part 145,
including ensuring that repair station personnel follow the regulations
and serving as the primary contact with the FAA.
(b) Article means an aircraft, airframe, aircraft engine, propeller,
appliance, or component part.
(c) Directly in charge means having the responsibility for the work
of a certificated repair station that performs maintenance, preventive
maintenance, alterations, or other functions affecting aircraft
airworthiness. A person directly in charge does not need to physically
observe and direct each worker constantly but must be available for
consultation on matters requiring instruction or decision from higher
authority.
(d) Line maintenance means--
[[Page 70]]
(1) Any unscheduled maintenance resulting from unforeseen events; or
(2) Scheduled checks that contain servicing and/or inspections that
do not require specialized training, equipment, or facilities.
Sec. 145.5 Certificate and operations specifications requirements.
(a) No person may operate as a certificated repair station without,
or in violation of, a repair station certificate, ratings, or operations
specifications issued under this part.
(b) The certificate and operations specifications issued to a
certificated repair station must be available on the premises for
inspection by the public and the FAA.
Subpart B--Certification
Sec. 145.51 Application for certificate.
(a) An application for a repair station certificate and rating must
be made in a format acceptable to the FAA and must include the
following:
(1) A repair station manual acceptable to the FAA as required by
Sec. 145.207;
(2) A quality control manual acceptable to the FAA as required by
Sec. 145.211(c);
(3) A list by type, make, or model, as appropriate, of each article
for which the application is made;
(4) An organizational chart of the repair station and the names and
titles of managing and supervisory personnel;
(5) A description of the housing and facilities, including the
physical address, in accordance with Sec. 145.103;
(6) A list of the maintenance functions, for approval by the FAA, to
be performed for the repair station under contract by another person in
accordance with Sec. 145.217; and
(7) A training program for approval by the FAA in accordance with
Sec. 145.163.
(b) The equipment, personnel, technical data, and housing and
facilities required for the certificate and rating, or for an additional
rating must be in place for inspection at the time of certification or
rating approval by the FAA. An applicant may meet the equipment
requirement of this paragraph if the applicant has a contract acceptable
to the FAA with another person to make the equipment available to the
applicant at the time of certification and at any time that it is
necessary when the relevant work is being performed by the repair
station.
(c) In addition to meeting the other applicable requirements for a
repair station certificate and rating, an applicant for a repair station
certificate and rating located outside the United States must meet the
following requirements:
(1) The applicant must show that the repair station certificate and/
or rating is necessary for maintaining or altering the following:
(i) U.S.-registered aircraft and articles for use on U.S.-registered
aircraft, or
(ii) Foreign-registered aircraft operated under the provisions of
part 121 or part 135, and articles for use on these aircraft.
(2) The applicant must show that the fee prescribed by the FAA has
been paid.
(d) An application for an additional rating, amended repair station
certificate, or renewal of a repair station certificate must be made in
a format acceptable to the FAA. The application must include only that
information necessary to substantiate the change or renewal of the
certificate.
Sec. 145.53 Issue of certificate.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, a person
who meets the requirements of this part is entitled to a repair station
certificate with appropriate ratings prescribing such operations
specifications and limitations as are necessary in the interest of
safety.
(b) If the person is located in a country with which the United
States has a bilateral aviation safety agreement, the FAA may find that
the person meets the requirements of this part based on a certification
from the civil aviation authority of that country. This certification
must be made in accordance with implementation procedures signed by the
Administrator or the Administrator's designee.
Sec. 145.55 Duration and renewal of certificate.
(a) A certificate or rating issued to a repair station located in
the United States is effective from the date of issue until the repair
station surrenders it or the FAA suspends or revokes it.
(b) A certificate or rating issued to a repair station located
outside the United States is effective from the date of issue until the
last day of the 12th month after the date of issue unless the repair
station surrenders the certificate or the FAA suspends or revokes it.
The FAA may renew the certificate or rating for 24 months if the repair
station has operated in compliance with the applicable requirements of
part 145 within the preceding certificate duration period.
(c) A certificated repair station located outside the United States
that applies for a renewal of its repair station certificate must--
(1) Submit its request for renewal no later than 30 days before the
repair station's current certificate expires. If a request for renewal
is not made within this period, the repair station must follow the
application procedures in Sec. 145.51.
(2) Send its request for renewal to the FAA office that has
jurisdiction over the certificated repair station.
(d) The holder of an expired, surrendered, suspended, or revoked
certificate must return it to the FAA.
[[Page 71]]
Sec. 145.57 Amendment to or transfer of certificate.
(a) The holder of a repair station certificate must apply for a
change to its certificate in a format acceptable to the FAA. A change to
the certificate is necessary if the certificate holder--
(1) Changes the location of the repair station, or
(2) Requests to add or amend a rating.
(b) If the holder of a repair station certificate sells or transfers
its assets, the new owner must apply for an amended certificate in
accordance with Sec. 145.51.
Sec. 145.59 Ratings.
The following ratings are issued under this subpart:
(a) Airframe ratings.
(1) Class 1: Composite construction of small aircraft.
(2) Class 2: Composite construction of large aircraft.
(3) Class 3: All-metal construction of small aircraft.
(4) Class 4: All-metal construction of large aircraft.
(b) Powerplant ratings.
(1) Class 1: Reciprocating engines of 400 horsepower or less.
(2) Class 2: Reciprocating engines of more than 400 horsepower.
(3) Class 3: Turbine engines.
(c) Propeller ratings.
(1) Class 1: Fixed-pitch and ground-adjustable propellers of wood,
metal, or composite construction.
(2) Class 2: Other propellers, by make.
(d) Radio ratings.
(1) Class 1: Communication equipment. Radio transmitting and/or
receiving equipment used in an aircraft to send or receive
communications in flight, regardless of carrier frequency or type of
modulation used. This equipment includes auxiliary and related aircraft
interphone systems, amplifier systems, electrical or electronic
intercrew signaling devices, and similar equipment. This equipment does
not include equipment used for navigating or aiding navigation of
aircraft, equipment used for measuring altitude or terrain clearance,
other measuring equipment operated on radio or radar principles, or
mechanical, electrical, gyroscopic, or electronic instruments that are a
part of communications radio equipment.
(2) Class 2: Navigational equipment. A radio system used in an
aircraft for en route or approach navigation. This does not include
equipment operated on radar or pulsed radio frequency principles, or
equipment used for measuring altitude or terrain clearance.
(3) Class 3: Radar equipment. An aircraft electronic system operated
on radar or pulsed radio frequency principles.
(e) Instrument ratings.
(1) Class 1: Mechanical. A diaphragm, bourdon tube, aneroid,
optical, or mechanically driven centrifugal instrument used on aircraft
or to operate aircraft, including tachometers, airspeed indicators,
pressure gauges drift sights, magnetic compasses, altimeters, or similar
mechanical instruments.
(2) Class 2: Electrical. Self-synchronous and electrical-indicating
instruments and systems, including remote indicating instruments,
cylinder head temperature gauges, or similar electrical instruments.
(3) Class 3: Gyroscopic. An instrument or system using gyroscopic
principles and motivated by air pressure or electrical energy, including
automatic pilot control units, turn and bank indicators, directional
gyros, and their parts, and flux gate and gyrosyn compasses.
(4) Class 4: Electronic. An instrument whose operation depends on
electron tubes, transistors, or similar devices, including capacitance
type quantity gauges, system amplifiers, and engine analyzers.
(f) Accessory ratings.
(1) Class 1: A mechanical accessory that depends on friction,
hydraulics, mechanical linkage, or pneumatic pressure for operation,
including aircraft wheel brakes, mechanically driven pumps, carburetors,
aircraft wheel assemblies, shock absorber struts and hydraulic servo
units.
(2) Class 2: An electrical accessory that depends on electrical
energy for its operation, and a generator, including starters, voltage
regulators, electric motors, electrically driven fuel pumps magnetos, or
similar electrical accessories.
(3) Class 3: An electronic accessory that depends on the use of an
electron tube transistor, or similar device, including supercharger,
temperature, air conditioning controls, or similar electronic controls.
Sec. 145.61 Limited ratings.
(a) The FAA may issue a limited rating to a certificated repair
station that maintains or alters only a particular type of airframe,
powerplant, propeller, radio, instrument, or accessory, or part thereof,
or performs only specialized maintenance requiring equipment and skills
not ordinarily performed under other repair station ratings. Such a
rating may be limited to a specific model aircraft, engine, or
constituent part, or to any number of parts made by a particular
manufacturer.
(b) The FAA issues limited ratings for--
(1) Airframes of a particular make and model;
(2) Engines of a particular make and model;
(3) Propellers of a particular make and model;
(4) Instruments of a particular make and model;
[[Page 72]]
(5) Radio equipment of a particular make and model;
(6) Accessories of a particular make and model;
(7) Landing gear components;
(8) Floats, by make;
(9) Nondestructive inspection, testing, and processing;
(10) Emergency equipment;
(11) Rotor blades, by make and model; and
(12) Aircraft fabric work.
(c) For a limited rating for specialized services, the operations
specifications of the repair station must contain the specification used
to perform the specialized service. The specification may be--
(1) A civil or military specification currently used by industry and
approved by the FAA, or
(2) A specification developed by the applicant and approved by the
FAA.
Subpart C--Housing, Facilities, Equipment, Materials, and Data
Sec. 145.101 General.
A certificated repair station must provide housing, facilities,
equipment, materials, and data that meet the applicable requirements for
the issuance of the certificate and ratings the repair station holds.
Sec. 145.103 Housing and facilities requirements.
(a) Each certificated repair station must provide--
(1) Housing for the facilities, equipment, materials, and personnel
consistent with its ratings.
(2) Facilities for properly performing the maintenance, preventive
maintenance, or alterations of articles or the specialized services for
which it is rated. Facilities must include the following:
(i) Sufficient work space and areas for the proper segregation and
protection of articles during all maintenance, preventive maintenance,
or alterations;
(ii) Segregated work areas enabling environmentally hazardous or
sensitive operations such as painting, cleaning, welding, avionics work,
electronic work, and machining to be done properly and in a manner that
does not adversely affect other maintenance or alteration articles or
activities;
(iii) Suitable racks, hoists, trays, stands, and other segregation
means for the storage and protection of all articles undergoing
maintenance, preventive maintenance, or alterations;
(iv) Space sufficient to segregate articles and materials stocked
for installation from those articles undergoing maintenance, preventive
maintenance, or alterations; and
(v) Ventilation, lighting, and control of temperature, humidity, and
other climatic conditions sufficient to ensure personnel perform
maintenance, preventive maintenance, or alterations to the standards
required by this part.
(b) A certificated repair station with an airframe rating must
provide suitable permanent housing to enclose the largest type and model
of aircraft listed on its operations specifications.
(c) A certificated repair station may perform maintenance,
preventive maintenance, or alterations on articles outside of its
housing if it provides suitable facilities that are acceptable to the
FAA and meet the requirements of Sec. 145.103(a) so that the work can be
done in accordance with the requirements of part 43 of this chapter.
Sec. 145.105 Change of location, housing, or facilities.
(a) A certificated repair station may not change the location of its
housing without written approval from the FAA.
(b) A certificated repair station may not make any changes to its
housing or facilities required by Sec. 145.103 that could have a
significant effect on its ability to perform the maintenance, preventive
maintenance, or alterations under its repair station certificate and
operations specifications without written approval from the FAA.
(c) The FAA may prescribe the conditions, including any limitations,
under which a certificated repair station must operate while it is
changing its location, housing, or facilities.
Sec. 145.107 Satellite repair stations.
(a) A certificated repair station under the managerial control of
another certificated repair station may operate as a satellite repair
station with its own certificate issued by the FAA. A satellite repair
station--
(1) May not hold a rating not held by the certificated repair
station with managerial control;
(2) Must meet the requirements for each rating it holds;
(3) Must submit a repair station manual acceptable to the FAA as
required by Sec. 145.207; and
(4) Must submit a quality control manual acceptable to the FAA as
required by Sec. 145.211(c).
(b) Unless the FAA indicates otherwise, personnel and equipment from
the certificated repair station with managerial control and from each of
the satellite repair stations may be shared. However, inspection
personnel must be designated for each satellite repair station and
available at the satellite repair station any time a determination of
airworthiness or return to service is made. In other circumstances,
inspection personnel may be away from the premises but must be available
by telephone, radio, or other electronic means.
[[Page 73]]
(c) A satellite repair station may not be located in a country other
than the domicile country of the certificated repair station with
managerial control.
Sec. 145.109 Equipment, materials, and data requirements.
(a) Except as otherwise prescribed by the FAA, a certificated repair
station must have the equipment, tools, and materials necessary to
perform the maintenance, preventive maintenance, or alterations under
its repair station certificate and operations specifications in
accordance with part 43. The equipment, tools, and material must be
located on the premises and under the repair station's control when the
work is being done.
(b) A certificated repair station must ensure all test and
inspection equipment and tools used to make airworthiness determinations
on articles are calibrated to a standard acceptable to the FAA.
(c) The equipment, tools, and material must be those recommended by
the manufacturer of the article or must be at least equivalent to those
recommended by the manufacturer and acceptable to the FAA.
(d) A certificated repair station must maintain, in a format
acceptable to the FAA, the documents and data required for the
performance of maintenance, preventive maintenance, or alterations under
its repair station certificate and operations specifications in
accordance with part 43. The following documents and data must be
current and accessible when the relevant work is being done:
(1) Airworthiness directives,
(2) Instructions for continued airworthiness,
(3) Maintenance manuals,
(4) Overhaul manuals,
(5) Standard practice manuals,
(6) Service bulletins, and
(7) Other applicable data acceptable to or approved by the FAA.
Subpart D--Personnel
Sec. 145.151 Personnel requirements.
Each certificated repair station must--
(a) Designate a repair station employee as the accountable manager;
(b) Provide qualified personnel to plan, supervise, perform, and
approve for return to service the maintenance, preventive maintenance,
or alterations performed under the repair station certificate and
operations specifications;
(c) Ensure it has a sufficient number of employees with the training
or knowledge and experience in the performance of maintenance,
preventive maintenance, or alterations authorized by the repair station
certificate and operations specifications to ensure all work is
performed in accordance with part 43; and
(d) Determine the abilities of its noncertificated employees
performing maintenance functions based on training, knowledge,
experience, or practical tests.
Sec. 145.153 Supervisory personnel requirements.
(a) A certificated repair station must ensure it has a sufficient
number of supervisors to direct the work performed under the repair
station certificate and operations specifications. The supervisors must
oversee the work performed by any individuals who are unfamiliar with
the methods, techniques, practices, aids, equipment, and tools used to
perform the maintenance, preventive maintenance, or alterations.
(b) Each supervisor must--
(1) If employed by a repair station located inside the United
States, be certificated under part 65.
(2) If employed by a repair station located outside the United
States--
(i) Have a minimum of 18 months of practical experience in the work
being performed; or
(ii) Be trained in or thoroughly familiar with the methods,
techniques, practices, aids, equipment, and tools used to perform the
maintenance, preventive maintenance, or alterations.
(c) A certificated repair station must ensure its supervisors
understand, read, and write English.
Sec. 145.155 Inspection personnel requirements.
(a) A certificated repair station must ensure that persons
performing inspections under the repair station certificate and
operations specifications are--
(1) Thoroughly familiar with the applicable regulations in this
chapter and with the inspection methods, techniques, practices, aids,
equipment, and tools used to determine the airworthiness of the article
on which maintenance, preventive maintenance, or alterations are being
performed; and
(2) Proficient in using the various types of inspection equipment
and visual inspection aids appropriate for the article being inspected;
and
(b) A certificated repair station must ensure its inspectors
understand, read, and write English.
Sec. 145.157 Personnel authorized to approve an article for return to
service.
(a) A certificated repair station located inside the United States
must ensure each person authorized to approve an article for return to
service under the repair station certificate and operations
specifications is certificated under part 65.
[[Page 74]]
(b) A certificated repair station located outside the United States
must ensure each person authorized to approve an article for return to
service under the repair station certificate and operations
specifications is--
(1) Trained in or has 18 months practical experience with the
methods, techniques, practices, aids, equipment, and tools used to
perform the maintenance, preventive maintenance, or alterations; and
(2) Thoroughly familiar with the applicable regulations in this
chapter and proficient in the use of the various inspection methods,
techniques, practices, aids, equipment, and tools appropriate for the
work being performed and approved for return to service.
(c) A certificated repair station must ensure each person authorized
to approve an article for return to service understands, reads, and
writes English.
Sec. 145.159 Recommendation of a person for certification as a
repairman.
A certificated repair station that chooses to use repairmen to meet
the applicable personnel requirements of this part must certify in a
format acceptable to the FAA that each person recommended for
certification as a repairman--
(a) Is employed by the repair station, and
(b) Meets the eligibility requirements of Sec. 65.101.
Sec. 145.161 Records of management, supervisory, and inspection
personnel.
(a) A certificated repair station must maintain and make available
in a format acceptable to the FAA the following:
(1) A roster of management and supervisory personnel that includes
the names of the repair station officials who are responsible for its
management and the names of its supervisors who oversee maintenance
functions.
(2) A roster with the names of all inspection personnel.
(3) A roster of personnel authorized to sign a maintenance release
for approving a maintained or altered article for return to service.
(4) A summary of the employment of each individual whose name is on
the personnel rosters required by paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(3) of
this section. The summary must contain enough information on each
individual listed on the roster to show compliance with the experience
requirements of this part and must include the following:
(i) Present title,
(ii) Total years of experience and the type of maintenance work
performed,
(iii) Past relevant employment with names of employers and periods
of employment,
(iv) Scope of present employment, and
(v) The type of mechanic or repairman certificate held and the
ratings on that certificate, if applicable.
(b) Within 5 business days of the change, the rosters required by
this section must reflect changes caused by termination, reassignment,
change in duties or scope of assignment, or addition of personnel.
Sec. 145.163 Training requirements.
(a) A certificated repair station must have an employee training
program approved by the FAA that consists of initial and recurrent
training. For purposes of meeting the requirements of this paragraph,
beginning April 6, 2005--
(1) An applicant for a repair station certificate must submit a
training program for approval by the FAA as required by
Sec. 145.51(a)(7).
(2) A repair station certificated before that date must submit its
training program to the FAA for approval by the last day of the month in
which its repair station certificate was issued.
(b) The training program must ensure each employee assigned to
perform maintenance, preventive maintenance, or alterations, and
inspection functions is capable of performing the assigned task.
(c) A certificated repair station must document, in a format
acceptable to the FAA, the individual employee training required under
paragraph (a) of this section. These training records must be retained
for a minimum of 2 years.
(d) A certificated repair station must submit revisions to its
training program to its certificate holding district office in
accordance with the procedures required by Sec. 145.209(e).
Subpart E--Operating Rules
Sec. 145.201 Privileges and limitations of certificate.
(a) A certificated repair station may--
(1) Perform maintenance, preventive maintenance, or alterations in
accordance with part 43 on any article for which it is rated and within
the limitations in its operations specifications.
(2) Arrange for another person to perform the maintenance,
preventive maintenance, or alterations of any article for which the
certificated repair station is rated. If that person is not certificated
under part 145, the certificated repair station must ensure that the
noncertificated person follows a quality control system equivalent to
the system followed by the certificated repair station.
(3) Approve for return to service any article for which it is rated
after it has performed maintenance, preventive maintenance, or an
alteration in accordance with part 43.
(b) A certificated repair station may not maintain or alter any
article for which it is not rated, and may not maintain or alter any
[[Page 75]]
article for which it is rated if it requires special technical data,
equipment, or facilities that are not available to it.
(c) A certificated repair station may not approve for return to
service'
(1) Any article unless the maintenance, preventive maintenance, or
alteration was performed in accordance with the applicable approved
technical data or data acceptable to the FAA.
(2) Any article after a major repair or major alteration unless the
major repair or major alteration was performed in accordance with
applicable approved technical data; and
(3) Any experimental aircraft after a major repair or major
alteration performed under Sec. 43.1(b) unless the major repair or major
alteration was performed in accordance with methods and applicable
technical data acceptable to the FAA.
Sec. 145.203 Work performed at another location.
A certificated repair station may temporarily transport material,
equipment, and personnel needed to perform maintenance, preventive
maintenance, alterations, or certain specialized services on an article
for which it is rated to a place other than the repair station's fixed
location if the following requirements are met:
(a) The work is necessary due to a special circumstance, as
determined by the FAA; or
(b) It is necessary to perform such work on a recurring basis, and
the repair station's manual includes the procedures for accomplishing
maintenance, preventive maintenance, alterations, or specialized
services at a place other than the repair station's fixed location.
Sec. 145.205 Maintenance, preventive maintenance, and alterations
performed for certificate holders under parts 121, 125, and
135, and for foreign air carriers or foreign persons operating
a U.S.-registered aircraft in common carriage under part 129.
(a) A certificated repair station that performs maintenance,
preventive maintenance, or alterations for an air carrier or commercial
operator that has a continuous airworthiness maintenance program under
part 121 or part 135 must follow the air carrier's or commercial
operator's program and applicable sections of its maintenance manual.
(b) A certificated repair station that performs inspections for a
certificate holder conducting operations under part 125 must follow the
operator's FAA-approved inspection program.
(c) A certificated repair station that performs maintenance,
preventive maintenance, or alterations for a foreign air carrier or
foreign person operating a U.S.-registered aircraft under part 129 must
follow the operator's FAA-approved maintenance program.
(d) Notwithstanding the housing requirement of Sec. 145.103(b), the
FAA may grant approval for a certificated repair station to perform line
maintenance for an air carrier certificated under part 121 or part 135,
or a foreign air carrier or foreign person operating a U.S.-registered
aircraft in common carriage under part 129 on any aircraft of that air
carrier or person, provided--
(1) The certificated repair station performs such line maintenance
in accordance with the operator's manual, if applicable, and approved
maintenance program;
(2) The certificated repair station has the necessary equipment,
trained personnel, and technical data to perform such line maintenance;
and
(3) The certificated repair station's operations specifications
include an authorization to perform line maintenance.
Sec. 145.207 Repair station manual.
(a) A certificated repair station must prepare and follow a repair
station manual acceptable to the FAA.
(b) A certificated repair station must maintain a current repair
station manual.
(c) A certificated repair station's current repair station manual
must be accessible for use by repair station personnel required by
subpart D of this part.
(d) A certificated repair station must provide to its certificate
holding district office the current repair station manual in a format
acceptable to the FAA.
(e) A certificated repair station must notify its certificate
holding district office of each revision of its repair station manual in
accordance with the procedures required by Sec. 145.209(j).
Sec. 145.209 Repair station manual contents.
A certificated repair station's manual must include the following:
(a) An organizational chart identifying--
(1) Each management position with authority to act on behalf of the
repair station,
(2) The area of responsibility assigned to each management position,
and
(3) The duties, responsibilities, and authority of each management
position;
(b) Procedures for maintaining and revising the rosters required by
Sec. 145.161;
(c) A description of the certificated repair station's operations,
including the housing, facilities, equipment, and materials as required
by subpart C of this part;
(d) Procedures for--
(1) Revising the capability list provided for in Sec. 145.215 and
notifying the certificate holding district office of revisions to the
list, including how often the certificate holding district office will
be notified of revisions; and
[[Page 76]]
(2) The self-evaluation required under Sec. 145.215(c) for revising
the capability list, including methods and frequency of such
evaluations, and procedures for reporting the results to the appropriate
manager for review and action;
(e) Procedures for revising the training program required by
Sec. 145.163 and submitting revisions to the certificate holding
district office for approval;
(f) Procedures to govern work performed at another location in
accordance with Sec. 145.203;
(g) Procedures for maintenance, preventive maintenance, or
alterations performed under Sec. 145.205;
(h)Procedures for--
(1) Maintaining and revising the contract maintenance information
required by Sec. 145.217(a)(2)(i), including submitting revisions to the
certificate holding district office for approval; and
(2) Maintaining and revising the contract maintenance information
required by Sec. 145.217(a)(2)(ii) and notifying the certificate holding
district office of revisions to this information, including how often
the certificate holding district office will be notified of revisions;
(i) A description of the required records and the recordkeeping
system used to obtain, store, and retrieve the required records;
(j) Procedures for revising the repair station's manual and
notifying its certificate holding district office of revisions to the
manual, including how often the certificate holding district office will
be notified of revisions; and
(k) A description of the system used to identify and control
sections of the repair station manual.
Sec. 145.211 Quality control system.
(a) A certificated repair station must establish and maintain a
quality control system acceptable to the FAA that ensures the
airworthiness of the articles on which the repair station or any of its
contractors performs maintenance, preventive maintenance, or
alterations.
(b) Repair station personnel must follow the quality control system
when performing maintenance, preventive maintenance, or alterations
under the repair station certificate and operations specifications.
(c) A certificated repair station must prepare and keep current a
quality control manual in a format acceptable to the FAA that includes
the following:
(1) A description of the system and procedures used for--
(i) Inspecting incoming raw materials to ensure acceptable quality;
(ii) Performing preliminary inspection of all articles that are
maintained;
(iii) Inspecting all articles that have been involved in an accident
for hidden damage before maintenance, preventive maintenance, or
alteration is performed;
(iv) Establishing and maintaining proficiency of inspection
personnel;
(v) Establishing and maintaining current technical data for
maintaining articles;
(vi) Qualifying and surveilling noncertificated persons who perform
maintenance, prevention maintenance, or alterations for the repair
station;
(vii) Performing final inspection and return to service of
maintained articles;
(viii) Calibrating measuring and test equipment used in maintaining
articles, including the intervals at which the equipment will be
calibrated; and
(ix) Taking corrective action on deficiencies;
(2) References, where applicable, to the manufacturer's inspection
standards for a particular article, including reference to any data
specified by that manufacturer;
(3) A sample of the inspection and maintenance forms and
instructions for completing such forms or a reference to a separate
forms manual; and
(4) Procedures for revising the quality control manual required
under this section and notifying the certificate holding district office
of the revisions, including how often the certificate holding district
office will be notified of revisions.
(d) A certificated repair station must notify its certificate
holding district office of revisions to its quality control manual.
Sec. 145.213 Inspection of maintenance, preventive maintenance, or
alterations.
(a) A certificated repair station must inspect each article upon
which it has performed maintenance, preventive maintenance, or
alterations as described in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section
before approving that article for return to service.
(b) A certificated repair station must certify on an article's
maintenance release that the article is airworthy with respect to the
maintenance, preventive maintenance, or alterations performed after--
(1) The repair station performs work on the article; and
(2) An inspector inspects the article on which the repair station
has performed work and determines it to be airworthy with respect to the
work performed.
(c) For the purposes of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, an
inspector must meet the requirements of Sec. 145.155.
(d) Except for individuals employed by a repair station located
outside the United States, only an employee certificated under part 65
is authorized to sign off on final inspections and maintenance releases
for the repair station.
[[Page 77]]
Sec. 145.215 Capability list.
(a) A certificated repair station with a limited rating may perform
maintenance, preventive maintenance, or alterations on an article if the
article is listed on a current capability list acceptable to the FAA or
on the repair station's operations specifications.
(b) The capability list must identify each article by make and model
or other nomenclature designated by the article's manufacturer and be
available in a format acceptable to the FAA.
(c) An article may be listed on the capability list only if the
article is within the scope of the ratings of the repair station's
certificate, and only after the repair station has performed a self-
evaluation in accordance with the procedures under Sec. 145.209(d)(2).
The repair station must perform this self-evaluation to determine that
the repair station has all of the housing, facilities, equipment,
material, technical data, processes, and trained personnel in place to
perform the work on the article as required by part 145. The repair
station must retain on file documentation of the evaluation.
(d) Upon listing an additional article on its capability list, the
repair station must provide its certificate holding district office with
a copy of the revised list in accordance with the procedures required in
Sec. 145.209(d)(1).
Sec. 145.217 Contract maintenance.
(a) A certificated repair station may contract a maintenance
function pertaining to an article to an outside source provided--
(1) The FAA approves the maintenance function to be contracted to
the outside source; and
(2) The repair station maintains and makes available to its
certificate holding district office, in a format acceptable to the FAA,
the following information:
(i) The maintenance functions contracted to each outside facility;
and
(ii) The name of each outside facility to whom the repair station
contracts maintenance functions and the type of certificate and ratings,
if any, held by each facility.
(b) A certificated repair station may contract a maintenance
function pertaining to an article to a noncertificated person provided--
(1) The noncertificated person follows a quality control system
equivalent to the system followed by the certificated repair station;
(2) The certificated repair station remains directly in charge of
the work performed by the noncertificated person; and
(3) The certificated repair station verifies, by test and/or
inspection, that the work has been performed satisfactorily by the
noncertificated person and that the article is airworthy before
approving it for return to service.
(c) A certificated repair station may not provide only approval for
return to service of a complete type-certificated product following
contract maintenance, preventive maintenance, or alterations.
Sec. 145.219 Recordkeeping.
(a) A certificated repair station must retain records in English
that demonstrate compliance with the requirements of part 43. The
records must be retained in a format acceptable to the FAA.
(b) A certificated repair station must provide a copy of the
maintenance release to the owner or operator of the article on which the
maintenance, preventive maintenance, or alteration was performed.
(c) A certificated repair station must retain the records required
by this section for at least 2 years from the date the article was
approved for return to service.
(d) A certificated repair station must make all required records
available for inspection by the FAA and the National Transportation
Safety Board.
Sec. 145.221 Reports of failures, malfunctions, or defects.
(a) A certificated repair station must report to the FAA within 96
hours after it discovers any failure, malfunction, or defect of an
article. The report must be in a format acceptable to the FAA.
(b) The report required under paragraph (a) of this section must
include as much of the following information as is available:
(1) Aircraft registration number;
(2) Type, make, and model of the article;
(3) Date of the discovery of the failure, malfunction, or defect;
(4) Nature of the failure, malfunction, or defect;
(5) Time since last overhaul, if applicable;
(6) Apparent cause of the failure, malfunction, or defect; and
(7) Other pertinent information that is necessary for more complete
identification, determination of seriousness, or corrective action.
(c) The holder of a repair station certificate that is also the
holder of a part 121, 125, or 135 certificate; type certificate
(including a supplemental type certificate); parts manufacturer
approval; or technical standard order authorization, or that is the
licensee of a type certificate holder, does not need to report a
failure, malfunction, or defect under this section if the failure,
malfunction, or defect has been reported under Sec. 21.3, 121.703,
121.704, 125.409, 125.410, 135.415, or 135.416 of this chapter.
(d) A certificated repair station may submit a service difficulty
report (operational or structural) for the following:
(1) A part 121 certificate holder under Sec. 121.703(g) or
Sec. 121.704(f), provided the report meets the requirements of
Secs. 121.703(d) and
[[Page 78]]
121.703(e), or Secs. 121.704(c) and 121.704(d) of this chapter, as
appropriate.
(2) A part 125 certificate holder under Sec. 125.409(g) or
Sec. 125.410(f), provided the report meets the requirements of
Secs. 125.409(d) and 125.409(e), or Secs. 125.410(c) and 125.410(d) of
this chapter, as appropriate;
(3) A part 135 certificate holder under Sec. 135.415(g) or
Sec. 135.416(f), provided the report meets the requirements of
Secs. 135.415(d) and 135.415(e), or Sec. 135.416(c) and 135.416(d) of
the chapter, as appropriate.
(e) A certificated repair station authorized to report a failure,
malfunction, or defect under paragraph (d) of this section must not
report the same failure, malfunction, or defect under paragraph (a) of
this section. A copy of the report submitted under paragraph (d) of this
section must be forwarded to the certificate holder.
Sec. 145.223 FAA inspections.
(a) A certificated repair station must allow the FAA to inspect that
repair station at any time to determine compliance with this chapter.
(b) A certificated repair station may not contract for the
performance of a maintenance function on an article with a
noncertificated person unless it provides in its contract with the
noncertificated person that the FAA may make an inspection and observe
the performance of the noncertificated person's work on the article.
(c) A certificated repair station may not return to service any
article on which a maintenance function was performed by a
noncertificated person if the noncertificated person does not permit the
FAA to make the inspection described in paragraph (b) of this section.
PART 147--AVIATION MAINTENANCE TECHNICIAN SCHOOLS--Table of Contents
Subpart A--General
Sec.
147.1 Applicability.
147.3 Certificate required.
147.5 Application and issue.
147.7 Duration of certificates.
Subpart B--Certification Requirements
147.11 Ratings.
147.13 Facilities, equipment, and material requirements.
147.15 Space requirements.
147.17 Instructional equipment requirements.
147.19 Materials, special tools, and shop equipment requirements.
147.21 General curriculum requirements.
147.23 Instructor requirements.
Subpart C--Operating Rules
147.31 Attendance and enrollment, tests, and credit for prior
instruction or experience.
147.33 Records.
147.35 Transcripts and graduation certificates.
147.36 Maintenance of instructor requirements.
147.37 Maintenance of facilities, equipment, and material.
147.38 Maintenance of curriculum requirements.
147.38a Quality of instruction.
147.39 Display of certificate.
147.41 Change of location.
147.43 Inspection.
147.45 Advertising.
Appendix A to Part 147--Curriculum Requirements
Appendix B to Part 147--General Curriculum Subjects
Appendix C to Part 147--Airframe Curriculum Subjects
Appendix D to Part 147--Powerplant Curriculum Subjects
Authority: 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44701-44702, 44707-44709.
Source: Docket No. 1157, 27 FR 6669 July 13, 1962, unless otherwise
noted.
Subpart A--General
Sec. 147.1 Applicability.
This part prescribes the requirements for issuing aviation
maintenance technician school certificates and associated ratings and
the general operating rules for the holders of those certificates and
ratings.
Sec. 147.3 Certificate required.
No person may operate as a certificated aviation maintenance
technician school without, or in violation of, an aviation maintenance
technician school certificate issued under this part.
[Doc. No. 15196, 41 FR 47230, Oct. 28, 1976]
Sec. 147.5 Application and issue.
(a) An application for a certificate and rating, or for an
additional rating, under this part is made on a form and in a manner
prescribed by the Administrator, and submitted with--
(1) A description of the proposed curriculum;
(2) A list of the facilities and materials to be used;
[[Page 79]]
(3) A list of its instructors, including the kind of certificate and
ratings held and the certificate numbers; and
(4) A statement of the maximum number of students it expects to
teach at any one time.
(b) An applicant who meets the requirements of this part is entitled
to an aviation maintenance technician school certificate and associated
ratings prescribing such operations specifications and limitations as
are necessary in the interests of safety.
[Docket No. 1157, 27 FR 6669, July 13, 1962, as amended by Amdt. 147-5,
57 FR 28959, June 29, 1992]
Sec. 147.7 Duration of certificates.
(a) An aviation maintenance technician school certificate or rating
is effective until it is surrendered, suspended, or revoked.
(b) The holder of a certificate that is surrendered, suspended, or
revoked, shall return it to the Administrator.
[Doc. No. 1157, 27 FR 6669, July 19, 1962, as amended by Amdt. 147-3, 41
FR 47230, Oct. 28, 1976]
Subpart B--Certification Requirements
Sec. 147.11 Ratings.
The following ratings are issued under this part:
(a) Airframe.
(b) Powerplant.
(c) Airframe and powerplant.
Sec. 147.13 Facilities, equipment, and material requirements.
An applicant for an aviation maintenance technician school
certificate and rating, or for an additional rating, must have at least
the facilities, equipment, and materials specified in Secs. 147.15 to
147.19 that are appropriate to the rating he seeks.
Sec. 147.15 Space requirements.
An applicant for an aviation maintenance technician school
certificate and rating, or for an additional rating, must have such of
the following properly heated, lighted, and ventilated facilities as are
appropriate to the rating he seeks and as the Administrator determines
are appropriate for the maximum number of students expected to be taught
at any time:
(a) An enclosed classroom suitable for teaching theory classes.
(b) Suitable facilities, either central or located in training
areas, arranged to assure proper separation from the working space, for
parts, tools, materials, and similar articles.
(c) Suitable area for application of finishing materials, including
paint spraying.
(d) Suitable areas equipped with washtank and degreasing equipment
with air pressure or other adequate cleaning equipment.
(e) Suitable facilities for running engines.
(f) Suitable area with adequate equipment, including benches,
tables, and test equipment, to disassemble, service, and inspect.
(1) Ignition, electrical equipment, and appliances;
(2) Carburetors and fuel systems; and
(3) Hydraulic and vacuum systems for aircraft, aircraft engines, and
their appliances.
(g) Suitable space with adequate equipment, including tables,
benches, stands, and jacks, for disassembling, inspecting, and rigging
aircraft.
(h) Suitable space with adequate equipment for disassembling,
inspecting, assembling, troubleshooting, and timing engines.
[Amdt. 147-2, 35 FR 5533, Apr. 3, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 147-5, 57 FR
28959, June 29, 1992]
Sec. 147.17 Instructional equipment requirements.
(a) An applicant for a mechanic school certificate and rating, or
for an additional rating, must have such of the following instructional
equipment as is appropriate to the rating he seeks:
(1) Various kinds of airframe structures, airframe systems and
components, powerplants, and powerplant systems and components
(including propellers), of a quantity and type suitable to complete the
practical projects required by its approved curriculums.
(2) At least one aircraft of a type currently certificated by FAA
for private
[[Page 80]]
or commercial operation, with powerplant, propeller, instruments,
navigation and communications equipment, landing lights, and other
equipment and accessories on which a maintenance technician might be
required to work and with which the technician should be familiar.
(b) The equipment required by paragraph (a) of this section need not
be in an airworthy condition. However, if it was damaged, it must have
been repaired enough for complete assembly.
(c) Airframes, powerplants, propellers, appliances, and components
thereof, on which instruction is to be given, and from which practical
working experience is to be gained, must be so diversified as to show
the different methods of construction, assembly, inspection, and
operation when installed in an aircraft for use. There must be enough
units so that not more than eight students will work on any one unit at
a time.
(d) If the aircraft used for instructional purposes does not have
retractable landing gear and wing flaps, the school must provide
training aids, or operational mock-ups of them.
[Doc. No. 1157, 27 FR 6669, July 19, 1962, as amended by Amdt. 147-5, 57
FR 28959, June 29, 1992]
Sec. 147.19 Materials, special tools, and shop equipment requirements.
An applicant for an aviation maintenance technician school
certificate and rating, or for an additional rating, must have an
adequate supply of material, special tools, and such of the shop
equipment as are appropriate to the approved curriculum of the school
and are used in constructing and maintaining aircraft, to assure that
each student will be properly instructed. The special tools and shop
equipment must be in satisfactory working condition for the purpose for
which they are to be used.
[Amdt. 147-5, 57 FR 28959, June 29, 1992]
Sec. 147.21 General curriculum requirements.
(a) An applicant for an aviation maintenance technician school
certificate and rating, or for an additional rating, must have an
approved curriculum that is designed to qualify his students to perform
the duties of a mechanic for a particular rating or ratings.
(b) The curriculum must offer at least the following number of hours
of instruction for the rating shown, and the instruction unit hour shall
not be less than 50 minutes in length--
(1) Airframe--1,150 hours (400 general plus 750 airframe).
(2) Powerplant--1,150 hours (400 general plus 750 powerplant).
(3) Combined airframe and powerplant--1,900 hours (400 general plus
750 airframe and 750 powerplant).
(c) The curriculum must cover the subjects and items prescribed in
appendixes B, C, or D, as applicable. Each item must be taught to at
least the indicated level of proficiency, as defined in appendix A.
(d) The curriculum must show--
(1) The required practical projects to be completed;
(2) For each subject, the proportions of theory and other
instruction to be given; and
(3) A list of the minimum required school tests to be given.
(e) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (a) through (d) of
this section and Sec. 147.11, the holder of a certificate issued under
subpart B of this part may apply for and receive approval of special
courses in the performance of special inspection and preventive
maintenance programs for a primary category aircraft type certificated
under Sec. 21.24(b) of this chapter. The school may also issue
certificates of competency to persons successfully completing such
courses provided that all other requirements of this part are met and
the certificate of competency specifies the aircraft make and model to
which the certificate applies.
[Doc. No. 1157, 27 FR 6669, July 13, 1962 as amended by Amdt. 147-1, 32
FR 5770 Apr. 11, 1967; Amdt. 147-5, 57 FR 28959, June 29, 1992; Amdt.
147-6, 57 FR 41370, Sept. 9, 1992]
Sec. 147.23 Instructor requirements.
An applicant for an aviation maintenance technician school
certificate and rating, or for an additional rating, must provide the
number of instructors holding appropriate mechanic certificates and
ratings that the Administrator determines necessary to provide
[[Page 81]]
adequate instruction and supervision of the students, including at least
one such instructor for each 25 students in each shop class. However,
the applicant may provide specialized instructors, who are not
certificated mechanics, to teach mathematics, physics, basic
electricity, basic hydraulics, drawing, and similar subjects. The
applicant is required to maintain a list of the names and qualifications
of specialized instructors, and upon request, provide a copy of the list
to the FAA.
[Amdt. 147-5, 57 FR 28959, June 29, 1992]
Subpart C--Operating Rules
Sec. 147.31 Attendance and enrollment, tests, and credit for prior instruction or experience.
(a) A certificated aviation maintenance technician school may not
require any student to attend classes of instruction more than 8 hours
in any day or more than 6 days or 40 hours in any 7-day period.
(b) Each school shall give an appropriate test to each student who
completes a unit of instruction as shown in that school's approved
curriculum.
(c) A school may not graduate a student unless he has completed all
of the appropriate curriculum requirements. However, the school may
credit a student with instruction or previous experience as follows:
(1) A school may credit a student with instruction satisfactorily
completed at--
(i) An accredited university, college, junior college;
(ii) An accredited vocational, technical, trade or high school;
(iii) A military technical school;
(iv) A certificated aviation maintenance technician school.
(2) A school may determine the amount of credit to be allowed--
(i) By an entrance test equal to one given to the students who
complete a comparable required curriculum subject at the crediting
school;
(ii) By an evaluation of an authenticated transcript from the
student's former school; or
(iii) In the case of an applicant from a military school, only on
the basis of an entrance test.
(3) A school may credit a student with previous aviation maintenance
experience comparable to required curriculum subjects. It must determine
the amount of credit to be allowed by documents verifying that
experience, and by giving the student a test equal to the one given to
students who complete the comparable required curriculum subject at the
school.
(4) A school may credit a student seeking an additional rating with
previous satisfactory completion of the general portion of an AMTS
curriculum.
(d) A school may not have more students enrolled than the number
stated in its application for a certificate, unless it amends its
application and has it approved.
(e) A school shall use an approved system for determining final
course grades and for recording student attendance. The system must show
hours of absence allowed and show how the missed material will be made
available to the student.
[Amdt. 147-2, 35 FR 5534, Apr. 3, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 147-4, 43 FR
22643, May 25, 1978; Amdt. 147-5, 57 FR 28959, June 29, 1992]
Sec. 147.33 Records.
(a) Each certificated aviation maintenance technician school shall
keep a current record of each student enrolled, showing--
(1) His attendance, tests, and grades received on the subjects
required by this part;
(2) The instruction credited to him under Sec. 147.31(c), if any;
and
(3) The authenticated transcript of his grades from that school.
It shall retain the record for at least two years after the end of the
student's enrollment, and shall make each record available for
inspection by the Administrator during that period.
(b) Each school shall keep a current progress chart or individual
progress record for each of its students, showing the practical projects
or laboratory work completed, or to be completed, by the student in each
subject.
[Doc. No. 1157, 27 FR 6669, July 13, 1962]
[[Page 82]]
Sec. 147.35 Transcripts and graduation certificates.
(a) Upon request, each certificated aviation maintenance technician
school shall provide a transcript of the student's grades to each
student who is graduated from that school or who leaves it before being
graduated. An official of the school shall authenticate the transcript.
The transcript must state the curriculum in which the student was
enrolled, whether the student satisfactorily completed that curriculum,
and the final grades the student received.
(b) Each school shall give a graduation certificate or certificate
of completion to each student that it graduates. An official of the
school shall authenticate the certificate. The certificate must show the
date of graduation and the approved curriculum title.
[Doc. No. 1157, 27 FR 6669, July 13, 1962, as amended by Amdt. 147-5, 57
FR 28959, June 29, 1992]
Sec. 147.36 Maintenance of instructor requirements.
Each certificated aviation maintenance technician school shall,
after certification or addition of a rating, continue to provide the
number of instructors holding appropriate mechanic certificates and
ratings that the Administrator determines necessary to provide adequate
instruction to the students, including at least one such instructor for
each 25 students in each shop class. The school may continue to provide
specialized instructors who are not certificated mechanics to teach
mathematics, physics, drawing, basic electricity, basic hydraulics, and
similar subjects.
[Amdt. 147-5, 57 FR 28959, June 29, 1992]
Sec. 147.37 Maintenance of facilities, equipment, and material.
(a) Each certificated aviation maintenance technician school shall
provide facilities, equipment, and material equal to the standards
currently required for the issue of the certificate and rating that it
holds.
(b) A school may not make a substantial change in facilities,
equipment, or material that have been approved for a particular
curriculum, unless that change is approved in advance.
Sec. 147.38 Maintenance of curriculum requirements.
(a) Each certificated aviation maintenance technician school shall
adhere to its approved curriculum. With FAA approval, curriculum
subjects may be taught at levels exceeding those shown in appendix A of
this part.
(b) A school may not change its approved curriculum unless the
change is approved in advance.
[Amdt. 147-2, 35 FR 5534, Apr. 3, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 147-5, 57 FR
28960, June 29, 1992]
Sec. 147.38a Quality of instruction.
Each certificated aviation maintenance technician school shall
provide instruction of such quality that, of its graduates of a
curriculum for each rating who apply for a mechanic certificate or
additional rating within 60 days after they are graduated, the
percentage of those passing the applicable FAA written tests on their
first attempt during any period of 24 calendar months is at least the
percentage figured as follows:
(a) For a school graduating fewer than 51 students during that
period--the national passing norm minus the number 20.
(b) For a school graduating at least 51, but fewer than 201,
students during that period--the national passing norm minus the number
15.
(c) For a school graduating more than 200 students during that
period--the national passing norm minus the number 10.
As used in this section, ``national passing norm'' is the number
representing the percentage of all graduates (of a curriculum for a
particular rating) of all certificated aviation maintenance technician
schools who apply for a mechanic certificate or additional rating within
60 days after they are graduated and pass the applicable FAA written
tests on their first attempt during the period of 24 calendar months
described in this section.
[Amdt. 147-2, 35 FR 5534, Apr. 3, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 147-3, 41 FR
47230, Oct. 28, 1976]
[[Page 83]]
Sec. 147.39 Display of certificate.
Each holder of an aviation maintenance technician school certificate
and ratings shall display them at a place in the school that is normally
accessible to the public and is not obscured. The certificate must be
available for inspection by the Administrator.
Sec. 147.41 Change of location.
The holder of an aviation maintenance technician school certificate
may not make any change in the school's location unless the change is
approved in advance. If the holder desires to change the location he
shall notify the Administrator, in writing, at least 30 days before the
date the change is contemplated. If he changes its location without
approval, the certificate is revoked.
Sec. 147.43 Inspection.
The Administrator may, at any time, inspect an aviation maintenance
technician school to determine its compliance with this part. Such an
inspection is normally made once each six months to determine if the
school continues to meet the requirements under which it was originally
certificated. After such an inspection is made, the school is notified,
in writing, of any deficiencies found during the inspection. Other
informal inspections may be made from time to time.
Sec. 147.45 Advertising.
(a) A certificated aviation maintenance technician school may not
make any statement relating to itself that is false or is designed to
mislead any person considering enrollment therein.
(b) Whenever an aviation maintenance technician school indicates in
advertising that it is a certificated school, it shall clearly
distinguish between its approved courses and those that are not
approved.
Appendix A to Part 147--Curriculum Requirements
This appendix defines terms used in appendices B, C, and D of this
part, and describes the levels of proficiency at which items under each
subject in each curriculum must be taught, as outlined in appendices B,
C, and D.
(a) Definitions. As used in appendices B, C, and D:
(1) Inspect means to examine by sight and touch.
(2) Check means to verify proper operation.
(3) Troubleshoot means to analyze and identify malfunctions.
(4) Service means to perform functions that assure continued
operation.
(5) Repair means to correct a defective condition. Repair of an
airframe or powerplant system includes component replacement and
adjustment, but not component repair.
(6) Overhaul means to disassemble, inspect, repair as necessary, and
check.
(b) Teaching levels.
(1) Level 1 requires:
(i) Knowledge of general principles, but no practical application.
(ii) No development of manipulative skill.
(iii) Instruction by lecture, demonstration, and discussion.
(2) Level 2 requires:
(i) Knowledge of general principles, and limited practical
application.
(ii) Development of sufficient manipulative skill to perform basic
operations.
(iii) Instruction by lecture, demonstration, discussion, and limited
practical application.
(3) Level 3 requires:
(i) Knowledge of general principles, and performance of a high
degree of practical application.
(ii) Development of sufficient manipulative skills to simulate
return to service.
(iii) Instruction by lecture, demonstration, discussion, and a high
degree of practical application.
(c) Teaching materials and equipment.
The curriculum may be presented utilizing currently accepted
educational materials and equipment, including, but not limited to:
calculators, computers, and audio-visual equipment.
[Amdt. 147-2, 35 FR 5534, Apr. 3, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 147-5, 57 FR
28960, June 29, 1992]
Appendix B to Part 147--General Curriculum Subjects
This appendix lists the subjects required in at least 400 hours in
general curriculum subjects.
The number in parentheses before each item listed under each subject
heading indicates the level of proficiency at which that item must be
taught.
Teaching
level
a. basic electricity
(2) 1. Calculate and measure capacitance and inductance.
(2) 2. Calculate and measure electrical power.
[[Page 84]]
(3) 3. Measure voltage, current, resistance, and continuity.
(3) 4. Determine the relationship of voltage, current, and
resistance in electrical circuits.
(3) 5. Read and interpret aircraft electrical circuit diagrams,
including solid state devices and logic functions.
(3) 6. Inspect and service batteries.
b. aircraft drawings
(2) 7. Use aircraft drawings, symbols, and system schematics.
(3) 8. Draw sketches of repairs and alterations.
(3) 9. Use blueprint information.
(3) 10. Use graphs and charts.
c. weight and balance
(2) 11. Weigh aircraft.
(3) 12. Perform complete weight-and-balance check and record data.
d. fluid lines and fittings
(3) 13. Fabricate and install rigid and flexible fluid lines and
fittings.
e. materials and processes
(1) 14. Identify and select appropriate nondestructive testing
methods.
(2) 15. Perform dye penetrant, eddy current, ultrasonic, and
magnetic particle inspections.
(1) 16. Perform basic heat-treating processes.
(3) 17. Identify and select aircraft hardware and materials.
(3) 18. Inspect and check welds.
(3) 19. Perform precision measurements.
f. ground operation and servicing
(2) 20. Start, ground operate, move, service, and secure aircraft
and identify typical ground operation hazards.
(2) 21. Identify and select fuels.
g. cleaning and corrosion control
(3) 22. Identify and select cleaning materials.
(3) 23. Inspect, identify, remove, and treat aircraft corrosion
and perform aircraft cleaning.
h. mathematics
(3) 24. Extract roots and raise numbers to a given power.
(3) 25. Determine areas and volumes of various geometrical shapes.
(3) 26. Solve ratio, proportion, and percentage problems.
(3) 27. Perform algebraic operations involving addition,
subtraction, multiplication, and division of positive and
negative numbers.
i. maintenance forms and records
(3) 28. Write descriptions of work performed including aircraft
discrepancies and corrective actions using typical aircraft
maintenance records.
(3) 29. Complete required maintenance forms, records, and
inspection reports.
j. basic physics
(2) 30. Use and understand the principles of simple machines;
sound, fluid, and heat dynamics; basic aerodynamics; aircraft
structures; and theory of flight.
k. maintenance publications
(3) 31. Demonstrate ability to read, comprehend, and apply
information contained in FAA and manufacturers' aircraft
maintenance specifications, data sheets, manuals,
publications, and related Federal Aviation Regulations,
Airworthiness Directives, and Advisory material.
(3) 32. Read technical data.
l. mechanic privileges and limitations
(3) 33. Exercise mechanic privileges within the limitations
prescribed by part 65 of this chapter.
[Amdt. 147-2, 35 FR 5534, Apr. 3, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 147-5, 57 FR
28960, June 29, 1992]
Appendix C to Part 147--Airframe Curriculum Subjects
This appendix lists the subjects required in at least 750 hours of
each airframe curriculum, in addition to at least 400 hours in general
curriculum subjects.
The number in parentheses before each item listed under each subject
heading indicates the level of proficiency at which that item must be
taught.
I. Airframe Structures
Teaching
level
a. wood structures
(1) 1. Service and repair wood structures.
(1) 2. Identify wood defects.
(1) 3. Inspect wood structures.
b. aircraft covering
(1) 4. Select and apply fabric and fiberglass covering materials.
(1) 5. Inspect, test, and repair fabric and fiberglass.
c. aircraft finishes
(1) 6. Apply trim, letters, and touchup paint.
(2) 7. Identify and select aircraft finishing materials.
(2) 8. Apply finishing materials.
(2) 9. Inspect finishes and identify defects.
d. sheet metal and non-metallic structures
(2) 10. Select, install, and remove special fasteners for
metallic, bonded, and composite structures.
(2) 11. Inspect bonded structures.
(2) 12. Inspect, test, and repair fiberglass, plastics, honeycomb,
composite, and laminated primary and secondary structures.
(2) 13. Inspect, check, service, and repair windows, doors, and
interior furnishings.
(3) 14. Inspect and repair sheet-metal structures.
(3) 15. Install conventional rivets.
(3) 16. Form, lay out, and bend sheet metal.
e. welding
(1) 17. Weld magnesium and titanium.
(1) 18. Solder stainless steel.
(1) 19. Fabricate tubular structures.
(2) 20. Solder, braze, gas-weld, and arc-weld steel.
(1) 21. Weld aluminum and stainless steel.
[[Page 85]]
f. assembly and rigging
(1) 22. Rig rotary-wing aircraft.
(2) 23. Rig fixed-wing aircraft.
(2) 24. Check alignment of structures.
(3) 25. Assemble aircraft components, including flight control
surfaces.
(3) 26. Balance, rig, and inspect movable primary and secondary
flight control surfaces.
(3) 27. Jack aircraft.
g. airframe inspection
(3) 28. Perform airframe conformity and airworthiness inspections.
II. Airframe Systems and Components
Teaching
level
a. aircraft landing gear systems
(3) 29. Inspect, check, service, and repair landing gear,
retraction systems, shock struts, brakes, wheels, tires, and
steering systems.
b. hydraulic and pneumatic power systems
(2) 30. Repair hydraulic and pneumatic power systems components.
(3) 31. Identify and select hydraulic fluids.
(3) 32. Inspect, check, service, troubleshoot, and repair
hydraulic and pneumatic power systems.
c. cabin atmosphere control systems
(1) 33. Inspect, check, troubleshoot, service, and repair heating,
cooling, air conditioning, pressurization systems, and air
cycle machines.
(1) 34. Inspect, check, troubleshoot, service, and repair heating,
cooling, air-conditioning, and pressurization systems.
(2) 35. Inspect, check, troubleshoot, service and repair oxygen
systems.
d. aircraft instrument systems
(1) 36. Inspect, check, service, troubleshoot, and repair
electronic flight instrument systems and both mechanical and
electrical heading, speed, altitude, temperature, pressure,
and position indicating systems to include the use of built-
in test equipment.
(2) 37. Install instruments and perform a static pressure system
leak test.
e. communication and navigation systems
(1) 38. Inspect, check, and troubleshoot autopilot, servos and
approach coupling systems.
(1) 39. Inspect, check, and service aircraft electronic
communication and navigation systems, including VHF passenger
address interphones and static discharge devices, aircraft
VOR, ILS, LORAN, Radar beacon transponders, flight management
computers, and GPWS.
(2) 40. Inspect and repair antenna and electronic equipment
installations.
f. aircraft fuel systems
(1) 41. Check and service fuel dump systems.
(1) 42. Perform fuel management transfer, and defueling.
(1) 43. Inspect, check, and repair pressure fueling systems.
(2) 44. Repair aircraft fuel system components.
(2) 45. Inspect and repair fluid quantity indicating systems.
(2) 46. Troubleshoot, service, and repair fluid pressure and
temperature warning systems.
(3) 47. Inspect, check, service, troubleshoot, and repair aircraft
fuel systems.
g. aircraft electrical systems
(2) 48. Repair and inspect aircraft electrical system components;
crimp and splice wiring to manufacturers' specifications; and
repair pins and sockets of aircraft connectors.
(3) 49. Install, check, and service airframe electrical wiring,
controls, switches, indicators, and protective devices.
(3) 50.a. Inspect, check, troubleshoot, service, and repair
alternating and direct current electrical systems.
(1) 50.b. Inspect, check, and troubleshoot constant speed and
integrated speed drive generators.
h. position and warning systems
(2) 51. Inspect, check, and service speed and configuration
warning systems, electrical brake controls, and anti-skid
systems.
(3) 52. Inspect, check, troubleshoot, and service landing gear
position indicating and warning systems.
i. ice and rain control systems
(2) 53. Inspect, check, troubleshoot, service, and repair airframe
ice and rain control systems.
j. fire protection systems
(1) 54. Inspect, check, and service smoke and carbon monoxide
detection systems.
(3) 55. Inspect, check, service, troubleshoot, and repair aircraft
fire detection and extinguishing systems.
[Amdt. 147-2, 35 FR 5535, Apr. 3, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 147-5, 57 FR
28960, June 29, 1992]
Appendix D to Part 147--Powerplant Curriculum Subjects
This appendix lists the subjects required in at least 750 hours of
each powerplant curriculum, in addition to at least 400 hours in general
curriculum subjects.
The number in parentheses before each item listed under each subject
heading indicates the level of proficiency at which that item must be
taught.
I. Powerplant Theory and Maintenance
Teaching
level
a. reciprocating engines
(1) 1. Inspect and repair a radial engine.
(2) 2. Overhaul reciprocating engine.
(3) 3. Inspect, check, service, and repair reciprocating engines
and engine installations.
(3) 4. Install, troubleshoot, and remove reciprocating engines.
[[Page 86]]
b. turbine engines
(2) 5. Overhaul turbine engine.
(3) 6. Inspect, check, service, and repair turbine engines and
turbine engine installations.
(3) 7. Install, troubleshoot, and remove turbine engines.
c. engine inspection
(3) 8. Perform powerplant conformity and air worthiness
inspections.
II. Powerplant Systems and Components
Teaching
level
a. engine instrument systems
(2) 9. Troubleshoot, service, and repair electrical and mechanical
fluid rate-of-flow indicating systems.
(3) 10. Inspect, check, service, troubleshoot, and repair
electrical and mechanical engine temperature, pressure, and
r.p.m. indicating systems.
b. engine fire protection systems
(3) 11. Inspect, check, service, troubleshoot, and repair engine
fire detection and extinguishing systems.
c. engine electrical systems
(2) 12. Repair engine electrical system components.
(3) 13. Install, check, and service engine electrical wiring,
controls, switches, indicators, and protective devices.
d. lubrication systems
(2) 14. Identify and select lubricants.
(2) 15. Repair engine lubrication system components.
(3) 16. Inspect, check, service, troubleshoot, and repair engine
lubrication systems.
e. ignition and starting systems
(2) 17. Overhaul magneto and ignition harness.
(2) 18. Inspect, service, troubleshoot, and repair reciprocating
and turbine engine ignition systems and components.
(3) 19.a. Inspect, service, troubleshoot, and repair turbine
engine electrical starting systems.
(1) 19.b. Inspect, service, and troubleshoot turbine engine
pneumatic starting systems.
f. fuel metering systems
(1) 20. Troubleshoot and adjust turbine engine fuel metering
systems and electronic engine fuel controls.
(2) 21. Overhaul carburetor.
(2) 22. Repair engine fuel metering system components.
(3) 23. Inspect, check, service, troubleshoot, and repair
reciprocating and turbine engine fuel metering systems.
g. engine fuel systems
(2) 24. Repair engine fuel system components.
(3) 25. Inspect, check, service, troubleshoot, and repair engine
fuel systems.
h. induction and engine airflow systems
(2) 26. Inspect, check, troubleshoot, service, and repair engine
ice and rain control systems.
(1) 27. Inspect, check, service, troubleshoot and repair heat
exchangers, superchargers, and turbine engine airflow and
temperature control systems.
(3) 28. Inspect, check, service, and repair carburetor air intake
and induction manifolds.
i. engine cooling systems
(2) 29. Repair engine cooling system components.
(3) 30. Inspect, check, troubleshoot, service, and repair engine
cooling systems.
j. engine exhaust and reverser systems
(2) 31. Repair engine exhaust system components.
(3) 32.a. Inspect, check, troubleshoot, service, and repair engine
exhaust systems.
(1) 32.b. Troubleshoot and repair engine thrust reverser systems
and related components.
k. propellers
(1) 33. Inspect, check, service, and repair propeller
synchronizing and ice control systems.
(2) 34. Identify and select propeller lubricants.
(1) 35. Balance propellers.
(2) 36. Repair propeller control system components.
(3) 37. Inspect, check, service, and repair fixed-pitch, constant-
speed, and feathering propellers, and propeller governing
systems.
(3) 38. Install, troubleshoot, and remove propellers.
(3) 39. Repair aluminum alloy propeller blades.
l. unducted fans
(1) 40. Inspect and troubleshoot unducted fan systems and
components.
m. auxiliary power units
(1) 41. Inspect, check, service, and troubleshoot turbine-driven
auxiliary power units.
(Sec. 6(c), Dept. of Transportation Act; 49 U.S.C. 1655(c))
[Amdt. 147-2, 35 FR 5535, Apr. 3, 1970, as amended by Amdt. 147-5, 57 FR
28961, June 29, 1992]
[[Page 87]]
SUBCHAPTER I--AIRPORTS
PART 150--AIRPORT NOISE COMPATIBILITY PLANNING--Table of Contents
Subpart A--General Provisions
Sec.
150.1 Scope and purpose.
150.3 Applicability.
150.5 Limitations of this part.
150.7 Definitions.
150.9 Designation of noise systems.
150.11 Identification of land uses.
150.13 Incorporations by reference.
Subpart B--Development of Noise Exposure Maps and Noise Compatibility
Programs
150.21 Noise exposure maps and related descriptions.
150.23 Noise compatibility programs.
Subpart C--Evaluations and Determinations of Effects of Noise
Compatibility Programs
150.31 Preliminary review: Acknowledgments.
150.33 Evaluation of programs.
150.35 Determinations; publications; effectivity.
Appendix A to Part 150--Noise Exposure Maps
Appendix B to Part 150--Noise Compatibility Programs
Authority: 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 44715, 47101, 47501-47504.
Source: Docket No. 18691, 49 FR 49269, Dec. 18, 1984, unless
otherwise noted.
Subpart A--General Provisions
Sec. 150.1 Scope and purpose.
This part prescribes the procedures, standards, and methodology
governing the development, submission, and review of airport noise
exposure maps and airport noise compatibility programs, including the
process for evaluating and approving or disapproving those programs. It
prescribes single systems for-- (a) measuring noise at airports and
surrounding areas that generally provides a highly reliable relationship
between projected noise exposure and surveyed reaction of people to
noise; and (b) determining exposure of individuals to noise that results
from the operations of an airport. This part also identifies those land
uses which are normally compatible with various levels of exposure to
noise by individuals. It provides technical assistance to airport
operators, in conjunction with other local, State, and Federal
authorities, to prepare and execute appropriate noise compatibility
planning and implementation programs.
Sec. 150.3 Applicability.
This part applies to the airport noise compatibility planning
activities of the operators of ``public use airports,'' including
heliports, as that term is used in section 101(1) of the ASNA Act as
amended (49 U.S.C. 2101) and as defined in section 503(17) of the
Airport and Airway Improvement Act of 1982 (49 U.S.C. 2202).
[Doc. No. 18691, 49 FR 49269, Dec. 18, 1984, as amended by Amdt. 150-1,
53 FR 8723, Mar. 16, 1988]
Sec. 150.5 Limitations of this part.
(a) Pursuant to the ASNA Act (49 U.S.C. 2101 et seq.), this part
provides for airport noise compatibility planning and land use programs
necessary to the purposes of those provisions. No submittal of a map, or
approval or disapproval, in whole or part, of any map or program
submitted under this part is a determination concerning the
acceptability or unacceptability of that land use under Federal, State,
or local law.
(b) Approval of a noise compatibility program under this part is
neither a commitment by the FAA to financially assist in the
implementation of the program, nor a determination that all measures
covered by the program are eligible for grant-in-aid funding from the
FAA.
(c) Approval of a noise compatibility program under this part does
not by itself constitute an FAA implementing action. A request for
Federal action or approval to implement specific noise compatibility
measures may be required, and an FAA decision on the request may require
an environmental
[[Page 88]]
assessment of the proposed action, pursuant to the National
Environmental Policy Act (42 U.S.C. 4321 et seq.) and applicable
regulations, directives, and guidelines.
(d) Acceptance of a noise exposure map does not constitute an FAA
determination that any specific parcel of land lies within a particular
noise contour. Responsibility for interpretation of the effects of noise
contours upon subjacent land uses, including the relationship between
noise contours and specific properties, rests with the sponsor or with
other state or local government.
Sec. 150.7 Definitions.
As used in this part, unless the context requires otherwise, the
following terms have the following meanings.
Airport means any public use airport, including heliports, as
defined by the ASNA Act, including: (a) Any airport which is used or to
be used for public purposes, under the control of a public agency, the
landing area of which is publicly owned; (b) any privately owned
reliever airport; and (c) any privately owned airport which is
determined by the Secretary to enplane annually 2,500 or more passengers
and receive scheduled passenger service of aircraft, which is used or to
be used for public purposes.
Airport noise compatibility program and program mean that program,
and all revisions thereto, reflected in documents (and revised
documents) developed in accordance with appendix B of this part,
including the measures proposed or taken by the airport operator to
reduce existing noncompatible land uses and to prevent the introduction
of additional noncompatible land uses within the area.
Airport Operator means, the operator of an airport as defined in the
ASNA Act.
ASNA Act means the Aviation Safety and Noise Abatement Act of 1979,
as amended (49 U.S.C. 2101 et seq.).
Average sound level means the level, in decibels, of the mean-
square, A-weighted sound pressure during a specified period, with
reference to the square of the standard reference sound pressure of 20
micropascals.
Compatible land use means the use of land that is identified under
this part as normally compatible with the outdoor noise environment (or
an adequately attenuated noise level reduction for any indoor activities
involved) at the location because the yearly day-night average sound
level is at or below that identified for that or similar use under
appendix A (Table 1) of this part.
Day-night average sound level (DNL) means the 24-hour average sound
level, in decibels, for the period from midnight to midnight, obtained
after the addition of ten decibels to sound levels for the periods
between midnight and 7 a.m., and between 10 p.m., and midnight, local
time. The symbol for DNL is Ldn.
Noise exposure map means a scaled, geographic depiction of an
airport, its noise contours, and surrounding area developed in
accordance with section A150.101 of appendix A of this part, including
the accompanying documentation setting forth the required descriptions
of forecast aircraft operations at that airport during the fifth
calendar year beginning after submission of the map, together with the
ways, if any, those operations will affect the map (including noise
contours and the forecast land uses).
Noise level reduction (NLR) means the amount of noise level
reduction in decibels achieved through incorporation of noise
attenuation (between outdoor and indoor levels) in the design and
construction of a structure.
Noncompatible land use means the use of land that is identified
under this part as normally not compatible with the outdoor noise
environment (or an adequately attenuated noise reduction level for the
indoor activities involved at the location) because the yearly day-night
average sound level is above that identified for that or similar use
under appendix A (Table 1) of this part.
Regional Airports Division Manager means the Airports Division
Manager having responsibility for the geographic area in which the
airport in question is located.
Restriction affecting flight procedures means any requirement,
limitation, or other action affecting the operation of aircraft, in the
air or on the ground.
[[Page 89]]
Sound exposure level means the level, in decibels, of the time
integral of squared A-weighted sound pressure during a specified period
or event, with reference to the square of the standard reference sound
pressure of 20 micropascals and a duration of one second.
Yearly day-night average sound level (YDNL) means the 365-day
average, in decibels, day-night average sound level. The symbol for YDNL
is also Ldn.
[Doc. No. 18691, 49 FR 49269, Dec. 18, 1984, as amended by Amdt.
150-1, 53 FR 8724, Mar. 16, 1988; 53 FR 9726, Mar. 24, 1988; Amdt. 150-
2, 54 FR 39295, Sept. 25, 1989]
Sec. 150.9 Designation of noise systems.
For purposes of this part, the following designations apply:
(a) The noise at an airport and surrounding areas covered by a noise
exposure map must be measured in A-weighted sound pressure level
(LA) in units of decibels (dBA) in accordance with the
specifications and methods prescribed under appendix A of this part.
(b) The exposure of individuals to noise resulting from the
operation of an airport must be established in terms of yearly day-night
average sound level (YDNL) calculated in accordance with the
specifications and methods prescribed under appendix A of this part.
(c) Uses of computer models to create noise contours must be in
accordance with the criteria prescribed under appendix A of this part.
Sec. 150.11 Identification of land uses.
For the purposes of this part, uses of land which are normally
compatible or noncompatible with various noise exposure levels to
individuals around airports must be identified in accordance with the
criteria prescribed under appendix A of this part. Determination of land
use must be based on professional planning criteria and procedures
utilizing comprehensive, or master, land use planning, zoning, and
building and site designing, as appropriate. If more than one current or
future land use is permissible, determination of compatibility must be
based on that use most adversely affected by noise.
Sec. 150.13 Incorporations by reference.
(a) General. This part prescribes certain standards and procedures
which are not set forth in full text in the rule. Those standards and
procedures are hereby incorporated by reference and were approved for
incorporation by reference by the Director of the Federal Register under
5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51.
(b) Changes to incorporated matter. Incorporated matter which is
subject to subsequent change is incorporated by reference according to
the specific reference and to the identification statement. Adoption of
any subsequent change in incorporated matter that affects compliance
with standards and procedures of this part will be made under 14 CFR
part 11 and 1 CFR part 51.
(c) Identification statement. The complete title or description
which identifies each published matter incorporated by reference in this
part is as follows:
International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC) Publication No. 179,
entitled ``Precision Sound Level Meters,'' dated 1973.
(d) Availability for purchase. Published material incorporated by
reference in this part may be purchased at the price established by the
publisher or distributor at the following mailing addresses.
IEC publications:
(1) The Bureau Central de la Commission Electrotechnique,
Internationale, 1, rue de Varembe, Geneva, Switzerland.
(2) American National Standards Institute, 1430 Broadway, New York,
NY 10018.
(e) Availability for inspection. A copy of each publication
incorporated by reference in this part is available for public
inspection at the following locations:
(1) FAA Office of the Chief Counsel, Rules Docket, AGC-10, Federal
Aviation Administration Headquarters Building, 800 Independence Avenue,
SW., Washington, DC 20591.
(2) Department of Transportation, Branch Library, Room 930, Federal
Aviation Administration Headquarters Building, 800 Independence Avenue,
SW., Washington, DC 20591.
(3) The respective Regional Offices of the Federal Aviation
Administration as follows:
[[Page 90]]
(i) New England Regional Office, 12 New England Executive Park,
Burlington, Massachusetts 01803.
(ii) Eastern Regional Office, Federal Building, John F. Kennedy
(JFK) International Airport, Jamaica, New York 11430.
(iii) Southern Regional Office, 3400 Norman Berry Drive, East Point,
Georgia (P.O. Box 20636, Atlanta, Georgia) 30320.
(iv) Great Lakes Regional Office, 2300 East Devon, Des Plaines,
Illinois 60018.
(v) Central Regional Office, 601 East 12th Street, Kansas City,
Missouri 64106.
(vi) Southwest Regional Office, 4400 Blue Mound Road, (P.O. Box
1689), Fort Worth, Texas 76101.
(vii) Northwest Mountain Regional Office, 17900 Pacific Highway,
South, C-68966, Seattle, Washington 98168.
(viii) Western Pacific Regional Office, 15000 Aviation Boulevard,
Hawthorne, California (P.O. Box 92007, Worldway Postal Center, Los
Angeles) 90009.
(ix) Alaskan Regional Office, 701 ``C'' Street, Box 14, Anchorage,
Alaska 99513.
(xi) European Office, 15, Rue de la Loi (3rd Floor) B1040 Brussels,
Belgium.
(4) The Office of the Federal Register, Room 8401, 1100 ``L''
Street, NW., Washington, DC.
[Doc. No. 18691, 49 FR 49269, Dec. 18, 1984, as amended by Amdt. 150-2,
54 FR 39295, Sept. 25, 1989]
Subpart B--Development of Noise Exposure Maps and Noise Compatibility
Programs
Sec. 150.21 Noise exposure maps and related descriptions.
(a) Each airport operator may after completion of the consultations
and public procedure specified under paragraph (b) of this section
submit to the Regional Airports Division Manager five copies of the
noise exposure map (or revised map) which identifies each noncompatible
land use in each area depicted on the map, as of the date of submission,
and five copies of a map each with accompanying documentation setting
forth--
(1) The noise exposure based on forecast aircraft operations at the
airport for the fifth calendar year beginning after the date of
submission (based on reasonable assumptions concerning future type and
frequency of aircraft operations, number of nighttime operations, flight
patterns, airport layout including any planned airport development,
planned land use changes, and demographic changes in the surrounding
areas); and
(2) The nature and extent, if any, to which those forecast
operations will affect the compatibility and land uses depicted on the
map.
(b) Each map, and related documentation submitted under this section
must be developed and prepared in accordance with appendix A of this
part, or an FAA approved equivalent, and in consultation with states,
and public agencies and planning agencies whose area, or any portion of
whose area, of jurisdiction is within the Ldn 65 dB contour
depicted on the map, FAA regional officials, and other Federal officials
having local responsibility for land uses depicted on the map. This
consultation must include regular aeronautical users of the airport. The
airport operator shall certify that it has afforded interested persons
adequate opportunity to submit their views, data, and comments
concerning the correctness and adequacy of the draft noise exposure map
and descriptions of forecast aircraft operations. Each map and revised
map must be accompanied by documentation describing the consultation
accomplished under this paragraph and the opportunities afforded the
public to review and comment during the development of the map. One copy
of all written comments received during consultation shall also be filed
with the Regional Airports Division Manager.
(c) The Regional Airports Division Manager acknowledges receipt of
noise exposure maps and descriptions and indicates whether they are in
compliance with the applicable requirements. The Regional Airports
Division Manager publishes in the Federal Register a notice of
compliance for each such noise exposure map and description, identifying
the airport involved. Such notice includes information as to when
[[Page 91]]
and where the map and related documentation are available for public
inspection.
(d) If, after submission of a noise exposure map under paragraph (a)
of this section, any change in the operation of the airport would create
any ``substantial, new noncompatible use'' in any area depicted on the
map beyond that which is forecast for the fifth calendar year after the
date of submission, the airport operator shall, in accordance with this
section, promptly prepare and submit a revised noise exposure map. A
change in the operation of an airport creates a substantial new
noncompatible use if that change results in an increase in the yearly
day-night average sound level of 1.5 dB or greater in either a land area
which was formerly compatible but is thereby made noncompatible under
appendix A (Table 1), or in a land area which was previously determined
to be noncompatible under that Table and whose noncompatibility is now
significantly increased. Such updating of the map shall include a
reassessment of those areas excluded under sec. A150.101(e)(5) of
appendix A because of high ambient noise levels. If the five-year
forecast map is based on assumptions involving recommendations in a
noise compatibility program which are subsequently disapproved by the
FAA, a revised map must be submitted if revised assumptions would create
a substantial, new noncompatible use not indicated on the initial five-
year map. Revised noise exposure maps are subject to the same
requirements and procedures as initial submissions of noise exposure
maps under this part.
(e) Each map, or revised map, and description of consultation and
opportunity for public comment, submitted to the FAA, must be certified
as true and complete under penalty of 18 U.S.C. 1001.
(f)(1) The ASNA Act provides, in section 107 (a) (49 U.S.C.
2107(a)), that:
No person who acquires property or an interest therein after the date of
enactment of the Act in an area surrounding an airport with respect to
which a noise exposure map has been submitted under section 103 of the
Act shall be entitled to recover damages with respect to the noise
attributable to such airport if such person had actual or constructive
knowledge of the existence of such noise exposure map unless, in
addition to any other elements for recovery of damages, such person can
show that--
(i) A significant change in the type or frequency of aircraft
operations at the airport; or
(ii) A significant change in the airport layout; or
(iii) A significant change in the flight patterns; or
(iv) A significant increase in nighttime operations; occurred after
the date of the acquisition of such property or interest therein and
that the damages for which recovery is sought have resulted from any
such change or increase.''
(2) The Act further provides in section 107(b), (49 U.S.C. 2107(b)):
That for this purpose, ``constructive knowledge'' shall be imputed, at a
minimum, to any person who acquires property or an interest therein in
an area surrounding an airport after the date of enactment of the Act
if--
(i) Prior to the date of such acquisition, notice of the existence
of a noise exposure map for such area was published at least three times
in a newspaper of general circulation in the county in which such
property is located; or
(ii) A copy of such noise exposure map is furnished to such person
at the time of such acquisition.
(g) For this purpose, the term significant in paragraph (f) of this
section means that change or increase in one or more of the four factors
which results in a ``substantial new noncompatible use'' as defined in
Sec. 150.21(d), affecting the property in issue. Responsibility for
applying or interpreting this provision with respect to specific
properties rests with local government.
[Doc. No. 18691, 49 FR 49269, Dec. 1, 1984; 50 FR 5063, Feb. 6, 1985;
Amdt. 150-2, 54 FR 39295, Sept. 25, 1989]
Sec. 150.23 Noise compatibility programs.
(a) Any airport operator who has submitted an acceptable noise
exposure map under Sec. 150.21 may, after FAA notice of acceptability
and other consultation and public procedure specified under paragraphs
(b) and (c) of this section, as applicable, submit to the Regional
Airports Division Manager five copies of a noise compatibility program.
(b) An airport operator may submit the noise compatibility program
at the same time as the noise exposure map.
[[Page 92]]
In this case, the Regional Airports Division Manager will not begin the
statutory 180-day review period (for the program) until after FAA
reviews the noise exposure map and finds that it and its supporting
documentation are in compliance with the applicable requirements.
(c) Each noise compatibility program must be developed and prepared
in accordance with appendix B of this part, or an FAA approved
equivalent, and in consultation with FAA regional officials, the
officials of the state and of any public agencies and planning agencies
whose area, or any portion or whose area, of jurisdiction within the
Ldn 65 dB noise contours is depicted on the noise exposure
map, and other Federal officials having local responsibility of land
uses depicted on the map. Consultation with FAA regional officials shall
include, to the extent practicable, informal agreement from FAA on
proposed new or modified flight procedures. For air carrier airports,
consultation must include any air carriers and, to the extent
practicable, other aircraft operators using the airport. For other
airports, consultation must include, to the extent practicable, aircraft
operators using the airport.
(d) Prior to and during the development of a program, and prior to
submission of the resulting draft program to the FAA, the airport
operator shall afford adequate opportunity for the active and direct
participation of the states, public agencies and planning agencies in
the areas surrounding the airport, aeronautical users of the airport,
and the general public to submit their views, data, and comments on the
formulation and adequacy of that program.
(e) Each noise compatibility program submitted to the FAA must
consist of at least the following:
(1) A copy of the noise exposure map and its supporting
documentation as found in compliance with the applicable requirements by
the FAA, per Sec. 150.21(c).
(2) A description and analysis of the alternative measures
considered by the airport operator in developing the program, together
with a discussion of why each rejected measure was not included in the
program.
(3) Program measures proposed to reduce or eliminate present and
future noncompatible land uses and a description of the relative
contribution of each of the proposed measures to the overall
effectiveness of the program.
(4) A description of public participation and the consultation with
officials of public agencies and planning agencies in areas surrounding
the airport, FAA regional officials and other Federal officials having
local responsibility for land uses depicted on the map, any air carriers
and other users of the airport.
(5) The actual or anticipated effect of the program on reducing
noise exposure to individuals and noncompatible land uses and preventing
the introduction of additional noncompatible uses within the area
covered by the noise exposure map. The effects must be based on
expressed assumptions concerning the type and frequency of aircraft
operations, number of nighttime operations, flight patterns, airport
layout including planned airport development, planned land use changes,
and demographic changes within the Ldn 65 dB noise contours.
(6) A description of how the proposed future actions may change any
noise control or compatibility plans or actions previously adopted by
the airport proprietor.
(7) A summary of the comments at any public hearing on the program
and a copy of all written material submitted to the operator under
paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section, together with the operator's
response and disposition of those comments and materials to demonstrate
the program is feasible and reasonably consistent with obtaining the
objectives of airport noise compatibility planning under this part.
(8) The period covered by the program, the schedule for
implementation of the program, the persons responsible for
implementation of each measure in the program, and, for each measure,
documentation supporting the feasibility of implementation, including
any essential governmental actions, costs, and anticipated sources of
funding, that will demonstrate that the program is reasonably consistent
with
[[Page 93]]
achieving the goals of airport noise compatibility planning under this
part.
(9) Provision for revising the program if made necessary by revision
of the noise exposure map.
[Doc. No. 18691, 49 FR 49269, Dec. 18, 1984; 50 FR 5063, Feb. 6, 1985;
Amdt. 150-2, 54 FR 39295, Sept. 25, 1989]
Subpart C--Evaluations and Determinations of Effects of Noise
Compatibility Programs
Sec. 150.31 Preliminary review: Acknowledgments.
(a) Upon receipt of a noise compatibility program submitted under
Sec. 150.23, the Regional Airports Division Manager acknowledges to the
airport operator receipt of the program and conducts a preliminary
review of the submission.
(b) If, based on the preliminary review, the Regional Airports
Division Manager finds that the submission does not conform to the
requirements of this part, he disapproves and returns the unacceptable
program to the airport operator for reconsideration and development of a
program in accordance with this part.
(c) If, based on the preliminary review, the Regional Airports
Division Manager finds that the program conforms to the requirements of
this part, the Regional Airports Division Manager publishes in the
Federal Register a notice of receipt of the program for comment which
indicates the following:
(1) The airport covered by the program, and the date of receipt.
(2) The availability of the program for examination in the offices
of the Regional Airports Division Manager and the airport operator.
(3) That comments on the program are invited and, will be considered
by the FAA.
(d) The date of signature of the published notice of receipt starts
the 180-day approval period for the program.
[Doc. No. 18691, 49 FR 49269, Dec. 18, 1984, as amended by Amdt. 150-2,
54 FR 39295, Sept. 25, 1989]
Sec. 150.33 Evaluation of programs.
(a) The FAA conducts an evaluation of each noise compatibility
program and, based on that evaluation, either approves or disapproves
the program. The evaluation includes consideration of proposed measures
to determine whether they--
(1) May create an undue burden on interstate or foreign commerce
(including unjust discrimination);
(2) Are reasonably consistent with obtaining the goal of reducing
existing noncompatible land uses and preventing the introduction of
additional noncompatible land uses; and
(3) Include the use of new or modified flight procedures to control
the operation of aircraft for purposes of noise control, or affect
flight procedures in any way.
(b) The evaluation may also include an evaluation of those proposed
measures to determine whether they may adversely affect the exercise of
the authority and responsibilities of the Administrator under the
Federal Aviation Act of 1958, as amended.
(c) To the extent considered necessary, the FAA may--
(1) Confer with the airport operator and other persons known to have
information and views material to the evaluation;
(2) Explore the objectives of the program and the measures, and any
alternative measures, for achieving the objectives.
(3) Examine the program for developing a range of alternatives that
would eliminate the reasons, if any, for disapproving the program.
(4) Convene an informal meeting with the airport operator and other
persons involved in developing or implementing the program for the
purposes of gathering all facts relevant to the determination of
approval or disapproval of the program and of discussing any needs to
accommodate or modify the program as submitted.
(d) If requested by the FAA, the airport operator shall furnish all
information needed to complete FAA's review under (c).
(e) An airport operator may, at any time before approval or
disapproval of
[[Page 94]]
a program, withdraw or revise the program. If the airport operator
withdraws or revises the program or indicates to the Regional Airports
Division Manager, in writing, the intention to revise the program, the
Regional Airports Division Manager terminates the evaluation and
notifies the airport operator of that action. That termination cancels
the 180-day review period. The FAA does not evaluate a second program
for any airport until any previously submitted program has been
withdrawn or a determination on it is issued. A new evaluation is
commenced upon receipt of a revised program, and a new 180-day approval
period is begun, unless the Regional Airports Division Manager finds
that the modification made, in light of the overall revised program, can
be integrated into the unmodified portions of the revised program
without exceeding the original 180-day approval period or causing undue
expense to the government.
[Doc. No. 18691, 49 FR 49269, Dec. 18, 1984, as amended by Amdt. 150-2,
54 FR 39295, Sept. 25, 1989]
Sec. 150.35 Determinations; publications; effectivity.
(a) The FAA issues a determination approving or disapproving each
airport noise compatibility program (and revised program). Portions of a
program may be individually approved or disapproved. No conditional
approvals will be issued. A determination on a program acceptable under
this part is issued within 180 days after the program is received under
Sec. 150.23 of this part or it may be considered approved, except that
this time period may be exceeded for any portion of a program relating
to the use of flight procedures for noise control purposes. A
determination on portions of a program covered by the exceptions to the
180-day review period for approval will be issued within a reasonable
time after receipt of the program. Determinations relating to the use of
any flight procedure for noise control purposes may be issued either in
connection with the determination on other portions of the program or
separately. Except as provided by this paragraph, no approval of any
noise compatibility program, or any portion of a program, may be implied
in the absence of the FAA's express approval.
(b) The Administrator approves programs under this part, if--
(1) It is found that the program measures to be implemented would
not create an undue burden on interstate or foreign commerce (including
any unjust discrimination) and are reasonably consistent with achieving
the goals of reducing existing noncompatible land uses around the
airport and of preventing the introduction of additional noncompatible
land uses;
(2) The program provides for revision if made necessary by the
revision of the noise map; and
(3) Those aspects of programs relating to the use of flight
procedures for noise control can be implemented within the period
covered by the program and without--
(i) Reducing the level of aviation safety provided;
(ii) Derogating the requisite level of protection for aircraft,
their occupants and persons and property on the ground;
(iii) Adversely affecting the efficient use and management of the
Navigable Airspace and Air Traffic Control Systems; or
(iv) Adversely affecting any other powers and responsibilities of
the Administrator prescribed by law or any other program, standard, or
requirement established in accordance with law.
(c) When a determination is issued, the Regional Airports Division
Manager notifies the airport operator and publishes a notice of approval
or disapproval in the Federal Register identifying the nature and extent
of the determination.
(d) Approvals issued under this part for a program or portion
thereof become effective as specified therein and may be withdrawn when
one of the following occurs:
(1) The program or portion thereof is required to be revised under
this part or under its own terms, and is not so revised;
(2) If a revision has been submitted for approval, a determination
is issued on the revised program or portion thereof, that is
inconsistent with the prior approval.
[[Page 95]]
(3) A term or condition of the program, or portion thereof, or its
approval is violated by the responsible government body.
(4) A flight procedure or other FAA action upon which the approved
program or portion thereof is dependent is subsequently disapproved,
significantly altered, or rescinded by the FAA.
(5) The airport operator requests rescission of the approval.
(6) Impacts on flight procedures, air traffic management, or air
commerce occur which could not be foreseen at the time of approval.
A determination may be sooner rescinded or modified for cause with at
least 30 days written notice to the airport operator of the FAA's
intention to rescind or modify the determination for the reasons stated
in the notice. The airport operator may, during the 30-day period,
submit to the Regional Airports Division Manager for consideration any
reasons and circumstances why the determination should not be rescinded
or modified on the basis stated in the notice of intent. Thereafter, the
FAA either rescinds or modifies the determination consistent with the
notice or withdraws the notice of intent and terminates the action.
(e) Determinations may contain conditions which must be satisfied
prior to implementation of any portion of the program relating to flight
procedures affecting airport or aircraft operations.
(f) Noise exposure maps for current and five year forecast
conditions that are submitted and approved with noise compatibility
programs are considered to be the new FAA accepted noise exposure maps
for purposes of part 150.
[Doc. No. 18691, 49 FR 49269, Dec. 18, 1984, as amended by Amdt. 150-2,
54 FR 39295, Sept. 25, 1989]
Appendix A to Part 150--Noise Exposure Maps
Part A--General
Sec. A150.1 Purpose.
Sec. A150.3 Noise descriptors.
Sec. A150.5 Noise measurement procedures and equipment.
Part B--Noise Exposure Map Development
Sec. A150.101 Noise contours and land usages.
Sec. A150.103 Use of computer prediction model.
Sec. A150.105 Identification of public agencies and planning agencies.
Part C--Mathematical Descriptions
Sec. A150.201 General.
Sec. A150.203 Symbols.
Sec. A150.205 Mathematical computations.
Part A--General
Sec. A150.1 Purpose.
(a) This appendix establishes a uniform methodology for the
development and preparation of airport noise exposure maps. That
methodology includes a single system of measuring noise at airports for
which there is a highly reliable relationship between projected noise
exposure and surveyed reactions of people to noise along with a separate
single system for determining the exposure of individuals to noise. It
also identifies land uses which, for the purpose of this part are
considered to be compatible with various exposures of individuals to
noise around airports.
(b) This appendix provides for the use of the FAA's Integrated Noise
Model (INM) or an FAA approved equivalent, for developing standardized
noise exposure maps and predicting noise impacts. Noise monitoring may
be utilized by airport operators for data acquisition and data
refinement, but is not required by this part for the development of
noise exposure maps or airport noise compatibility programs. Whenever
noise monitoring is used, under this part, it should be accomplished in
accordance with Sec. A150.5 of this appendix.
Sec. A150.3 Noise descriptors.
(a) Airport Noise Measurement. The A-Weighted Sound Level, measured,
filtered and recorded in accordance with Sec. A150.5 of this appendix,
must be employed as the unit for the measurement of single event noise
at airports and in the areas surrounding the airports.
(b) Airport Noise Exposure. The yearly day-night average sound level
(YDNL) must be employed for the analysis and characterization of
multiple aircraft noise events and for determining the cumulative
exposure of individuals to noise around airports.
Sec. A150.5 Noise measurement procedures and equipment.
(a) Sound levels must be measured or analyzed with equipment having
the ``A'' frequency weighting, filter characteristics, and the ``slow
response'' characteristics as defined in International Electrotechnical
Commission (IEC) Publication No. 179, entitled ``Precision Sound Level
Meters'' as incorporated by reference in part 150 under
[[Page 96]]
Sec. 150.11. For purposes of this part, the tolerances allowed for
general purpose, type 2 sound level meters in IEU 179, are acceptable.
(b) Noise measurements and documentation must be in accordance with
accepted acoustical measurement methodology, such as those described in
American National Standards Institute publication ANSI 51.13, dated 1971
as revised 1979, entitled ``ANS--Methods for the Measurement of Sound
Pressure Levels''; ARP No. 796, dated 1969, entitled ``Measurement of
Aircraft Exterior Noise in the Field''; ``Handbook of Noise
Measurement,'' Ninth Ed. 1980, by Arnold P.G. Peterson; or ``Acoustic
Noise Measurement,'' dated Jan., 1979, by J.R. Hassell and K. Zaveri.
For purposes of this part, measurements intended for comparison to a
State or local standard or with another transportation noise source
(including other aircraft) must be reported in maximum A-weighted sound
levels (LAM); for computation or validation of the yearly
day-night average level (Ldn), measurements must be reported
in sound exposure level (LAE), as defined in Sec. A150.205 of
this appendix.
Part B--Noise Exposure Map Development
Sec. A150.101 Noise contours and land usages.
(a) To determine the extent of the noise impact around an airport,
airport proprietors developing noise exposure maps in accordance with
this part must develop Ldn contours. Continuous contours must
be developed for YDNL levels of 65, 70, and 75 (additional contours may
be developed and depicted when appropriate). In those areas where YDNL
values are 65 YDNL or greater, the airport operator shall identify land
uses and determine land use compatibility in accordance with the
standards and procedures of this appendix.
(b) Table 1 of this appendix describes compatible land use
information for several land uses as a function of YDNL values. The
ranges of YDNL values in Table 1 reflect the statistical variability for
the responses of large groups of people to noise. Any particular level
might not, therefore, accurately assess an individual's perception of an
actual noise environment. Compatible or noncompatible land use is
determined by comparing the predicted or measured YDNL values at a site
with the values given. Adjustments or modifications of the descriptions
of the land-use categories may be desirable after consideration of
specific local conditions.
(c) Compatibility designations in Table 1 generally refer to the
major use of the site. If other uses with greater sensitivity to noise
are permitted by local government at a site, a determination of
compatibility must be based on that use which is most adversely affected
by noise. When appropriate, noise level reduction through incorporation
of sound attenuation into the design and construction of a structure may
be necessary to achieve compatibility.
(d) For the purpose of compliance with this part, all land uses are
considered to be compatible with noise levels less than Ldn
65 dB. Local needs or values may dictate further delineation based on
local requirements or determinations.
(e) Except as provided in (f) below, the noise exposure maps must
also contain and indentify:
(1) Runway locations.
(2) Flight tracks.
(3) Noise contours of Ldn 65, 70, and 75 dB resulting
from aircraft operations.
(4) Outline of the airport boundaries.
(5) Noncompatible land uses within the noise contours, including
those within the Ldn 65 dB contours. (No land use has to be
identified as noncompatible if the self-generated noise from that use
and/or the ambient noise from other nonaircraft and nonairport uses is
equal to or greater than the noise from aircraft and airport sources.)
(6) Location of noise sensitive public buildings (such as schools,
hospitals, and health care facilities), and properties on or eligible
for inclusion in the National Register of Historic Places.
(7) Locations of any aircraft noise monitoring sites utilized for
data acquisition and refinement procedures.
(8) Estimates of the number of people residing within the Ldn
65, 70, and 75 dB contours.
(9) Depiction of the required noise contours over a land use map of
a sufficient scale and quality to discern streets and other identifiable
geographic features.
(f) Notwithstanding any other provision of this part, noise exposure
maps prepared in connection with studies which were either Federally
funded or Federally approved and which commenced before October 1, 1981,
are not required to be modified to contain the following items:
(1) Flight tracks depicted on the map.
(2) Use of ambient noise to determine land use compatibility.
(3) The Ldn 70 dB noise contour and data related to
Ldn 70 dB contour. When determinations on land use
compatibility using Table 1 differ between Ldn 65-70 dB and
the Ldn 70-75 dB, determinations should either use the more
conservative Ldn 70-75 dB column or reflect determinations
based on local needs and values.
(4) Estimates of the number of people residing within the Ldn
65, 70, and 75 dB contours.
[[Page 97]]
TABLE 1--Land Use Compatibility* With Yearly Day-Night Average Sound Levels
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Yearly day-night average sound level (Ldn) in decibels
Land use ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Below 65 65-70 70-75 75-80 80-85 Over 85
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Residential
Residential, other than mobile Y N(1) N(1) N N N
homes and transient lodgings.
Mobile home parks............. Y N N N N N
Transient lodgings............ Y N(1) N(1) N(1) N N
Public Use
Schools....................... Y N(1) N(1) N N N
Hospitals and nursing homes... Y 25 30 N N N
Churches, auditoriums, and Y 25 30 N N N
concert halls.
Governmental services......... Y Y 25 30 N N
Transportation................ Y Y Y(2) Y(3) Y(4) Y(4)
Parking....................... Y Y Y(2) Y(3) Y(4) N
Commercial Use
Offices, business and Y Y 25 30 N N
professional.
Wholesale and retail--building Y Y Y(2) Y(3) Y(4) N
materials, hardware and farm
equipment.
Retail trade--general......... Y Y 25 30 N N
Utilities..................... Y Y Y(2) Y(3) Y(4) N
Communication................. Y Y 25 30 N N
Manufacturing and Production
Manufacturing, general........ Y Y Y(2) Y(3) Y(4) N
Photographic and optical...... Y Y 25 30 N N
Agriculture (except livestock) Y Y(6) Y(7) Y(8) Y(8) Y(8)
and forestry.
Livestock farming and breeding Y Y(6) Y(7) N N N
Mining and fishing, resource Y Y Y Y Y Y
production and extraction.
Recreational
Outdoor sports arenas and Y Y(5) Y(5) N N N
spectator sports.
Outdoor music shells, Y N N N N N
amphitheaters.
Nature exhibits and zoos...... Y Y N N N N
Amusements, parks, resorts and Y Y Y N N N
camps.
Golf courses, riding stables Y Y 25 30 N N
and water recreation.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Numbers in parentheses refer to notes.
*The designations contained in this table do not constitute a Federal determination that any use of land covered
by the program is acceptable or unacceptable under Federal, State, or local law. The responsibility for
determining the acceptable and permissible land uses and the relationship between specific properties and
specific noise contours rests with the local authorities. FAA determinations under part 150 are not intended
to substitute federally determined land uses for those determined to be appropriate by local authorities in
response to locally determined needs and values in achieving noise compatible land uses.
Key to Table 1
SLUCM=Standard Land Use Coding Manual.
Y (Yes)=Land Use and related structures compatible without restrictions.
N (No)=Land Use and related structures are not compatible and should be prohibited.
NLR=Noise Level Reduction (outdoor to indoor) to be achieved through incorporation of noise attenuation into the
design and construction of the structure.
25, 30, or 35=Land use and related structures generally compatible; measures to achieve NLR of 25, 30, or 35 dB
must be incorporated into design and construction of structure.
Notes for Table 1
(1) Where the community determines that residential or school uses must be allowed, measures to achieve outdoor
to indoor Noise Level Reduction (NLR) of at least 25 dB and 30 dB should be incorporated into building codes
and be considered in individual approvals. Normal residential construction can be expected to provide a NLR of
20 dB, thus, the reduction requirements are often stated as 5, 10 or 15 dB over standard construction and
normally assume mechanical ventilation and closed windows year round. However, the use of NLR criteria will
not eliminate outdoor noise problems.
(2) Measures to achieve NLR 25 dB must be incorporated into the design and construction of portions of these
buildings where the public is received, office areas, noise sensitive areas or where the normal noise level is
low.
(3) Measures to achieve NLR of 30 dB must be incorporated into the design and construction of portions of these
buildings where the public is received, office areas, noise sensitive areas or where the normal noise level is
low.
(4) Measures to achieve NLR 35 dB must be incorporated into the design and construction of portions of these
buildings where the public is received, office areas, noise sensitive areas or where the normal level is low.
(5) Land use compatible provided special sound reinforcement systems are installed.
(6) Residential buildings require an NLR of 25.
(7) Residential buildings require an NLR of 30.
(8) Residential buildings not permitted.
[[Page 98]]
Sec. A150.103 Use of computer prediction model.
(a) The airport operator shall acquire the aviation operations data
necessary to develop noise exposure contours using an FAA approved
methodology or computer program, such as the Integrated Noise Model
(INM) for airports or the Heliport Noise Model (HNM) for heliports. In
considering approval of a methodology or computer program, key factors
include the demonstrated capability to produce the required output and
the public availability of the program or methodology to provide
interested parties the opportunity to substantiate the results.
(b) Except as provided in paragraph (c) of this section, the
following information must be obtained for input to the calculation of
noise exposure contours:
(1) A map of the airport and its environs at an adequately detailed
scale (not less than 1 inch to 8,000 feet) indicating runway length,
alignments, landing thresholds, takeoff start-of-roll points, airport
boundary, and flight tracks out to at least 30,000 feet from the end of
each runway.
(2) Airport activity levels and operational data which will
indicate, on an annual average-daily-basis, the number of aircraft, by
type of aircraft, which utilize each flight track, in both the standard
daytime (0700-2200 hours local) and nighttime (2200-0700 hours local)
periods for both landings and takeoffs.
(3) For landings--glide slopes, glide slope intercept altitudes, and
other pertinent information needed to establish approach profiles along
with the engine power levels needed to fly that approach profile.
(4) For takeoffs--the flight profile which is the relationship of
altitude to distance from start-of-roll along with the engine power
levels needed to fly that takeoff profile; these data must reflect the
use of noise abatement departure procedures and, if applicable, the
takeoff weight of the aircraft or some proxy for weight such as stage
length.
(5) Existing topographical or airspace restrictions which preclude
the utilization of alternative flight tracks.
(6) The government furnished data depicting aircraft noise
characteristics (if not already a part of the computer program's stored
data bank).
(7) Airport elevation and average temperature.
(c) For heliports, the map scale required by paragraph (b)(1) of
this section shall not be less than 1 inch to 2,000 feet and shall
indicate heliport boundaries, takeoff and landing pads, and typical
flight tracks out to at least 4,000 feet horizontally from the landing
pad. Where these flight tracks cannot be determined, obstructions or
other limitations on flight tracks in and out of the heliport shall be
identified within the map areas out to at least 4,000 feet horizontally
from the landing pad. For static operation (hover), the helicopter type,
the number of daily operations based on an annual average, and the
duration in minutes of the hover operation shall be identified. The
other information required in paragraph (b) shall be furnished in a form
suitable for input to the HNM or other FAA approved methodology or
computer program.
Sec. A150.105 Identification of public agencies and planning agencies.
(a) The airport proprietor shall identify each public agency and
planning agency whose jurisdiction or responsibility is either wholly or
partially within the Ldn 65 dB boundary.
(b) For those agencies identified in (a) that have land use planning
and control authority, the supporting documentation shall identify their
geographic areas of jurisdiction.
Part C--Mathematical Descriptions
Sec. A150.201 General.
The following mathematical descriptions provide the most precise
definition of the yearly day-night average sound level (Ldn),
the data necessary for its calculation, and the methods for computing
it.
Sec. A150.203 Symbols.
The following symbols are used in the computation of Ldn;
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Measure (in dB) Symbol
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Average Sound Level, During Time T............................ LT
Day-Night Average Sound Level (individual day)................ Ldni
Yearly Day-Night Average Sound Level.......................... Ldn
Sound Exposure Level.......................................... LAE
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec. A150.205 Mathematical computations.
(a) Average sound level must be computed in accordance with the
following formula:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC15SE91.000
where T is the length of the time period, in seconds, during which the
average is taken; LA(t) is the instantaneous time varying A-
weighted sound level during the time period T.
Note: When a noise environment is caused by a number of identifiable
noise events, such as aircraft flyovers, average sound level may be
conveniently calculated from the sound exposure levels of the individual
events occurring within a time period T:
[[Page 99]]
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC15SE91.001
where LAEi is the sound exposure level of the i-th event, in
a series of n events in time period T, in seconds.
Note: When T is one hour, LT is referred to as one-hour
average sound level.
(b) Day-night average sound level (individual day) must be computed
in accordance with the following formula:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC15SE91.002
Time is in seconds, so the limits shown in hours and minutes are
actually interpreted in seconds. It is often convenient to compute day-
night average sound level from the one-hour average sound levels
obtained during successive hours.
(c) Yearly day-night average sound level must be computed in
accordance with the following formula:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC15SE91.003
where Ldni is the day-night average sound level for the i-th
day out of one year.
(d) Sound exposure level must be computed in accordance with the
following formula:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC15SE91.004
where to is one second and LA(t) is the time-
varying A-weighted sound level in the time interval t1 to
t2.
The time interval should be sufficiently large that it encompasses
all the significant sound of a designated event.
The requisite integral may be approximated with sufficient accuracy
by integrating LA(t) over the time interval during which
LA(t) lies within 10 decibels of its maximum value, before
and after the maximum occurs.
[Doc. No. 18691, 49 FR 49269, Dec. 18, 1984; 50 FR 5064, Feb. 6, 1985,
as amended by Amdt. 150-1, 53 FR 8724, Mar. 16, 1988]
Appendix B to Part 150--Noise Compatibility Programs
Sec. B150.1 Scope and purpose.
Sec. B150.3 Requirement for noise map.
Sec. B150.5 Program standards.
Sec. B150.7 Analysis of program alternatives.
Sec. B150.9 Equivalent programs.
Sec. B150.1 Scope and purpose.
(a) This appendix prescribes the content and the methods for
developing noise compatibility programs authorized under this part. Each
program must set forth the measures which the airport operator (or other
person or agency responsible) has taken, or proposes to take, for the
reduction of existing noncompatible land uses and the prevention of the
introduction of additional noncompatible land uses within the area
covered by the noise exposure map submitted by the operator.
(b) The purpose of a noise compatibility program is:
(1) To promote a planning process through which the airport operator
can examine and analyze the noise impact created by the operation of an
airport, as well as the costs and benefits associated with various
alternative noise reduction techniques, and the responsible impacted
land use control jurisdictions can examine existing and forecast areas
of noncompatibility and consider actions to reduce noncompatible uses.
(2) To bring together through public participation, agency
coordination, and overall cooperation, all interested parties with their
respective authorities and obligations, thereby facilitating the
creation of an agreed upon noise abatement plan especially suited to the
individual airport location while at the same time not unduly affecting
the national air transportation system.
(3) To develop comprehensive and implementable noise reduction
techniques and land use controls which, to the maximum extent feasible,
will confine severe aircraft YDNL values of Ldn 75 dB or
greater to areas included within the airport boundary and will establish
and maintain compatible
[[Page 100]]
land uses in the areas affected by noise between the Ldn 65
and 75 dB contours.
Sec. B150.3 Requirement for noise map.
(a) It is required that a current and complete noise exposure map
and its supporting documentation as found in compliance with the
applicable requirements by the FAA, per Sec. 150.21(c) be included in
each noise compatibility program:
(1) To identify existing and future noncompatible land uses, based
on airport operation and off-airport land uses, which have generated the
need to develop a program.
(2) To identify changes in noncompatible uses to be derived from
proposed program measures.
(b) If the proposed noise compatibility program would yield maps
differing from those previously submitted to FAA, the program shall be
accompanied by appropriately revised maps. Such revisions must be
prepared in accordance with the requirements of Sec. A150.101(e) of
appendix A and will be accepted by FAA in accordance with
Sec. 150.35(f).
Sec. B150.5 Program standards.
Based upon the airport noise exposure and noncompatible land uses
identified in the map, the airport operator shall evaluate the several
alternative noise control actions and develop a noise compatibility
program which--
(a) Reduces existing noncompatible uses and prevents or reduces the
probability of the establishment of additional noncompatible uses;
(b) Does not impose undue burden on interstate and foreign commerce;
(c) Provides for revision in accordance with Sec. 150.23 of this
part.
(d) Is not unjustly discriminatory.
(e) Does not derogate safety or adversely affect the safe and
efficient use of airspace.
(f) To the extent practicable, meets both local needs and needs of
the national air transportation system, considering tradeoffs between
economic benefits derived from the airport and the noise impact.
(g) Can be implemented in a manner consistent with all of the powers
and duties of the Administrator of FAA.
Sec. B150.7 Analysis of program alternatives.
(a) Noise control alternatives must be considered and presented
according to the following categories:
(1) Noise abatement alternatives for which the airport operator has
adequate implementation authority.
(2) Noise abatement alternatives for which the requisite
implementation authority is vested in a local agency or political
subdivision governing body, or a state agency or political subdivision
governing body.
(3) Noise abatement options for which requisite authority is vested
in the FAA or other Federal agency.
(b) At a minimum, the operator shall analyze and report on the
following alternatives, subject to the constraints that the strategies
are appropriate to the specific airport (for example, an evaluation of
night curfews is not appropriate if there are no night flights and none
are forecast):
(1) Acquisition of land and interests therein, including, but not
limited to air rights, easements, and development rights, to ensure the
use of property for purposes which are compatible with airport
operations.
(2) The construction of barriers and acoustical shielding, including
the soundproofing of public buildings.
(3) The implementation of a preferential runway system.
(4) The use of flight procedures (including the modifications of
flight tracks) to control the operation of aircraft to reduce exposure
of individuals (or specific noise sensitive areas) to noise in the area
around the airport.
(5) The implementation of any restriction on the use of airport by
any type or class of aircraft based on the noise characteristics of
those aircraft. Such restrictions may include, but are not limited to--
(i) Denial of use of the airport to aircraft types or classes which
do not meet Federal noise standards;
(ii) Capacity limitations based on the relative noisiness of
different types of aircraft;
(iii) Requirement that aircraft using the airport must use noise
abatement takeoff or approach procedures previously approved as safe by
the FAA;
(iv) Landing fees based on FAA certificated or estimated noise
emission levels or on time of arrival; and
(v) Partial or complete curfews.
(6) Other actions or combinations of actions which would have a
beneficial noise control or abatement impact on the public.
(7) Other actions recommended for analysis by the FAA for the
specific airport.
(c) For those alternatives selected for implementation, the program
must identify the agency or agencies responsible for such
implementation, whether those agencies have agreed to the
implementation, and the approximate schedule agreed upon.
Sec. B150.9 Equivalent programs.
(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this part, noise
compatibility programs prepared in connection with studies which were
either Federally funded or Federally approved and commenced before
October 1, 1981, are not required to be modified to contain the
following items:
(1) Flight tracks.
(2) A noise contour of Ldn 70 dB resulting from aircraft
operations and data related to
[[Page 101]]
the Ldn 70 dB contour. When determinations on land use
compatibility using Table 1 of appendix A differ between Ldn
65-70 dB and Ldn 70-75 dB, the determinations should either
use the more conservative Ldn 70-75 dB column or reflect
determinations based on local needs and values.
(3) The categorization of alternatives pursuant to Sec. B150.7(a),
although the persons responsible for implementation of each measure in
the program must still be identified in accordance with
Sec. 150.23(e)(8).
(4) Use of ambient noise to determine land use compatibility.
(b) Previously prepared noise compatibility program documentation
may be supplemented to include these and other program requirements
which have not been excepted.
PART 151--FEDERAL AID TO AIRPORTS--Table of Contents
Subpart A--General Requirements
Sec.
151.1 Applicability.
151.3 National Airport Plan.
151.5 General policies.
151.7 Grants of funds: General policies.
151.9 Runway clear zones: General.
151.11 Runway clear zones; requirements.
151.13 Federal-aid Airport Program: Policy affecting landing aid
requirements.
151.15 Federal-aid Airport Program: Policy affecting runway or taxiway
remarking.
Subpart B--Rules and Procedures for Airport Development Projects
151.21 Procedures: Application; general information.
151.23 Procedures: Application; funding information.
151.24 Procedures: Application; information on estimated project costs.
151.25 Procedures: Application; information as to property interests.
151.26 Procedures: Applications; compatible land use information;
consideration of local community interest; relocation of
displaced persons.
151.27 Procedures: Application, plans, specifications, and appraisals.
151.29 Procedures: Offer, amendment, and acceptance.
151.31 Procedures: Grant agreement.
151.33 Cosponsorship and agency.
151.35 Airport development and facilities to which subparts B and C
apply.
151.37 Sponsor eligibility.
151.39 Project eligibility.
151.41 Project costs.
151.43 United States share of project costs.
151.45 Performance of construction work: General requirements.
151.47 Performance of construction work: Letting of contracts.
151.49 Performance of construction work: Contract requirements.
151.51 Performance of construction work: Sponsor force account.
151.53 Performance of construction work: Labor requirements.
151.54 Equal employment opportunity requirements: Before July 1, 1968.
151.54a Equal employment opportunity requirements: After June 30, 1968.
151.55 Accounting and audit.
151.57 Grant payments: General.
151.59 Grant payments: Land acquisition.
151.61 Grant payments: Partial.
151.63 Grant payments: Semifinal and final.
151.65 Memoranda and hearings.
151.67 Forms.
Subpart C--Project Programing Standards
151.71 Applicability.
151.72 Incorporation by reference of technical guidelines in Advisory
Circulars.
151.73 Land acquisition.
151.75 Preparation of site.
151.77 Runway paving: General rules.
151.79 Runway paving: Second runway; wind conditions.
151.80 Runway paving: Additional runway; other conditions.
151.81 Taxiway paving.
151.83 Aprons.
151.85 Special treatment areas.
151.86 Lighting and electrical work: General.
151.87 Lighting and electrical work: Standards.
151.89 Roads.
151.91 Removal of obstructions.
151.93 Buildings; utilities; sidewalks; parking areas; and landscaping.
151.95 Fences; distance markers; navigational and landing aids; and
offsite work.
151.97 Maintenance and repair.
151.99 Modifications of programing standards.
Subpart D--Rules and Procedures for Advance Planning and Engineering
Proposals
151.111 Advance planning proposals: General.
151.113 Advance planning proposals: Sponsor eligibility.
151.115 Advance planning proposals: Cosponsorship and agency.
151.117 Advance planning proposals: Procedures; application.
151.119 Advance planning proposals: Procedures; funding.
151.121 Procedures: Offer; sponsor assurances.
151.123 Procedures: Offer; amendment; acceptance; advance planning
agreement.
[[Page 102]]
151.125 Allowable advance planning costs.
151.127 Accounting and audit.
151.129 Payments.
151.131 Forms.
Appendix A to Part 151
Appendix B to Part 151
Appendix C to Part 151
Appendix D to Part 151
Appendix E to Part 151
Appendix F to Part 151
Appendix G to Part 151
Appendix H to Part 151
Appendix I to Part 151
Subpart A--General Requirements
Authority: 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 47151, 47153.
Sec. 151.1 Applicability.
This part prescribes the policies and procedures for administering
the Federal-aid Airport Program under the Federal Airport Act, as
amended (49 U.S.C. 1101 et seq.).
[Doc. No. 1329, 27 FR 12349, Dec. 13, 1962]
Sec. 151.3 National Airport Plan.
(a) Under the Federal Airport Act, the FAA prepares each year a
``National Airport Plan'' for developing public airports in the United
States, Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, and Guam. In terms of general
location and type of development, the National Airport Plan specifies
the maximum limits of airport development that is necessary to provide a
system of public airports adequate to anticipate and meet the needs of
civil aeronautics.
(b) If, within the forecast period, an airport will have a
substantial aeronautical necessity, it may be included in the National
Airport Plan. Only work on an airport included in the current Plan is
eligible for inclusion in the Federal-aid Airport Program to be
undertaken within currently available appropriations and authorizations.
However, the inclusion of an airport in the National Airport Plan does
not commit the United States to include it in the Federal-aid Airport
Program. In addition, the local community concerned is not required to
proceed with planning or development of an airport included in the
National Airport Plan.
[Amdt. 151-8, 30 FR 8039, June 23, 1965]
Sec. 151.5 General policies.
(a) Airport layout plan. As used in this part, ``airport layout
plan'' means the basic plan for the layout of an eligible airport that
shows, as a minimum--
(1) The present boundaries of the airport and of the offsite areas
that the sponsor owns or controls for airport purposes, and of their
proposed additions;
(2) The location and nature of existing and proposed airport
facilities (such as runways, taxiways, aprons, terminal buildings,
hangars, and roads) and of their proposed modifications and extensions;
and
(3) The location of existing and proposed non-aviation areas, and of
their existing improvements.
All airport development under the Federal-aid Airport Program must be
done in accordance with an approved airport layout plan. Each airport
layout plan, and any change in it, is subject to FAA approval. The
Administrator's signature on the face of an original airport layout
plan, or of any change in it, indicates FAA approval. The FAA approves
an airport layout plan only if the airport development is sound and
meets applicable requirements.
(b) Safe, useful, and usable unit. Except as provided in paragraph
(d) of this section, each advance planning and engineering proposal or
airport development project must provide for the planning or development
of--
(1) An airport or unit of an airport that is safe, useful, and
usable; or
(2) An additional facility that increases the safety, usefulness, or
usability of an airport.
(c) National defense needs. The needs of national defense are fully
considered in administering the Federal-aid Airport Program. However,
approval of an advance planning and engineering proposal or a project
application is limited to planning or airport development necessary for
civil aviation.
(d) Stage development. In any case in which airport development can
be accomplished more economically under stage construction, federal
funds may be programmed in advance for the development over two or more
years under two or more grant agreements. In such a case, the FAA makes
a tentative allocation of funds for both the
[[Page 103]]
current and future fiscal years, rather than allocating the entire
federal share in one fiscal year. A grant agreement is made only during
the fiscal year in which funds are authorized to be obligated. Advance
planning and engineering grants are not made under this paragraph.
[Amdt. 151-8, 30 FR 8039, June 23, 1965]
Sec. 151.7 Grants of funds: General policies.
(a) Compliance with sponsorship requirements. The FAA authorizes the
expenditure of funds under the Federal-aid Airport Program for airport
planning and engineering or for airport development only if the
Administrator is satisfied that the sponsor has met or will meet the
requirements established by existing and proposed agreements with the
United States with respect to any airport that the sponsor owns or
controls.
(1) Agreements with the United States to which this requirement of
compliance applies include--
(i) Any grant agreement made under the Federal-aid Airport Program;
(ii) Any covenant in a conveyance under section 16 of the Federal
Airport Act;
(iii) Any covenant in a conveyance of surplus airport property
either under section 13(g) of the Surplus Property Act (50 U.S.C. App.
1622(g)) or under Regulation 16 of the War Assets Administration; and
(iv) Any AP-4 agreement made under the terminated Development
Landing Areas National Defense Program and the Development Civil Landing
Areas Program.
This requirement does not apply to assurances required under section 602
of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 (42 U.S.C. 2000d-1) and Sec. 15.7 of the
Federal Aviation Regulations (14 CFR 15.7).
(2) If it appears that a sponsor has failed to comply with a
requirement of an agreement with the United States with respect to an
airport, the FAA notifies him of this fact and affords him an
opportunity to submit materials to refute the allegation of
noncompliance or to achieve compliance.
(3) If a project is otherwise eligible under the Federal-aid Airport
Program, a grant may be made to a sponsor who has not complied with an
agreement if the sponsor shows--
(i) That the noncompliance is caused by factors beyond his control;
or
(ii) That the following circumstances exist:
(a) The noncompliance consisted of a failure, through mistake or
ignorance, to perform minor conditions in old agreements with the
Federal Government; and
(b) The sponsor is taking reasonable action promptly to correct the
deficiency or the deficiency relates to an obligation that is no longer
required for the safe and efficient use of the airport under existing
law and policy.
(b) Small proposals and projects. Unless there is otherwise a
special need for U.S. participation, the FAA includes an advance
planning and engineering proposal or an airport development project in
the Federal-aid Airport Program only if--
(1) The advance planning and engineering proposal involves more than
$1,000 in United States funds; and
(2) The project application involves more than $5,000 in U.S. funds.
Whenever possible, the sponsor must consolidate small projects on a
single airport in one grant agreement even though the airport
development is to be accomplished over a period of years.
(c) Previously obligated work. Unless the Administrator specifically
authorizes it, no advance planning and engineering proposal or project
application may include any planning, engineering, or construction work
included in a prior agreement with the United States obligating the
sponsor or any other non-U.S. public agency to do the work, and
entitling the sponsor or any other non-United States public agency to
payment of U.S. funds for all or part of the work.
(Secs. 1-15, 17-21, 60 Stat. 170, 49 U.S.C. 1120)
[Amdt. 151-8, 30 FR 8039, June 23, 1965, as amended by Amdt. 151-17, 31
FR 16524, Dec. 28, 1966; Amdt. 151-19, 32 FR 9220, June 29, 1967]
Sec. 151.9 Runway clear zones: General.
(a) Whenever funds are allocated for developing new runways or
landing strips, or to improve or repair existing runways, the sponsor
must own, acquire, or agree to acquire, runway clear
[[Page 104]]
zones. Exceptions are considered (on the basis of a full statement of
facts by the sponsor) upon a showing of uneconomical acquisition costs,
or lack of necessity for the acquisition.
(b) For the purpose of this part, a runway clear zone is an area at
ground level which begins at the end of each primary surface defined in
Sec. 77.27(a) and extends with the width of each approach surface
defined in Sec. 77.27 (b) and (c), to terminate directly below each
approach surface slope at the point, or points, where the slope reaches
a height of 50 feet above the elevation of the runway or 50 feet above
the terrain at the outer extremity of the clear zone, whichever distance
is shorter.
(c) For the purposes of this section, an airport operator or owner
is considered to have an adequate property interest if it has an
easement (or a covenant running with the land) giving it enough control
to rid the clear zone of all obstructions (objects so far as they
project above the approach surfaces established by Sec. 77.27 (b) and
(c) of part 77 of this chapter), and to prevent the creation of future
obstructions; together with the right of entrance and exit for those
purposes, to ensure the safe and unrestricted passage of aircraft in and
over the area.
[Doc. No. 1329, 27 FR 12349, Dec. 13, 1962, as amended by Amdt. 151-7,
30 FR 7484, June 8, 1965; Amdt. 151-21, 33 FR 258, Jan. 9, 1968]
Sec. 151.11 Runway clear zones; requirements.
(a) In projects involving grants-in-aid under the Federal-aid
Airport Program, a sponsor must own, acquire, or agree to acquire an
adequate property interest in runway clear zone areas as prescribed in
paragraph (b), (c), (d), or (e) of this section, as applicable. Property
interests that a sponsor acquires to meet the requirements of this
section are eligible for inclusion in the Program.
(b) On new airports, the sponsor must own, acquire, or agree to
acquire adequate property interests in runway clear zone areas (in
connection with initial land acquisition) for all eligible runways or
landing strips, without substantial deviation from standard
configuration and length.
(c) On existing airports where new runways or landing strips are
developed, the sponsor must own, acquire, or agree to acquire adequate
property interests in runway clear zone areas for each runway and
landing strip to be developed or extended, to the extent that the
Administrator determines practical and feasible considering all facts
presented by the airport owner or operator, preferably without
substantial deviation from standard configuration and length.
(d) On existing airports where improvements are made to runways or
landing strips, the sponsor must own, acquire, or agree to acquire
adequate property interests in runway clear zone areas for each runway
or landing strip that is to be improved to the extent that the
Administrator determines is practical and feasible with regard to
standard configuration, length, and property interests, considering all
facts presented by the airport owner or operator. Any development that
improves a specific runway or landing strip is considered to be a runway
improvement, including runway lighting and the developing or lighting of
taxiways serving a runway.
(e) On existing airports where substantial improvements are made
that do not benefit a specific runway or landing strip, such as overall
grading or drainage, terminal area or building developments, the sponsor
must own, acquire, or agree to acquire adequate property interests in
runway clear zone areas for the dominant runway or landing strip to the
extent that the Administrator determines is practical and feasible, with
regard to standard configuration, length, and property interests,
considering all facts presented by the airport owner or operator.
(f) If a sponsor or other public agency shows that it is legally
able to prevent the future erection or creation of obstructions in the
runway clear zone area, and adopts protective measures to prohibit their
future erection or creation, that showing is acceptable for the purposes
of paragraphs (d) and (e) of this section in place of an adequate
property interest (except for rights required for removing existing
obstructions). In such a case, there must be an agreement between the
FAA and the
[[Page 105]]
sponsor for removing or marking or lighting (to be determined in each
case) any existing obstruction to air navigation In each case, the
sponsor must furnish information as to the specific height limitations
established and as to the current and foreseeable future use of the
property to which they apply. The information must include an acceptable
legal opinion of the validity of the measures adopted, including a
conclusion that the height limitations are not unreasonable in view of
current and foreseeable future use of the property, and are a reasonable
exercise of the police power, together with the reasons or basis
supporting the opinion.
(g) The authority exercised by the Administrator under paragraphs
(b), (c), (d), and (e) of this section to allow a deviation from, or the
extent of conformity to, standard configuration or length of runway
clear zones, or to determine the adequacy of property interests therein,
is also exercised by Regional Directors.
[Doc. No. 1329, 27 FR 12350, Dec. 13, 1962, as amended by Amdt. 151-22,
33 FR 8267, June 4, 1968; Amdt. 151-25, 33 FR 14535, Sept. 27, 1968]
Sec. 151.13 Federal-aid Airport Program: Policy affecting landing aid requirements.
(a) Landing aid requirements. No project for developing or improving
an airport may be approved for the Program unless it provides for
acquiring or installing such of the following landing aids as the
Administrator determines are needed for the safe and efficient use of
the airport by aircraft, considering the category of the airport and the
type and volume of traffic using it:
(1) Land needed for installing approach lighting systems (ALS).
(2) In-runway lighting.
(3) High intensity runway lighting.
(4) Runway distance markers.
For the purposes of this section ``approach lighting system (ALS)'' is a
standard configuration of aeronautical ground lights in the approach
area to a runway or channel to assist a pilot in making an approach to
the runway or channel.
(b) Specific landing aid requirements. The landing aids set forth in
paragraphs (a) (1) through (4) of this section are required for the safe
and efficient use of airports by aircraft in the following cases:
(1) Lands for installing approach lighting systems are required as
part of a project if the installing of the components of the system on
the airport is in an approved FAA budget, unless the sponsor has already
acquired the land necessary for the system or is otherwise undertaking
to acquire that land. If the sponsor is otherwise undertaking to acquire
the land, the grant agreement for the project must obligate the sponsor
to complete the acquisition within a time limit prescribed by the
Administrator. The Administrator immediately notifies a sponsor when a
budget is approved providing for installing an approach lighting system
at the airport concerned.
(2) In-runway lighting is required as part of a project:
(i) If the project includes:
(a) Construction of a new runway designated by the FAA as an
instrument landing runway for which the installation of an IFR precision
approach system including ALS and ILS, has been programed by the FAA
with funds then available therefor;
(b) An extension of 3,000 feet or more (usable for landing purposes)
of the approach end of a designated instrument landing runway equipped,
or programed by the FAA, with funds then available therefor, to be
equipped, with an IFR precision approach system including ALS and ILS;
(c) Reconstruction of a designated instrument landing runway
equipped, or programed by the FAA, with funds then available therefor,
to be equipped with an IFR precision approach system including ALS and
ILS, if the reconstruction requires the closing of the runway; or
(d) Any other airport development on an airport whose designated
instrument landing runway is equipped, or programed by the FAA, with
funds then available therefor, to be equipped with an IFR precision
approach system including ALS and ILS; and
(ii) Only if a study of the airport shows that in-runway lighting is
required for the safe and efficient use of the airport by aircraft,
after the Administrator considers the following:
[[Page 106]]
(a) The type and volume of flight activity;
(b) Other existing or planned navigational aids;
(c) Airport environmental factors such as local weather conditions
and adjacent geographic profiles;
(d) Approach and departure paths;
(e) Effect on landing and takeoff minima; and
(f) In the case of projects under paragraph (b)(2)(i)(d) of this
section, whether installing in-runway lighting requires closing the
runway for so long a time that the adverse effect on safety of its
closing would outweigh the contribution to safety that would be gained
by the in-runway lights or whether it would unduly interfere with the
efficiency of aircraft operations.
(3) High intensity runway edge lighting on the designated instrument
landing runway is required as a part of a project whenever that runway
is equipped or programed for the installation of an ILS and high
intensity runway edge lights are not then installed on the runway or
included in another project. A project for extending a runway that has
high intensity runway edge lights on the existing runway requires, as a
part of the project, the extension of the high intensity runway edge
lights.
(4) Runway distance markers whose design standards have been
approved and published by the FAA are required as a part of a project on
a case-by-case basis if, after reviewing the pertinent facts and
circumstances of the case, the Administrator determines that they are
needed for the safe and efficient use of the airport by aircraft.
[Doc. No. 1329, 27 FR 12350, Dec. 13, 1962, as amended by Amdt. 151-3,
28 FR 12613, Nov. 27, 1963; Amdt. 151-33, 34 FR 9708, June 21, 1969]
Sec. 151.15 Federal-aid Airport Program: Policy affecting runway or taxiway remarking.
No project for developing or improving an airport may be approved
for the Program unless it provides for runway or taxiway remarking if
the present marking is obliterated by construction, alteration or repair
work included in a FAAP project or by the required routing of
construction equipment used therein.
[Amdt. 151-17, 31 FR 16524, Dec. 28, 1966]
Subpart B--Rules and Procedures for Airport Development Projects
Authority: 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 47151, 47153.
Source: Docket No. 1329, 27 FR 12351, Dec. 13, 1962, unless
otherwise noted.
Sec. 151.21 Procedures: Application; general information.
(a) An eligible sponsor that desires to obtain Federal aid for
eligible airport development must submit to the Area Manager of the area
in which the sponsor is located (hereinafter in this part referred to as
the ``Area Manager''), a request on FAA Form 5100-3, accompanied by--
(1) The sponsor's written statement as to whether the proposed
project involves the displacement and relocation of persons residing on
land physically acquired or to be acquired for the project development;
and
(2) The sponsor's written assurance, if the project involves
displacement and relocation of such persons, that adequate replacement
housing will be available or provided for (built, if necessary), without
regard to their race, color, religion, sex, or national origin, before
the execution of a grant agreement for the project.
(b) A proposed project is selected for inclusion in a program only
if the sponsor has submitted a written assurance when required by
paragraph (a)(2) of this section, or if the Administrator has determined
that the project does not involve the displacement and relocation of
persons residing on land to be physically acquired or to be acquired for
the project development. If the Administrator selects a proposed project
for inclusion in a program, a tentative allocation of funds is made for
it and the sponsor is notified of the allocation. The tentative
allocation may be withdrawn if the sponsor fails to submit an acceptable
project application as provided in paragraph (c) of this section or
fails to proceed diligently with the project, or if adequate replacement
housing is not available or provided for
[[Page 107]]
in accordance with a written assurance when required by paragraph (a)(2)
of this section.
(c) As soon as practicable after receiving notice of the tentative
allocation, the sponsor must submit a project application on FAA Form
1624 to the Area Manager, without changing the language of the form,
unless the change is approved in advance by the Administrator. In the
case of a joint project, each sponsor executes only those provisions of
the project application that apply to it. A sponsor who has executed a
grant agreement for a project for the development of an airport under
the Program, may, in the Administrator's discretion, submit additional
project applications on FAA Form 1624 for further development of that
airport.
(49 U.S.C. 1120, 1655(c); sec. 6(c), Dept. of Transportation Act; sec.
1.4(b)(1) of the regulations of the Office of the Secretary of
Transportation; Federal Airport Act, as amended)
[Doc. No. 1329, 27 FR 12351, Dec. 13, 1962, as amended by Amdt. 151-11,
31 FR 6686, May 5, 1966; Amdt. 151-32, 34 FR 9617, June 19, 1969; Amdt.
151-39, 35 FR 5536, Apr. 3, 1970]
Sec. 151.23 Procedures: Application; funding information.
Each sponsor must state in its application that it has on hand, or
show that it can obtain as needed, funds to pay all estimated costs of
the proposed project that are not borne by the United States or by
another sponsor. If any of the funds are to be furnished to a sponsor,
or used to pay project costs on behalf of a sponsor, by a State agency
or any other public agency that is not a sponsor of the project, that
agency may, instead of the sponsor, submit evidence that the funds will
be provided if the project is approved.
[Doc. No. 1329, 27 FR 12351, Dec. 13, 1962, as amended by Amdt. 151-34,
34 FR 12883, Aug. 8, 1969]
Sec. 151.24 Procedures: Application; information on estimated project costs.
(a) If any part of the estimated project costs consists of the value
of donated land, labor, materials, or equipment, or of the value of a
property interest in land acquired at a cost that (as represented by the
sponsor) is not the actual cost or the amount of an award in eminent
domain proceedings, the sponsor must so state in the application,
indicating the nature of the donation or other transaction and the value
it places on it.
(b) If, after the grant agreement is executed and before the final
payment of the allowable project costs is made under Sec. 151.63, it
appears that the sponsor inadvertently or unknowingly failed to comply
with paragraph (a) of this section as to any item, the Administrator--
(1) Makes or obtains an appraisal of the item, and if the appraised
value is less than the value placed on the item in the project
application, notifies the sponsor that it may, within a stated time, ask
in writing for reconsideration of the appraisal and submit statements of
pertinent facts and opinion; and
(2) Adjusts the U.S. share of the project costs to reflect any
decrease in value of the item below that stated in the project
application.
[Amdt. 151-34, 34 FR 12883, Aug. 8, 1969]
Sec. 151.25 Procedures: Application; information as to property interests.
(a) Each sponsor must state in its application all of the property
interests that he holds in the lands to be developed or used as part of,
or in connection with, the airport as it will be when the project is
completed. Each project application contains a covenant on the part of
the sponsor to acquire, before starting construction work, or within a
reasonable time if not needed for the construction, property interests
satisfactory to the Administrator in all the lands in which it does not
hold those property interests at the time it submits the application. In
the case of a joint project, any one or more of the sponsors may hold or
acquire the necessary property interests. In such a case, each sponsor
may show on its application only those property interests that it holds
or is to acquire.
(b) Each sponsor of a project must send with its application a
property map (designated as Exhibit A) or incorporate such a map by
reference to one in a previous application that was approved. The
sponsor must clearly identify on the map all property interests
[[Page 108]]
required in paragraph (a) of this section, showing prior and proposed
acquisitions for which United States aid is requested under the project.
(c) For the purposes of paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section, the
property interest that the sponsor must have or agree to obtain, is--
(1) Title free and clear of any reversionary interest, lien,
easement, lease, or other encumbrance that, in the opinion of the
Administrator, would create an undue risk that it might deprive the
sponsor of possession or control, interfere with its use for public
airport purposes, or make it impossible for the sponsor to carry out the
agreements and covenants in the application;
(2) A lease of not less than 20 years granted to the sponsor by
another public agency that has title as described in paragraph (c)(1) of
this section, on terms that the Administrator considers satisfactory; or
(3) In the case of an offsite area an agreement, easement,
leasehold, or other right or property interest that, in the
Administrator's opinion, provides reasonable assurance that the sponsor
will not be deprived of its right to use the land for the intended
purpose during the period necessary to meet the requirements of the
grant agreement.
(d) For the purposes of this section, the word ``land'' includes
landing areas, building areas, runway clear zones, clearways and
approach zones, and areas required for offsite construction, entrance
roads, drainage, protection of approaches, installation of air
navigation facilities, or other airport purposes.
Sec. 151.26 Procedures: Applications; compatible land use information; consideration of local community interest; relocation of displaced persons.
(a) Each sponsor must state in its application the action that it
has taken to restrict the use of land adjacent to or in the immediate
vicinity of the airport to activities and purposes compatible with
normal airport operations including landing and take-off of aircraft.
The sponsor's statement must include information on--
(1) Any property interests (such as airspace easements or title to
airspace) acquired by the sponsor to assure compatible land use, or to
protect or control aerial approaches;
(2) Any zoning laws enacted or in force restricting the use of land
adjacent to or in the vicinity of the airport, or assuring protection or
control of aerial approaches, whether or not enacted by the sponsor; and
(3) Any action taken by the sponsor to induce the appropriate
government authority to enact zoning laws restricting the use of land
adjacent to or in the vicinity of the airport, or assuring protection or
control of aerial approaches, when the sponsor lacks the power to zone
the land.
(b) Each sponsor must submit with his application--
(1) A written statement--
(i) Specifying what consideration has been given to the interest of
all communities in or near which the project is located; and
(ii) Containing the substance of any objection to, or approval of,
the proposed project made known to the sponsor by any local individual,
group or community; and
(2) A written statement showing that adequate replacement housing
that is open to all persons, regardless of race, color, religion, sex,
or national origin, is available and has been offered on the same
nondiscriminatory basis to persons who have resided on land physically
acquired or to be acquired for the project development and who will be
displaced thereby.
[Amdt. 151-8, 30 FR 8039, June 23, 1965, as amended by Amdt. 151-17, 31
FR 16524, Dec. 28, 1966; Amdt. 151-39, 35 FR 5537, Apr. 3, 1970]
Sec. 151.27 Procedures: Application, plans, specifications, and appraisals.
(a) Except as provided in paragraph (b) of this section, each
sponsor shall incorporate by reference in its project application the
final plans and specifications, describing the items of airport
development for which it requests United States aid. It must submit the
plans and specifications with the application unless they were
previously submitted or are submitted with that of another sponsor of
the project.
[[Page 109]]
(b) In special cases, the Administrator authorizes the postponement
of the submission of final plans and specifications until a later date
to be specified in the grant agreement, if the sponsor has submitted--
(1) An airport layout plan approved by the Administrator; and
(2) Preliminary plans and specifications in enough detail to
identify all items of development included in the project, and prepared
so as to provide for accomplishing the project in accordance with the
master plan layout, the rules in subparts B and C and applicable local
laws and regulations.
(c) If the project involves acquiring a property interest in land by
donation, or at a cost that (as represented by the sponsor) is not the
actual cost or the amount of an award in eminent domain proceedings, the
Administrator, before passing on the eligibility of the project makes or
obtains an appraisal of the interest. If the appraised value is less
than the value placed on the interest by the sponsor (Sec. 151.23), the
Administrator notifies the sponsor that he may within a stated time, ask
in writing for reconsideration of the appraisal and submit statements of
pertinent facts and opinion.
[Doc. No. 1329, 27 FR 12351, Dec. 13, 1962 as amended by Amdt. 151-8, 30
FR 8039, June 23, 1965; Amdt. 151-17, 31 FR 16524, Dec. 28, 1966]
Sec. 151.29 Procedures: Offer, amendment, and acceptance.
(a) Upon approving a project, the Administrator makes an offer to
the sponsor to pay the United States share of the allowable project
costs. The offer states a definite amount as the maximum obligation of
the United States, and is subject to change or withdrawal by the
Administrator, in his discretion, at any time before it is accepted.
(b) If, before the sponsor accepts the offer, it is determined that
the maximum obligation of the United States stated in the offer is not
enough to pay the United States share of the allowable project costs,
the sponsor may request an increase in the amount in the offer, through
the Area Manager.
(c) An official of the sponsor must accept the offer for the sponsor
within the time prescribed in the offer, and in the required number of
counterparts, by signing it in the space provided. The signing official
must have been authorized to sign the acceptance by a resolution or
ordinance adopted by the sponsor's governing body. The resolution or
ordinance must, as appropriate under the local law--
(1) Set forth the terms of the offer at length; or
(2) Have a copy of the offer attached to the resolution or ordinance
and incorporated into it by reference.
The sponsor must attach a certified copy of the resolution to each
executed copy of an accepted offer or grant agreement that it is
required to send to the Area Manager.
Sec. 151.31 Procedures: Grant agreement.
(a) An offer by the Administrator, and acceptance by the sponsor, as
set forth in Sec. 151.29, constitute a grant agreement between the
sponsor and the United States. Except as provided in Sec. 151.41(c)(3),
the United States does not pay, and is not obligated to pay, any part of
the project costs that have been or may be incurred, before the grant
agreement is executed.
(b) The Administrator and the sponsor may agree to a change in a
grant agreement if--
(1) The change does not increase the maximum obligation of the
United States under the grant agreement by more than 10 percent;
(2) The change provides only for airport development that meets the
requirements of subparts B and C; and
(3) The change does not prejudice the interests of the United
States.
(c) When a change is agreed to, the Administrator issues a
supplemental agreement incorporating the change. The sponsor must accept
the supplemental agreement in the manner provided in Sec. 151.29(c).
[Doc. No. 1329, 27 FR 12351, Dec. 13, 1962, as amended by Amdt. 151-8,
30 FR 8040, June 23, 1965]
Sec. 151.33 Cosponsorship and agency.
(a) Any two or more public agencies that desire to participate
either in accomplishing development under a project or in maintaining or
operating the airport, may cosponsor it if they meet the requirements of
subparts B and C, including--
[[Page 110]]
(1) The eligibility requirements of Sec. 151.37; and
(2) The submission of a single project application, executed by each
sponsor, clearly stating the certifications, representations,
warranties, and obligations made or assumed by each, or a separate
application by each that does not meet all the requirements of subparts
B and C if in the Administrator's opinion, the applications collectively
meet the requirements of subparts B and C as applied to a project with a
single sponsor.
(b) A public agency that desires to participate in a project only by
contributing funds to a sponsor need not become a sponsor or an agent of
the sponsor, as provided in this section. However, any funds that it
contributes are considered as funds of the sponsor for the purposes of
the Federal Airport Act and this part.
(c) If the sponsors of a joint project are not each willing to
assume, jointly and severally, the obligations that subparts B and C
requires a sponsor to assume, they must send a true copy of an agreement
between them, satisfactory to the Administrator, to be incorporated into
the grant agreement. Each agreement must state--
(1) The responsibilities of each sponsor to the others with respect
to accomplishing the proposed development and operating and maintaining
the airport;
(2) The obligations that each will assume to the United States; and
(3) The name of the sponsor or sponsors who will accept, receipt
for, and disburse grant payments.
If an offer is made to the sponsors of a joint project, as provided in
Sec. 151.29, it contains a specific condition that it is made in
accordance with the agreement between the sponsors (and the agreement is
incorporated therein by reference) and that, by accepting the offer,
each sponsor assumes only its respective obligations as set forth in the
agreement.
(d) A public agency may, if it is authorized by local law, act as
agent of the public agency that is to own and operate the airport, with
or without participating financially and without becoming a sponsor. The
terms and conditions of the agency and the agent's authority to act for
the sponsor must be set forth in an agency agreement that is
satisfactory to the Administrator. The sponsor must submit a true copy
of the agreement with the project application. Such an agent may accept,
on behalf of the sponsor, an offer made under Sec. 151.29, only if that
acceptance has been specifically and legally authorized by the sponsor's
governing body and the authority is specifically set forth in the agency
agreement.
(e) When the cosponsors of an airport are not located in the same
area, they must submit a joint request to the Area Manager of the area
in which the airport development will be located.
[Doc. No. 1329, 27 FR 12351, Dec. 13, 1962, as amended by Amdt. 151-8,
30 FR 8040, June 23, 1965; Amdt. 151-11, 31 FR 6686, May 5, 1966]
Sec. 151.35 Airport development and facilities to which subparts B and C apply.
(a) Subparts B and C applies to the following kinds of airport
development:
(1) Any work involved in constructing, improving, or repairing a
public airport or part thereof, including the constructing, altering, or
repairing of only those buildings or parts thereof that are intended to
house facilities or activities directly related to the safety of persons
at the airport.
(2) Removing, lowering, relocating, marking, and lighting of airport
hazards as defined in Sec. 151.39(b).
(3) Acquiring land or an interest therein, or any easement through
or other interest in air space, that is necessary to allow any work
covered by paragraph (a)(1) or (2) of this section, or to remove or
mitigate, or prevent or limit the establishment of, airport hazards as
defined in Sec. 151.39(b).
It does not apply to the constructing, altering, or repair of airport
hangars or public parking facilities for passenger automobiles.
(b) The airport facilities to which subparts B and C applies are
those structures, runways, or other items, on or at an airport, that
are--
(1) Used or intended to be used, in connection with the landing,
takeoff, or maneuvering of aircraft, or for or in connection with
operating and maintaining the airport itself; or
[[Page 111]]
(2) Required to be located at the airport for use by the users of
its aeronautical facilities or by airport operators, concessionaires,
and other users of the airport in connection with providing services or
commodities to the users of those aeronautical facilities.
(c) For the purposes of subparts B and C, ``public airport'' means
an airport used for public purposes, under the control of a public
agency named in Sec. 151.37(a), with a publicly owned landing area.
[Doc. No. 1329, 27 FR 12351, Dec. 13, 1962, as amended by Amdt. 151-8,
30 FR 8040, June 23, 1965]
Sec. 151.37 Sponsor eligibility.
To be eligible to apply for an individual or joint project for
development with respect to a particular airport a sponsor must--
(a) Be a public agency, which includes for the purposes of this part
only, a State, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, the Virgin
Islands, Guam or an agency of any of them; a municipality or other
political subdivision; a tax-supported organization; or the United
States or an agency thereof;
(b) Be legally, financially, and otherwise able to--
(1) Make the certifications, representations, and warranties in the
application form prescribed in Sec. 151.67(a);
(2) Make, keep, and perform the assurances, agreements, and
covenants in that form; and
(3) Meet the other applicable requirements of the Federal Airport
Act and subparts B and C;
(c) Have, or be able to obtain, enough funds to meet the
requirements of Sec. 151.23; and
(d) Have, or be able to obtain, property interests that meet the
requirements of Sec. 151.25(a).
For the purpose of paragraph (a) of this section, the United States, or
an agency thereof, is not eligible for a project under subparts B and C,
unless the project--
(1) Is located in Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, or Guam;
(2) Is in or is in close proximity to a national park, a national
recreation area, or a national monument; or
(3) Is in a national forest or a special reservation for United
States purposes.
[Doc. No. 1329, 27 FR 12351, Dec. 13, 1962, as amended by Amdt. 151-8,
30 FR 8040, June 23, 1965]
Sec. 151.39 Project eligibility.
(a) A project for construction or land acquisition may not be
approved under subparts B and C unless--
(1) It is an item of airport development described in
Sec. 151.35(a);
(2) The airport development is within the scope of the current
National Airport Plan;
(3) The airport development is, in the opinion of the Administrator,
reasonably necessary to provide a needed civil airport facility;
(4) The Administrator is satisfied that the project is reasonably
consistent with existing plans of public agencies for the development of
the area in which the airport is located and will contribute to the
accomplishment of the purposes of the Federal-aid Airport Program;
(5) The Administrator is satisfied, after considering the pertinent
information including the sponsor's statements required by
Sec. 151.26(b), that--
(i) Fair consideration has been given to the interest of all
communities in or near which the project is located; and
(ii) Adequate replacement housing that is open to all persons,
regardless of race, color, religion, sex, or national origin, is
available and has been offered on the same nondiscriminatory basis to
persons who have resided on land physically acquired or to be acquired
for the project development and have been or will be displaced thereby;
(6) The project provides for installing such of the landing aids
specified in section 10(d) of the Federal Airport Act (49 U.S.C.
1109(d)) as the Administrator considers are needed for the safe and
efficient use of the airport by aircraft, based on the category of the
airport and the type and volume of its traffic.
(b) Only the following kinds of airport development described in
Sec. 151.35(a) are eligible to be included in a project under subparts B
and C:
(1) Preparing all or part of an airport site, including clearing,
grubbing filling and grading.
[[Page 112]]
(2) Dredging of seaplane anchorages and channels.
(3) Drainage work, on or off the airport or airport site.
(4) Constructing, altering, or repairing airport buildings or parts
thereof to the extent that it is covered by Sec. 151.35(a).
(5) Constructing, altering, or repairing runways, taxiways, and
aprons, including--
(i) Bituminous resurfacing of pavements with a minimum of 100 pounds
of plant-mixed material for each square yard;
(ii) Applying bituminous surface treatment on a pavement (in
accordance with FAA Specification P-609), the existing surface of which
consists of that kind of surface treatment; and
(iii) Resealing a runway that has been substantially extended or
partially reconstructed, if that resealing is necessary for the uniform
color and appearance of the runway.
(6) Fencing, erosion control, seeding and sodding of an airport or
airport site.
(7) Installing, altering, or repairing airport markers and runway,
taxiway and apron lighting facilities and equipment.
(8) Constructing, altering, or repairing entrance roads and airport
service roads.
(9) Constructing, installing, or connecting utilities, either on or
off the airport or airport site.
(10) Removing, lowering, relocating marking, or lighting any airport
hazard.
(11) Clearing, grading, and filling to allow the installing of
landing aids.
(12) Relocating structures, roads, and utilities necessary to allow
eligible airport development.
(13) Acquiring land or an interest therein, or any easement through
or other interest in airspace, when necessary to--
(i) Allow other airport development to be made, whether or not a
part of the Federal-aid Airport Program;
(ii) Prevent or limit the establishment of airport hazards;
(iii) Allow the removal, lowering, relocation, marking, and lighting
of existing airport hazards;
(iv) Allow the installing of landing aids; or
(v) Allow the proper use, operation, maintenance, and management of
the airport as a public facility.
(14) Any other airport development described in Sec. 151.35(a) that
is specifically approved by the Administrator.
For the purposes of paragraph (b)(10) of this section, an airport hazard
is any structure or object of natural growth located on or in the
vicinity of a public airport, or any use of land in the vicinity of the
airport, that obstructs the airspace needed for the landing or takeoff
of aircraft or is otherwise hazardous to the landing or takeoff of
aircraft. For the purposes of paragraph (b)(13) of this section, land
acquisition includes the acquiring of land that is already developed as
a private airport and the structures, fixtures, and improvements that
are a part of realty (other than hangars, other ineligible structures
and parts thereof, fixtures, and improvements).
(c) A project for acquiring land that has been or will be donated to
the sponsor is not eligible for inclusion in the Federal-aid Airport
Program, unless the project also includes other items of airport
development that would require a sponsor's contribution equal to or more
than the United States share of the value of the donated land as
appraised by the Administrator.
[Doc. No. 1329, 27 FR 12351, Dec. 13, 1962, as amended by Amdt. 151-8,
30 FR 8040, June 23, 1965; Amdt. 151-17, 31 FR 16524, Dec. 28, 1966;
Amdt. 151-37, 35 FR 5112, Mar. 26, 1970; Amdt. 151-39, 35 FR 5537, Apr.
3, 1970]
Sec. 151.41 Project costs.
(a) For the purposes of subparts B and C, project costs consist of
any costs involved in accomplishing a project, including those of--
(1) Making field surveys;
(2) Preparing plans and specifications;
(3) Accomplishing or procuring the accomplishing of the work;
(4) Supervising and inspecting construction work;
(5) Acquiring land, or an interest therein, or any casement through
or other interest in airspace; and
(6) Administrative and other incidental costs incurred specifically
in
[[Page 113]]
connection with accomplishing a project, and that would not have
otherwise been incurred.
(b) The costs described in paragraph (a) of this section, including
the value of land, labor, materials, and equipment donated or loaned to
the sponsor and appropriated to the project by the sponsor, are eligible
for consideration as to their allowability, except for--
(1) That part of the cost of rehabilitation or repair for which
funds have been appropriated under section 17 of the Federal Airport Act
(49 U.S.C. 1116);
(2) That part of the cost of acquiring an existing private airport
that represents the cost of acquiring passenger automobile parking
facilities, buildings to be used as hangars, living quarters, or for
nonairport purposes, at the airport, and those buildings or parts of
buildings the construction of which is not airport development within
the meaning of Sec. 151.35(a);
(3) The cost of materials and supplies owned by the sponsor or
furnished from a source of supply owned by the sponsor if--
(i) Those materials and supplies were used for airport development
before the grant agreement was executed; or
(ii) The cost is not supported by proper evidence of quantity and
value;
(4) The cost of nonexpendable machinery, tools, or equipment owned
by the sponsor and used under a project by the sponsors force account,
except to the extent of the fair rental value of that machinery, tools,
or equipment for the period it is used on the project;
(5) The costs of general area, urban, or statewide planning of
airports, as distinguished from planning a specific project;
(6) The value of any land, including improvements, donated to the
sponsor by another public agency; and
(7) Any costs incurred in connection with raising funds by the
sponsor, including interest and premium charges and administrative
expenses involved in conducting bond elections and in the sale of bonds.
(c) To be an allowable project cost, for the purposes of computing
the amount of a grant, an item that is paid or incurred must, in the
opinion of the Administrator--
(1) Have been necessary to accomplish airport development in
conformity with the approved plans and specifications for an approved
project and with the terms of the grant agreement for the project;
(2) Be reasonable in amount (or be subject to partial disallowance
under section 13(a)(3) of the Federal Airport Act (49 U.S.C.
1112(a)(3));
(3) Have been incurred after the date the grant agreement was
executed, except that costs of land acquisition, field surveys,
planning, preparing plans and specifications, and administrative and
incidental costs, may be allowed even though they were incurred before
that date, if they were incurred after May 13, 1946; and
(4) Be supported by satisfactory evidence.
[Doc. No. 1329, 27 FR 12351, Dec. 13, 1962, as amended by Amdt. 151-8,
30 FR 8040, June 23, 1965; Amdt. 151-14, 31 FR 11747, Sept. 8, 1966]
Sec. 151.43 United States share of project costs.
(a) The United States share of the allowable costs of a project is
stated in the grant agreement for the project, to be paid from
appropriations made under the Federal Airport Act.
(b) Except as provided in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section and
in subpart C of this part, the United States share of the costs of an
approved project for airport development (regardless of its size or
location) is 50 percent of the allowable costs of the project.
(c) The U.S. share of the costs of an approved project for airport
development in a State in which the unappropriated and unreserved public
lands and nontaxable Indian lands (individual and tribal) is more than 5
percent of its total land, is the percentage set forth in the following
table:
------------------------------------------------------------------------
State Percent
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Alaska........................................................ 62.50
Arizona....................................................... 60.80
California.................................................... 53.72
Colorado...................................................... 52.98
Idaho......................................................... 55.80
Montana....................................................... 52.99
Nevada........................................................ 62.50
New Mexico.................................................... 56.14
Oregon........................................................ 55.64
South Dakota.................................................. 52.53
Utah.......................................................... 60.65
Washington.................................................... 51.53
[[Page 114]]
Wyoming....................................................... 56.33
------------------------------------------------------------------------
(d) The United States share of the costs of an approved project,
representing the costs of any of the following, is 75 percent:
(1) The costs of installing high intensity runway edge lighting on a
designated instrument landing runway or other runway with an approved
straight-in approach procedure.
(2) The costs of installing in-runway lighting (touchdown zone
lighting system, and centerline lighting system).
(3) The costs of installing runway distance markers.
(4) The costs of acquiring land, or a suitable property interest in
land or in or over water, needed for installing operating, and
maintaining an ALS (as described in Sec. 151.13).
(5) The costs of any project in the Virgin Islands.
[Doc. No. 1329, 27 FR 12351, Dec. 13, 1962 as amended by Amdt. 151-17,
31 FR 16524, Dec. 28, 1966; Amdt. 151-20, 32 FR 17471; Dec. 6, 1967;
Amdt. 151-35, 34 FR 13699, Aug. 27, 1969; Amdt. 151-36, 34 FR 19501 Dec.
10, 1969]
Sec. 151.45 Performance of construction work: General requirements.
(a) All construction work under a project must be performed under
contract, except in a case where the Administrator determines that the
project, or a part of it, can be more effectively and economically
accomplished on a force account basis by the sponsor or by another
public agency acting for or as agent of the sponsor.
(b) Each contract under a project must meet the requirements of
local law.
(c) No sponsor may issue any change order under any of its
construction contracts or enter into a supplemental agreement unless
three copies of that order or agreement have been sent to and approved
by the Area Manager. Secs. 151.47 and 151.49 apply to supplemental
agreements as well as to original contracts.
(d) This section and Secs. 151.47 through 151.49 do not apply to
contracts with the owners of airport hazards, (as described in
Sec. 151.39(b)), buildings, pipe lines, power lines, or other structures
or facilities, for installing, extending, changing, removing, or
relocating that structure or facility. However, the sponsor must obtain
the approval of the Area Manager before entering into such a contract.
(e) No sponsor may allow a contractor or subcontractor to begin work
under a project until--
(1) The sponsor has furnished three conformed copies of the contract
to the Area Manager; and
(2) The Area Manager agrees to the issuance of a notice to proceed
with the work to the contractor. However, the Area Manager does not
agree to the issuance of such a notice unless he is satisfied that
adequate replacement housing is available and has been offered to
affected persons, as required for project eligibility by
Sec. 151.39(a)(5).
(f) Except when the Area Manager determines that the sponsor has
previously demonstrated satisfactory engineering and construction
supervision and inspection, no sponsor may allow a contractor or
subcontractor to begin work, nor may the sponsor begin force account
work, until the sponsor has notified the Area Manager in writing that
engineering and construction supervision and inspection have been
arranged to insure that construction will conform to FAA approved plans
and specifications, and that the sponsor has caused a review to be made
of the qualifications of personnel who will be performing such
supervision and inspection and is satisfied that they are qualified to
do so.
[Doc. No. 1329, 27 FR 12351, Dec. 13, 1962, as amended by Amdt. 151-31,
34 FR 4885, Mar. 6, 1969; Amdt. 151-39, 35 FR 5537, Apr. 3, 1970]
Sec. 151.47 Performance of construction work: Letting of contracts.
(a) Advertising required; exceptions. Unless the Administrator
approves another method for use on a particular airport development
project, each contract for construction work on a project in the amount
of more than $2,000 must be awarded on the basis of public advertising
and open competitive bidding under the local law applicable to the
letting of public contracts. Any oral or written agreement or
understanding between a sponsor and another public agency that is not a
sponsor of the project, under which that
[[Page 115]]
public agency undertakes construction work for or as agent of the
sponsor, is not considered to be a construction contract for the
purposes of this section, or Secs. 151.45, 151.49, and 151.51.
(b) Advertisement; conditions and contents. There may be no
advertisement for bids on, or negotiation of, a construction contract
until the Administrator has approved the plans and specifications. The
advertisement shall inform the bidders of the contract and reporting
provisions required by Sec. 151.54. Unless the estimated contract price
or construction cost is $2,000 or less, there may be no advertisement
for bids or negotiation until the Administrator has given the sponsor a
copy of a decision of the Secretary of Labor establishing the minimum
wage rates for skilled and unskilled labor under the proposed contract.
In each case, a copy of the wage determination decision must be set
forth in the initial invitation for bids or proposed contract or
incorporated therein by reference to a copy set forth in the advertised
or negotiated specifications.
(c) Procedure for the Secretary of Labor's wage determinations. At
least 60 days before the intended date of advertising or negotiating
under paragraph (b) of this section, the sponsor shall send to the Area
Manager, completed Department of Labor Form DB-11, with only the
classifications needed in the performance of the work checked. General
entries (such as ``entire schedule'' or ``all applicable
classifications'') may not be used. Additional necessary classifications
not on the form may be typed in the blank spaces or on an attached
separate list. A classification that can be fitted into classifications
on the form, or a classification that is not generally recognized in the
area or in the industry, may not be used. Except in areas where the wage
patterns are clearly established, the Form must be accompanied by any
available pertinent wage payment or locally prevailing fringe benefit
information.
(d) Use and effectiveness of the Secretary of Labor's wage
determinations. (1) Wage determinations are effective only for 120 days
from the date of the determinations. If it appears that a determination
may expire between bid opening and award, the sponsor shall so advise
the FAA as soon as possible. If he wishes a new request for wage
determination to be made and if any pertinent circumstances have
changed, he shall submit a new Form DB-11 and accompanying information.
If he claims that the determination expires before award and after bid
opening due to unavoidable circumstances, he shall submit proof of the
facts which he claims support a finding to that effect.
(2) The Secretary of Labor may modify any wage determination before
the award of the contract or contracts for which it was sought. If the
proposed contract is awarded on the basis of public advertisement and
open competitive bidding, any modification that the FAA receives less
than 10 days before the opening of bids is not effective, unless the
Administrator finds that there is reasonable time to notify bidders. A
modification may not continue in effect beyond the effective period of
the wage determination to which it relates. The Administrator sends any
modification to the sponsor as soon as possible. If the modification is
effective, it must be incorporated in the invitation for bids, by
issuing an addendum to the specifications or otherwise.
(e) Requirements for awarding construction contracts. A sponsor may
not award a construction contract without the written concurrence of the
Administrator (through the Area Manager) that the contract prices are
reasonable and that the contract conforms to the sponsor's grant
agreement with the United States. A sponsor that awards contracts on the
basis of public advertising and open competitive bidding, shall, after
the bids are opened, send a tabulation of the bids and its
recommendations for award to the Area Manager. The allowable project
costs of the work, on which the Federal participation is computed, may
not be more than the bid of the lowest responsible bidder. The sponsor
may not accept a bid by a contractor whose name appears on the current
list of ineligible contractors published by the Comptroller General of
the United States under Sec. 5.6(b) of Title 29 of the regulations of
the Secretary of Labor (29 CFR part 5), or a bid by any firm,
corporation, partnership, or association in
[[Page 116]]
which that contractor has a substantial interest.
(f) Secretary of Labor's interpretations apply. Where applicable by
their terms, the regulations of the Secretary of Labor (29 CFR 5.20-
5.32) interpreting the fringe benefit provisions of the Davis-Bacon Act
apply to this section.
[Amdt. 151-6, 29 FR 18001, Dec. 18, 1964]
Sec. 151.49 Performance of construction work: Contract requirements.
(a) Contract provisions. In addition to any other provisions
necessary to ensure completion of the work in accordance with the grant
agreement, each sponsor entering into a construction contract for an
airport development project shall insert in the contract the provisions
required by the Secretary of Labor, as set forth in appendix H of this
part. The Director, Airports Service, may amend any provision in
appendix H from time to time to accord with rule-making action of the
Secretary of Labor. The provisions in the following paragraphs also must
be inserted in the contract:
(1) Federal Aid to Airport Program Project. The work in this
contract is included in Federal-aid Airport Project No. __, which is
being undertaken and accomplished by the [insert sponsor's name] in
accordance with the terms and conditions of a grant agreement between
the [insert sponsor's name] and the United States, under the Federal
Airport Act (49 U.S.C. 1101) and part 151 of the Federal Aviation
Regulations (14 CFR part 151), pursuant to which the United States has
agreed to pay a certain percentage of the costs of the project that are
determined to be allowable project costs under that Act. The United
States is not a party to this contract and no reference in this contract
to the FAA or any representative thereof, or to any rights granted to
the FAA or any representative thereof, or the United States, by the
contract, makes the United States a party to this contract.
(2) Consent to assignment. The contractor shall obtain the prior
written consent of the [insert sponsor's name] to any proposed
assignment of any interest in or part of this contract.
(3) Convict labor. No convict labor may be employed under this
contract.
(4) Veterans' preference. In the employment of labor (except in
executive, administrative, and supervisory positions), preference shall
be given to qualified individuals who have served in the military
service of the United States (as defined in section 101(1) of the
Soldiers' and Sailors' Civil Relief Act of 1940) and have been honorably
discharged from that service, except that preference may be given only
where that labor is available locally and is qualified to perform the
work to which the employment relates.
(5) Withholding: Sponsor from contractor. Whether or not payments or
advances to the [insert sponsor's name] are withheld or suspended by the
FAA, the [insert sponsor's name] may withhold or cause to be withheld
from the contractor so much of the accrued payments or advances as may
be considered necessary to pay laborers and mechanics employed by the
contractor or any subcontractor on the work the full amount of wages
required by this contract.
(6) Nonpayment of wages. If the contractor or subcontractor fails to
pay any laborer or mechanic employed or working on the site of the work
any of the wages required by this contract the [insert sponsor's name]
may, after written notice to the contractor, take such action as may be
necessary to cause the suspension of any further payment or advance of
funds until the violations cease.
(7) FAA inspection and review. The contractor shall allow any
authorized representative of the FAA to inspect and review any work or
materials used in the performance of this contract.
(8) Subcontracts. The contractor shall insert in each of his
subcontracts the provisions contained in paragraphs [insert designations
of 6 paragraphs of contract corresponding to paragraphs (1), (3), (4),
(5), (6) and (7) of this paragraph], and also a clause requiring the
subcontractors to include these provisions in any lower tier
subcontracts which they may enter into, together with a clause requiring
this insertion in any further subcontracts that may in turn be made.
(9) Contract termination. A breach of paragraphs [insert designation
of 3 paragraphs corresponding to paragraphs (6), (7) and (8) of this
paragraph] may be grounds for termination of the contract.
(b) Exemption of certain contracts. Appendix H to this part and
paragraph (a)(5) of this section do not apply to prime contracts of
$2,000 or less.
(c) Adjustment in liquidated damages. A contractor or subcontractor
who has become liable for liquidated damages under paragraph G of
appendix H and who claims that the amount administratively determined as
liquidated damages under section 104(a) of the Contract Work Hours
Standards Act is incorrect or that he violated inadvertently the
Contract Work Hours Standards Act notwithstanding the exercise of due
care, may--
[[Page 117]]
(1) If the amount determined is more than $100, apply to the
Administrator for a recommendation to the Secretary of Labor that an
appropriate adjustment be made or that he be relieved of liability for
such liquidated damages; or
(2) If the amount determined is $100 or less, apply to the
Administrator for an appropriate adjustment in liquidated damages or for
release from liability for the liquidated damages.
(d) Corrected wage determinations. The Secretary of Labor corrects
any wage determination included in any contract under this section
whenever the wage determination contains clerical errors. A correction
may be made at the Administrator's request or on the initiative of the
Secretary of Labor.
(e) Secretary of Labor's interpretations apply. Where applicable by
their terms, the regulations of the Secretary of Labor (29 CFR 5.20-
5.32) interpreting the ``fringe benefit provisions'' of the Davis-Bacon
Act apply to the contract provisions in appendix H, and to this section.
[Amdt. 151-6, 29 FR 18001, Dec. 18, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 151-7, 30
FR 7484, June 6, 1965]
Sec. 151.51 Performance of construction work: Sponsor force account.
(a) Before undertaking any force account construction work, the
sponsor (or any public agency acting as agent for the sponsor) must
obtain the written consent of the Administrator through the Area
Manager. In requesting that consent, the sponsor must submit--
(1) Adequate plans and specifications showing the nature and extent
of the construction work to be performed under that force account;
(2) A schedule of the proposed construction and of the construction
equipment that will be available for the project;
(3) Assurance that adequate labor, material, equipment, engineering
personnel, as well as supervisory and inspection personnel as required
by Sec. 151.45(f), will be provided; and
(4) A detailed estimate of the cost of the work, broken down for
each class of costs involved, such as labor, materials, rental of
equipment, and other pertinent items of cost.
(b) [Reserved]
[Doc. No. 1329, 27 FR 12351, Dec. 13, 1962, as amended by Amdt. 151-17,
31 FR 16525, Dec. 28, 1966; Amdt. 151-31, 34 FR 4885, Mar. 6, 1969]
Sec. 151.53 Performance of construction work: Labor requirements.
A sponsor who is required to include in a construction contract the
labor provisions required by Sec. 151.49 shall require the contractor to
comply with those provisions and shall cooperate with the FAA in
effecting that compliance. For this purpose the sponsor shall--
(a) Keep, and preserve, for a three-year period beginning on the
date the contract is completed, each affidavit and payroll copy
furnished by the contractor, and make those affidavits and copies
available to the FAA, upon request, during that period;
(b) Have each of those affidavits and payrolls examined by its
resident engineer (or any other of its employees or agents who are
qualified to make the necessary determinations), as soon as possible
after receiving it, to the extent necessary to determine whether the
contractor is complying with the labor provisions required by
Sec. 151.49 and particularly with respect to whether the contractor's
employees are correctly classified;
(c) Have investigations made during the performance of work under
the contract, to the extent necessary to determine whether the
contractor is complying with those labor provisions, particularly with
respect to whether the contractor's employees are correctly classified,
including in the investigations, interviews with employees and
examinations of payroll information at the work site by the sponsor's
resident engineer (or any other of its employees or agents who are
qualified to make the necessary determinations); and
(d) Keep the Area Manager fully advised of all examinations and
investigations made under this section, all determinations made on the
basis of those examinations and investigations, and all efforts made to
obtain compliance with the labor provisions of the contract.
[[Page 118]]
For the purposes of paragraph (c) of this section, the sponsor shall
give priority to complaints of alleged violations, and shall treat as
confidential any written or oral statements made by any employee. The
sponsor may not disclose an employee's statement to a contractor without
the employee's consent.
Sec. 151.54 Equal employment opportunity requirements: Before July 1, 1968.
In conformity with Executive Order 11246 of September 24, 1965 (30
FR 12319, 3 CFR, 1965 Supp., p. 167) the regulations of the former
President's Committee on Equal Employment Opportunity, 41 CFR part 60-1
(28 FR 9812, 11305), as adopted ``to the extent not inconsistent with
Executive Order 11246'' by the Secretary of Labor (``Transfer of
Functions,'' Oct. 19, 1965, 30 FR 13441), are incorporated by reference
into subparts B and C of this part as set forth below. They are referred
to in this section by section numbers of part 60-1 of title 41.
(a) Equal employment opportunity requirements. There are hereby
incorporated by reference into subparts B and C, as requirements, the
provisions of Sec. 60-1.3(b)(1). The FAA is primarily responsible for
the sponsor's compliance.
(b) Equal employment opportunity requirements in construction
contracts. The sponsor shall cause the ``equal opportunity clause'' in
Sec. 60-1.3(b)(1) to be incorporated into all prime contracts and
subcontracts as required by Sec. 60-1.3(c).
(c) Reporting requirements for contractors and subcontractors. The
sponsor shall cause the filing of compliance reports by contractors and
subcontractors as provided in Sec. 60-1.6(a) and the furnishing of such
other information as may be required under that provision.
(d) Bidders' reports. (1) The sponsor shall include in his
invitations for bids or negotiations for contracts, and shall require
his contractors to include in their invitations for bids or negotiations
for subcontracts, the following provisions based on Sec. 60-1.6(b)(1):
Each bidder, prospective contractor or proposed subcontractor shall
state as an initial part of the bid or negotiations of the contract
whether he has participated in any previous contract or subcontract
subject to the equal opportunity clause and, if so, whether he has filed
with the Office of Federal Contract Compliance in the United States
Department of Labor or the contracting or administering agency all
compliance reports due under applicable instructions. In any case in
which a bidder or prospective contractor or proposed subcontractor who
has participated in a previous contract or subcontract subject to the
equal opportunity clause has not filed a compliance report due under
applicable instructions, such bidder, prospective contractor or proposed
subcontractors shall submit a compliance report prior to the award of
the proposed contract or subcontract. When a determination has been made
to award a contract to a specific contractor, such contractor shall,
prior to award, furnish such other pertinent information regarding his
own employment policies and practices as well as those of his proposed
subcontractors as the FAA, the sponsor, or the Director of the Office of
Federal Contract compliance may require.
(2) The sponsor or his contractors shall give express notice of the
requirements of this paragraph (d) in all invitations for bids or
negotiations for contracts.
(e) Enforcement. The FAA conducts compliance reviews, handles
complaints and, where appropriate, conducts hearings and imposes, or
recommends to the Office of Federal Contract Compliance, sanctions, as
provided in subpart B--General Enforcement; Complaint Procedure of part
60-1.
(f) Exempted contracts. Except for subcontracts for the performance
of construction work at the site of construction, the requirements of
this section do not apply to subcontracts below the second tier
(Sec. 60-1.3(c)). The requirements of this section do not apply to
contracts and subcontracts exempted by Sec. 60-1.4.
(g) Meaning of terms. The term ``applicant'' in the provisions of
part 60-1 incorporated by reference in this section means the sponsor,
except where part 60-1 refers to an applicant for employment, and the
term ``administering agency'' therein means the FAA.
(h) Applicability to existing agreements and contracts. This section
applies to grant agreements made after December 20, 1964, and before
July 1, 1968. Except as provided in Sec. 151.54A(b), it applies to
contracts and subcontracts as defined in Sec. 60-1.2 (i) and (k) of
Title 41 made in
[[Page 119]]
accordance with a grant agreement to which this section applies.
(E.O. 11246, 30 FR 13441, 31 FR 6921; sec. 307, 72 Stat. 752, 49 U.S.C.
1348)
[Amdt. 151-5, 29 FR 15569, Nov. 20, 1964, as amended by Amdt. 151-8, 30
FR 8040, June 23, 1965; Amdt. 151-12, 31 FR 10261, July 29, 1966; Amdt.
151-23, 33 FR 9543, June 29, 1968]
Sec. 151.54a Equal employment opportunity requirements: After June 30, 1968.
(a) Incorporation by reference. There are hereby incorporated by
reference into this part the regulations issued by the Secretary of
Labor on May 21, 1968, and published in the Federal Register on May 28,
1968 (41 CFR part 60-1, 33 FR 7804), except for the following
provisions:
(1) Paragraph (a), ``Government contracts'', of Sec. 60-1.4, ``Equal
opportunity clause''.
(2) Section 60-1.6, ``Duties of agencies''.
(b) Applicability and effectiveness. The regulations incorporated by
reference in paragraph (a) of this section apply to grant agreements
made after June 30, 1968. They also apply to contracts, as defined in
Sec. 60-1.3(f) of Title 41, entered into under any grant agreement made
before or after that date, as provided in Sec. 60-1.47 of Title 41.
(Sec. 307, 72 Stat. 752, 49 U.S.C. 1348)
[Amdt. 151-23, 33 FR 9543, June 29, 1968]
Sec. 151.55 Accounting and audit.
(a) Each sponsor shall establish and maintain, for each individual
project, an adequate accounting record to allow appropriate personnel of
the FAA to determine all funds received (including funds of the sponsor
and funds received from the United States or other sources), and to
determine the allowability of all incurred costs of the project. The
sponsor shall segregate and group project costs so that it can furnish,
on due notice, cost information in the following cost classifications:
(1) Purchase price or value of land.
(2) Incidental costs of land acquisition.
(3) Costs of contract construction.
(4) Costs of force account construction.
(5) Engineering costs of plans and designs.
(6) Engineering costs of supervision and inspection.
(7) Other administrative costs.
(b) The sponsor shall obtain and retain in its files for a period of
three years after the date of the final grant payment, documentary
evidence such as invoices, cost estimates, and payrolls supporting each
item of project costs.
(c) The sponsor shall retain, for a period of three years after the
date of the final grant payment, evidence of all payments for items of
project costs including vouchers, cancelled checks or warrants, and
receipts for cash payments.
(d) The sponsor shall allow the Administrator and the Comptroller
General of the United States, or an authorized representative of either
of them, access to any of its books, documents, papers, and records that
are pertinent to grants received under the Federal-aid Airport Program
for the purposes of accounting and audit. Appropriate FAA personnel may
make progress audits at any time during the project, upon notice to the
sponsor. If work is suspended on the project for an appreciable period
of time, an audit will be made before any semi-final payment is made. In
each case an audit is made before the final payment.
[Doc. No. 1329, 27 FR 12351, Dec. 13, 1962, as amended by Amdt. 151-8,
30 FR 8040, June 23, 1965]
Sec. 151.57 Grant payments: General.
(a) An application for a grant payment is made on FAA Form 5100-6,
accompanied by--
(1) A summary of project costs on Form FAA-1630;
(2) A periodic cost estimate on Form FAA-1629 for each contract
representing costs for which payment is requested; and
(3) Any supporting information, including appraisals of property
interests, that the FAA needs to determine the allowability of any costs
for which payment is requested.
(b) Contractor's certifications. Each application that involves work
performed by a contractor must contain, in the contractor's
certification in the
[[Page 120]]
periodic cost estimate, a statement that ``there has been full
compliance with all labor provisions included in the contract identified
above and in all subcontracts made under that contract'', and, in the
case of a substantial dispute as to the nature of the contractor's or a
subcontractor's obligation under the labor provisions of the contract or
a subcontract, and additional phrase ``except insofar as a substantial
dispute exists with respect to these provisions''.
(c) If a contractor or subcontractor fails or refuses to comply with
the labor provisions of the contract with the sponsor, further grant
payments to the sponsor are suspended until the violations stop, until
the Administrator determines the allowability of the project costs to
which the violations related, or, to the extent that the violations
consist of underpayments to labor, until the sponsor furnishes
satisfactory assurances to the FAA that restitution has been or will be
made to the affected employees.
(d) If, upon final determination of the allowability of all project
costs of a project, it is found that the total of grant payments to the
sponsor was more than the total United States share of the allowable
costs of the project, the sponsor shall promptly return the excess to
the FAA.
[Doc. No. 1329, 27 FR 12351, Dec. 13, 1962, as amended by Amdt. 151-4,
29 FR 11336, Aug. 6, 1964; Amdt. 151-8, 30 FR 8040, June 23, 1965; Amdt.
151-17, 31 FR 16525, Dec. 28, 1966; Amdt. 151-32, 34 FR 9617, June 19,
1969]
Sec. 151.59 Grant payments: Land acquisition.
If an approved project includes land acquisition as an item of
airport development, the sponsor may, at any time after executing the
grant agreement and after title evidence has been approved by the
Administrator for the property interest for which payment is requested,
apply to the FAA, through the Area Manager, for payment of the United
States share of the allowable project costs of the acquisition,
including any acquisition that is completed before executing the grant
agreement and is part of the airport development included in the
project.
Sec. 151.61 Grant payments: Partial.
(a) Subject to the final determination of allowable project costs as
provided in Sec. 151.63 partial grant payments for project costs may be
made to a sponsor upon application. Unless previously agreed otherwise,
a sponsor may apply for partial payments on a monthly basis. The
payments may be paid, upon application, on the basis of the costs of
airport development that is accomplished or on the basis of the
estimated cost of airport development expected to be accomplished.
(b) Except as otherwise provided, partial grant payments are made in
amounts large enough to bring the aggregate amount of all partial
payments to the estimated United States share of the project costs of
the airport development accomplished under the project as of the date of
the sponsor's latest application for payment. In addition, if the
sponsor applies, a partial grant payment is made as an advance payment
in an amount large enough to bring the aggregate amount of all partial
payments to the estimated United States share of the estimated project
costs of the airport development expected to be accomplished within 30
days after the date of the sponsor's application for advance payment.
However, no partial payment may be made in an amount that would bring
the aggregate amount of all partial payments for the project to more
than 90 percent of the estimated United States share of the total
estimated cost of all airport development included in the project, but
not including contingency items, or 90 percent of the maximum obligation
of the United States as stated in the grant agreement, whichever amount
is the lower. In determining the amount of a partial grant payment,
those project costs that the Administrator considers to be of
questionable allowability are deducted both from the amount of proj- ect
costs incurred and from the amount of the estimated total project cost.
Sec. 151.63 Grant payments: Semifinal and final.
(a) Whenever airport development on a project is delayed or
suspended for an appreciable period of time for reasons beyond the
sponsor's control and the
[[Page 121]]
allowability of the project costs of all airport development completed
has been determined on the basis of an audit and review of all costs, a
semifinal grant payment may be made in an amount large enough to bring
the aggregate amount of all partial grant payments for the project to
the United States share of all allowable project costs incurred, even if
the amount is more than the 90 percent limitation prescribed in
Sec. 151.61(b). However, it may not be more than the maximum obligation
of the United States as stated in the grant agreement.
(b) Whenever the project is completed in accordance with the grant
agreement, the sponsor may apply for final payment. The final payment is
made to the sponsor if--
(1) A final inspection of all work at the airport site has been made
jointly by the Area Manager and representatives of the sponsor and the
contractor, unless the Area Manager agrees to a different procedure for
final inspection.
(2) A final audit of the project account has been completed by
appropriate personnel of the FAA; and
(3) The sponsor has furnished final ``as constructed'' plans, unless
otherwise agreed to by the Administrator.
(c) Based upon the final inspection, the final audit, the plans, and
the documents and supporting information required by Sec. 151.57(a), the
Administrator determines the total amount of the allowable project costs
and pays the sponsor the United States' share, less the total amount of
all prior payments.
Sec. 151.65 Memoranda and hearings.
(a) At any time before the FAA issues a grant offer for a project,
any public agency or person having a substantial interest in the
disposition of the project application may file a memorandum supporting
or opposing it with the Area Manager of the area in which the project is
located. In addition, that public agency or person may request a public
hearing on the location of the airport to be developed. If, in the
Administrator's opinion, that public agency or person has a substantial
interest in the matter, a public hearing is held.
(b) The Administrator sets the time and place of each hearing under
this section, to avoid undue delay in disposing of the application, to
afford reasonable time for all parties concerned to prepare for it, and
to hold it at a place convenient to the sponsor. Notice of the time and
place is mailed to the public agency or person filing the memorandum,
the sponsor, and any other necessary persons.
(c) The purpose of the hearing is to help the Administrator discover
facts relating to the location of the airport that is proposed to be
developed under an application pending before him. There are no adverse
parties or interests and no defendant or respondent. They are not
hearings for the purposes of 5 U.S.C. 554, 556, and 557, and do not
terminate in an adjudication as defined in that Act.
(d) Each hearing under this section is conducted by a hearing
officer designated by the Administrator. The hearing officer decides the
length of the hearing, the kind of testimony to be heard, and all other
matters respecting the conduct of the hearing. The hearing is recorded
in a manner determined by the hearing officer and the record becomes a
part of the record of the project application. The Administrator's
decision is not made solely on the basis of the hearing, but on all
relevants facts.
[Doc. No. 1329, 27 FR 12351, Dec. 13, 1962, as amended by Amdt. 151-11,
31 FR 6686, May 5, 1966; Amdt. 151-35, 34 FR 13699, Aug. 27, 1969]
Sec. 151.67 Forms.
(a) The various forms used for the purposes of subparts B and C are
as follows:
(1) Requests for Federal-aid, FAA Form 5100-3: Contains a statement
requesting Federal-aid in carrying out a project under the Federal
Airport Act, with appropriate spaces for inserting information needed
for considering the request, including the location of the airport, the
amount of funds available to the sponsor, a description of the proposed
work, and its estimated cost.
(2) Project application, Form FAA-1624: A formal application for
Federal-aid to carry out a project under this part. It contains four
parts:
(i) Part I--For pertinent information regarding the airport and
proposed work included in the project.
[[Page 122]]
(ii) Part II--For incorporating the representations of the sponsor
relating to its legal authority to undertake the project, the
availability of funds for its share of the project costs, approvals of
other non-United States agencies, the existence of any default on the
compliance requirements of Sec. 151.77(a), possible disabilities, and
the ownership of lands and interests in lands to be used in carrying out
the project and operating the airport.
(iii) Part III--For incorporating the sponsor's assurances regarding
the operation and maintenance of the airport, further development of the
airport, and the acquisition of any additional interests in lands that
may be needed to carry out the project or for operating the airport.
(iv) Part IV--For a statement of the sponsor's acceptance, to be
executed by the sponsor and certificated by its attorney.
(3) [Reserved]
(4) Grant agreement, Form FAA-1632:
(i) Part I--Offer by the United States to pay a specified percentage
of the allowable costs of the project, as described therein, on
specified terms relating to the undertaking and carrying out of the
project, determination of allowability of costs, payment of the United
States share, and operation and maintenance of the airport in accordance
with assurances in the proj- ect application.
(ii) Part II--Acceptance of the offer by the sponsor, execution of
the acceptance by the sponsor, and certification by its attorney.
(5) Periodic cost estimate, Form FAA-1629: a certification to be
executed by the contractor, with space for information regarding the
progress of construction work as of a specific date, and the value of
the completed work.
(6) Application for grant payment, FAA Form 5100-6: Application for
payment under a grant agreement for work completed as of a specific date
or to be completed by a specific date, with space for an appropriate
breakdown of project costs among the categories shown therein, and
certification provisions to be executed by the sponsor and the Area
Manager.
(7) Summary of project costs, Form FAA-1630: For inserting the
latest revised estimate of total project costs, the total costs incurred
as of a specific date, an estimate of the aggregate of those total costs
incurred to date and those to be incurred before a specific date in the
future.
(b) Copies of the forms named in this section, and assistance in
completing and executing them, are available from the Area Manager.
[Doc. No. 1329, 27 FR 12351, Dec. 13, 1962, as amended by Amdt. 151-8,
30 FR 8040, June 23, 1965; Amdt. 151-11, 31 FR 6686, May 5, 1966; Amdt.
151-17, 31 FR 16525, Dec. 28, 1966; Amdt. 151-25, 33 FR 14535, Sept. 27,
1968; Amdt. 151-34, 34 FR 12883, Aug. 8, 1969]
Subpart C--Project Programing Standards
Authority: 49 U.S.C. 106(g), 40113, 47151, 47153.
Source: Docket No. 1329, 27 FR 12357 Dec. 13, 1962, unless otherwise
noted.
Sec. 151.71 Applicability.
(a) This subpart prescribes programing and design and construction
standards for projects under the Federal-Aid Airport Program to assure
the most efficient use of Program funds and to assure that the most
important elements of a national system of airports are provided.
(b) Except for the standards made mandatory by Sec. 151.72(a), the
standards prescribed in this subpart that apply to any particular
project are those in effect on the date the sponsor accepts the
Administrator's offer under Sec. 151.29(c). The standards of
Sec. 151.72(a) applicable to a project are those in effect on the date
written on the notification of tentative allocation of funds
(Sec. 151.21(b)). Standards that become effective after that date may be
applied to the project by agreement between the sponsor and the
Administrator.
(Secs. 1-15, 17-21, 60 Stat. 170, 49 U.S.C. 1120)
[Amdt. 151-19, 32 FR 9220, June 29, 1967]
Sec. 151.72 Incorporation by reference of technical guidelines in Advisory Circulars.
(a) Provisions incorporated; mandatory standards. The technical
guidelines in the Advisory Circulars, or parts of Circulars, listed in
appendix I of this part,
[[Page 123]]
are incorporated into this subpart by reference. Guidelines so
incorporated are mandatory standards and apply in addition to the other
standards in this subpart. No provision so incorporated and made
mandatory supersedes any provision of this part 151 (other than of App.
I) or of any other part of the Federal Aviation Regulations. Each
Circular is incorporated with all amendments outstanding at any time
unless the entry in appendix I of this part states otherwise.
(b) Amendments of Appendix I. The Director, Airports Service, may
add to, or delete from, appendix I of this part any Advisory Circular or
part thereof.
(c) Availability of Advisory Circulars. The Advisory Circulars
listed in appendix I of this part may be inspected and copied at any FAA
Regional Office, Area Office, or Airports District Office. Copies of the
Circulars that are available free of charge may be obtained from any of
the offices or from the Federal Aviation Administration, Printing
Branch, HQ-438, Washington, D.C. 20553. Copies of the Circulars that are
for sale may be bought from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S.
Government Printing Office, Washington, D.C. 20402 for the price listed.
[Amdt. 151-13, 31 FR 11605, Sept. 2, 1966, as amended by Doc. No. 8084,
32 FR 5769, Apr. 11, 1967]
Sec. 151.73 Land acquisition.
(a) The acquisition of land or any interest therein, or of any
easement or other interest in airspace, is eligible for inclusion in a
project if it was made after May 13, 1946, and is necessary--
(1) To allow the initial development of the airport;
(2) For improvement indicated in the current National Airport Plan;
(3) For ultimate development of the airport, as indicated in the
current approved airport layout plan to the extent consistent with the
National Airport Plan;
(4) For approach protection meeting the standards of Sec. 77.23 as
applied to Secs. 77.25 and 77.27 of this chapter;
(5) To allow installing an ALS (as described in Sec. 151.13), in
which case the costs of acquiring land needed for it are eligible for 75
percent United States participation if the need is shown in the National
Airport Plan, based on the best information available to the FAA for the
forecast period;
(6) To allow proper use, operation, or maintenance of the airport as
a public facility, including offsite lands needed for locating necessary
parts of the utility systems serving the airport;
(7) To allow installing navigational aids by the FAA, if the land is
within the airport boundaries; or
(8) To allow relocation of navigational aids.
(b) Appendix A of this part sets forth typical eligible and
ineligible items of land acquisition as covered by this section.
[Doc. No. 1329, 27 FR 12357, Dec. 13, 1962, as amended by Amdt. 151-7,
30 FR 7484, June 8, 1965; Amdt. 151-8, 30 FR 8040, June 23, 1965]
Sec. 151.75 Preparation of site.
(a) Grading, drainage, and associated items of site preparation are
eligible for inclusion in a project, but only with respect to one
landing strip at any airport, unless the airport qualifies for more than
one runway, based on traffic volume or wind conditions (as outlined in
Sec. 151.77) and the overall site preparation required for development
in accordance with the airport layout plan. The complete clearance of
runway clear zone areas is desirable, but, as a minimum, all
obstructions as determined by Sec. 77.23 as applied to Sec. 77.27 (b)
and (c) of this chapter must be removed. Grading in runway clear zones
is eligible only to remove terrain that is an obstruction. The clear
zone is not a graded overrun area. Specific site preparation for an
airport terminal building is eligible on the same basis as the building
itself. The site preparation cost is prorated based on eligible and
ineligible building space. Appendix B of this part sets forth typical
eligible and ineligible items of site preparation as covered by this
section.
(b) For the purposes of this section, eligible drainage work off the
airport site includes drainage outfalls, drainage disposal, and
interception ditches. If there is damage to adjacent property, its
correction is an eligible item for inclusion in the project.
[Doc. No. 1329, 27 FR 12357, Dec. 13, 1962, as amended by Amdt. 151-7,
30 FR 7484, June 8, 1965; Amdt. 151-8, 30 FR 8040, June 23, 1965]
[[Page 124]]
Sec. 151.77 Runway paving: General rules.
(a) On any airport, paving of the designated instrument landing
runway (or dominant runway if there is no designated instrument runway)
is eligible for inclusion in a project, within the limits of the current
National Airport Plan. Program participation in constructing,
reconstructing or resurfacing is limited to a single runway at each
airport, unless more than one runway is eligible under a standard in
Sec. 151.79 or Sec. 151.80.
(b) The kinds of runway paving that are eligible for inclusion in a
project include pavement construction and reconstruction, and include
runway grooving to improve skid resistance, and resurfacing to increase
the load bearing capacity of the runway or to provide a leveling course
to correct major irregularities in the pavement. Runway resealing or
refilling joints as an ordinary maintenance matter are not eligible
items, except for bituminous resurfacing consisting of at least 100
pounds of plant-mixed material for each square yard, and except for the
application of a bituminous surface treatment (two applications of
material and cover aggregate as prescribed in FAA Specification P-609)
on a pavement the current surface of which consists of that kind of a
bituminous surface treatment.
(c) On new pavement construction, the applying of a bituminous seal
coat on plant hot-mix bituminous surfaces only, is an eligible item only
if initial engineering analysis and design indicate the need for a seal
coat. However, any delay in applying it that is caused other than by
construction difficulties, makes the application a maintenance item that
is not eligible.
(d) In any case in which the need for a seal coat is necessary for a
new runway extension or partial reconstruction of a runway, the entire
runway may be sealed.
(e) Appendix C to this part sets forth typical eligible and
ineligible items of runway paving.
(49 U.S.C. 1120)
[Doc. No. 1329, 27 FR 12357, Dec. 13, 1962, as amended by Amdt. 151-17,
31 FR 16525, Dec. 28, 1966; Amdt. 151-29, 34 FR 1634, Feb. 4, 1969]
Sec. 151.79 Runway paving: Second runway; wind conditions.
(a) All airports. Paving a second runway on the basis of wind
conditions is eligible for inclusion in a project only if the sponsor
shows that--
(1) The airport meets the applicable standards of paragraph (b),
(c), or (d) of this section;
(2) The operational experience, and the economic factors of air
traffic at the location, justify an additional runway for the airport;
and
(3) The second runway is oriented with the existing paved runway to
achieve the maximum wind coverage, with due consideration to the airport
noise factor, topography, soil conditions, and other pertinent factors
affecting the economy and efficiency of the runway development.
(b) Airports serving large and small aircraft. The airport serves
both large and small aircraft and the existing paved runway is subject
to a crosswind component of more than 15 miles per hour (13 knots) more
than 5 percent of the time.
(c) Airports serving small aircraft only. The airport serves small
aircraft exclusively, and--
(1) The airport has 10,000, or more, aircraft operations each year;
and
(2) The existing paved runway is subject to a crosswind component of
more than 12 miles per hour (10.5 knots) more than 5 percent of the
time.
(d) Airports serving aircraft of less than 8,000 pounds only. The
airport serves small aircraft of less than 8,000 pounds maximum
certificated takeoff weight exclusively and--
(1) The airport has 5,000, or more, aircraft operations each year;
and
(2) The existing paved runway is subject to a crosswind component of
more than 12 miles per hour (10.5 knots) more than 5 percent of the
time.
[Amdt. 151-17, 31 FR 16525, Dec. 28, 1966, as amended by Amdt. 151-28,
34 FR 551, Jan. 15, 1969]
Sec. 151.80 Runway paving: Additional runway; other conditions.
Paving an additional runway on an airport that does not qualify for
a second runway under Sec. 151.79 is eligible if the Administrator, upon
consideration
[[Page 125]]
on a case-to-case basis, is satisfied that--
(a) The volume of traffic justifies an additional paved runway and
the layout and orientation of the additional runway will expedite
traffic; or
(b) A combination of traffic volume and aircraft noise problems
justifies an additional paved runway for that airport.
[Amdt. 151-17, 31 FR 16525, Dec. 28, 1966]
Sec. 151.81 Taxiway paving.
(a) The construction, alteration, and repair of taxiways needed to
expedite the flow of ground traffic between runways and aircraft parking
areas available for general public use are eligible items under the
program. Taxiways to serve an area or facility that is primarily for the
exclusive or near exclusive use of a tenant or operator that does not
furnish aircraft servicing to the public are not eligible. In addition,
the policies on resealing or refilling joints, as set forth in
Sec. 151.77, apply also to taxiway paving.
(b) Appendix D of this part sets forth typical eligible and
ineligible items of taxiway paving.
Sec. 151.83 Aprons.
(a) The construction, alteration, and repair of aprons are eligible
program items upon being shown that they are needed as public use
facilities. An apron to serve an area that is primarily for the
exclusive or near exclusive use of a tenant or operator who does not
furnish aircraft servicing to the public is not eligible. In addition,
the policies on resealing or refilling joints, as set forth in
Sec. 151.77 apply also to apron paving.
(b) In determining public use for the purposes of this section, the
current use being made of a hangar governs, unless there is definite
information regarding its future use. In the case of an apron area being
built for future hangars, it should be shown that early hangar
development is assured and that the hangars will be public facilities.
(c) Appendix E of this part sets forth typical eligible and
ineligible items of apron paving.
Sec. 151.85 Special treatment areas.
The following special treatment for areas adjacent to pavement is
eligible for inclusion in a project in cases where, due to the operation
of turbojet powered aircraft, it may be necessary to treat those areas
adjacent to runway ends, holding aprons, and taxiways to prevent erosion
from the blast effects of the turbojet:
(a) Runway ends--a stabilized area the width of the runway and
extending 100 to 150 feet from the end of the runway.
(b) Holding aprons--a stabilized area up to 50 feet from the edge of
the pavement.
(c) Taxiway intersections--a stabilized area 25 feet on each side of
the taxiway and extending 300 feet from the intersection.
(d) Taxiway (continuous movement of aircraft)--dense turf 25 feet on
each side of the taxiway, or in a geographic area where dense turf
cannot be established, stabilization.
Sec. 151.86 Lighting and electrical work: General.
(a) The installing of lighting facilities and related electrical
work, as provided in Sec. 151.87, is eligible for inclusion in a project
only if the Administrator determines, for the particular airport
involved, that they are needed to ensure--
(1) Its safe and efficient use by aircraft under Sec. 151.13; or
(2) Its continued operation and adequate maintenance, and it has a
large enough volume (actual or potential) of night operations.
(b) Before the Administrator makes a grant offer to the sponsor of a
project that includes installing lighting facilities and related
electrical work under paragraph (a) of this section, the sponsor must--
(1) Provide in the project for removing, relocating, or adequately
marking and lighting, each obstruction in the approach and turning
zones, as provided in Sec. 151.91(a);
(2) Acknowledge its awareness of the cost of operating and
maintaining airport lighting; and
(3) Agree to operate the airport lighting installed--
[[Page 126]]
(i) Throughout each night of the year; or
(ii) According to a satisfactory plan of operation, submitted under
paragraph (c) of this section.
(c) The sponsor of a project that includes installing airport
lighting and related electrical work, under paragraph (a) of this
section, may--
(1) Submit to the Administrator a proposed plan of operation of the
airport lighting installed for periods less than throughout each night
of the year;
(2) Specify, in the proposed plan, the times when the airport
lighting installed will be operated; and
(3) Satisfy the Administrator that the proposed plan provides for
safety in air commerce, and justifies the investment of Program funds.
(d) Paragraph (b)(3) of this section also applies to each sponsor of
a project that includes installing airport lighting and related
electrical work if that sponsor has not entered into a grant agreement
for the project before September 5, 1968.
(e) If it agrees to comply with paragraph (b)(3) of this section,
the sponsor of a project that includes installing airport lighting
facilities and related electrical work that has entered into a grant
agreement for that project before September 5, 1968, may--
(1) Surrender its air navigation certificate authorizing operation
of a ``true light'' issued before that date; or
(2) Terminate its application for authority to operate a ``true
light'' made before that date.
(Secs. 307, 606, 72 Stat. 749, 779; 49 U.S.C. 1120, 1348, 1426)
[Amdt. 151-24, 33 FR 12545, Sept. 5, 1968]
Sec. 151.87 Lighting and electrical work: Standards.
(a)-(b) [Reserved]
(c) The number of runways that are eligible for lighting is the same
as the number eligible for paving under Sec. 151.77, Sec. 151.79, or
Sec. 151.80.
(d) The installing of high intensity runway edge lighting is
eligible on a designated instrument landing runway and any other runway
with approved straight-in approach procedures. A runway that is eligible
for lighting, but does not meet the requirements for 75 percent U.S.
participation under Sec. 151.43(d), is eligible for 50 percent U.S.
participation in the costs of high intensity runway edge lighting (or
the allowable percentage in Sec. 151.43(c) for public land States), if
the airport is served by a navigational aid that will allow using
instrument approach procedures. If a runway is not eligible for 75 or 50
percent Federal participation in high intensity runway edge lighting but
is otherwise eligible for runway lighting, the U.S. share of the cost of
runway edge lighting is 50 percent of the cost of the lighting installed
but not more than 50 percent of the cost of medium intensity lighting.
(e) In-runway lighting (touchdown zone lighting system, and
centerline lighting system) is eligible on the designated instrument
landing runway.
(f) Taxiways to eligible runways on airports served by transport
aircraft are eligible for lighting. On airports serving only general
aviation, the lighting of connecting taxiways is eligible if the runway
served is lighted or is programed to be lighted. The lighting of a
parallel taxiway is eligible if the taxiway is eligible for paving.
Lighting of other taxiways is eligible or not, depending on the
complexity of the taxiway system.
(g) Floodlighting of aprons is eligible if there is a proven need
for it, including a showing of night operations where the runway is
lighted.
(h) Any airport that is eligible to participate in the costs of
runway lighting is eligible for the installing of an airport beacon,
lighted wind indicator, obstruction lights, lighting control equipment,
and other components of basic airport lighting, including separate
transformer vaults and connection to the nearest available power source.
(i) The interconnection of two or more power sources on an airport
property, the providing of second sources of power, and the installing
of standby engine generators of reasonable capacity, are eligible under
the program.
(j) Economy approach lighting aids are eligible for inclusion in a
project at an airport that will not qualify within the next three years
for approach lighting aids installed by FAA under the
[[Page 127]]
Facilities and Equipment Program if the economy approach lighting aids--
(1) Will correct a visual deficiency on one of the lighted runways
of the airport; or
(2) Will permit operations at an airport at lower minimums.
``Economy approach lighting aids'' includes a medium intensity approach
lighting system (MALS) that may include a sequence flasher (SF); a
runway end identifier lights system (REILS): and an abbreviated visual
approach slope indicator (AVASI).
(k) Appendix F of this part sets forth typical eligible and
ineligible items of airport lighting covered by Sec. 151.86 and this
section.
(Secs. 307, 606, 72 Stat. 749, 799; 49 U.S.C. 1120, 1348, 1426)
[Doc. No. 1329, 27 FR 12357, Dec. 13, 1962, as amended by Amdt. 151-8,
30 FR 8040, June 23, 1965; Amdt. 151-17, 31 FR 16525, Dec. 28, 1966;
Amdt. 151-22, 33 FR 8267, June 4, 1968; Amdt. 151-24, 33 FR 12545, Sept.
5, 1968; Amdt. 151-35, 34 FR 13699, Aug. 27, 1969]
Sec. 151.89 Roads.
(a) Federal-aid Airport Program funds may not be used to resolve
highway problems. Only those airport entrance roads that are definitely
needed and are intended only as a way in and out of the airport are
eligible.
(b) The construction, alteration, and repair of airport roads and
streets that are entirely within the airport boundaries are eligible
under the program, if needed for operating and maintaining the airport.
In the case of an entrance road, a strip right-of-way joining the main
body of the airport to the nearest public road may be considered a part
of the normal boundary of the airport if--
(1) Adequate title is obtained;
(2) It was acquired to provide an airport entrance road and was not,
before the existence of the airport, a public thoroughfare;
(3) The entrance road is intended only as a way in and out of the
airport; and
(4) The entrance road extends only to the nearest public highway,
road, or street.
(c) An entrance road may be joined to an existing highway or street
with a normal fillet connection. However, acceleration-deceleration
strips or grade separations are not eligible.
(d) Offsite road or street relocation needed to allow airport
development or to remove an obstruction, and is not for entrance road
purposes, is eligible.
(e) Appendix G sets forth typical eligible and ineligible items of
road construction covered by this section.
Sec. 151.91 Removal of obstructions.
(a) The removal or relocation, or both, of obstructions, as defined
in Technical Standard Order N18 is eligible under the Program in cases
where definite arrangements are made to prevent the obstruction from
being recreated. In a case where removal is not feasible, the cost of
marking or lighting it is eligible. The removal and relocation of
structures necessary for essential airport development is eligible. The
removal of structures that are not obstructions under Sec. 77.23 of this
chapter as applied to Sec. 77.27 of this chapter are eligible when they
are located within a runway clear zone.
(b) The removal and relocation of an airport hangar that is an
airport hazard (as described in Sec. 151.39(b)) is eligible, if the
reerected hangar will be substantially identical to the disassembled
one.
(c) Whenever a hangar must be relocated (either for clearance of the
site for other airport development or to remove a hazard) and the
existing structure is to be relocated with or without disassembly, the
cost of the relocation is an eligible item of project costs, including
costs incidental to the relocation such as necessary footings and
floors. However, if the existing structure is to be demolished and a new
hangar is to be built, only the cost of demolishing the existing hangar
is an eligible item.
[Doc. No. 1329, 27 FR 12357, Dec. 13, 1962, as amended by Amdt. 151-22,
33 FR 8267, June 4, 1968]
Sec. 151.93 Buildings; utilities; sidewalks; parking areas; and landscaping.
(a) Only buildings or parts of buildings intended to house
facilities or activities directly related to the safety of persons at
the airport, including fire
[[Page 128]]
and rescue equipment buildings, are eligible items under the Federal-aid
Airport Program. To the extent they are necessary to house snow removal
and abrasive spreading equipment, and to provide minimum protection for
abrasive materials, field maintenance equipment buildings are eligible
items in any airport development project for an airport in a location
having a mean daily minimum temperature of zero degrees Fahrenheit, or
less, for at least 20 days each year for the 5 years preceding the year
when Federal aid is requested under Sec. 151.21(a), based on the
statistics of the U.S. Department of Commerce Weather Bureau if
available, or other evidence satisfactory to the Administrator.
(b) Airport utility construction, installation, and connection are
eligible under the Federal-aid Airport Program as follows:
(1) An airport utility serving only eligible areas and facilities is
eligible; and
(2) An airport utility serving both eligible and ineligible airport
areas and facilities is eligible only to the extent of the additional
cost of providing the capacity needed for eligible areas and facilities
over and above the capacity necessary for the ineligible areas and
facilities.
However, a water system is eligible only to the extent necessary to
provide fire protection for aircraft operations, and to provide water
for a fire and rescue equipment building.
(c) No part of the constructing, altering, or repairing (including
grading, drainage, and other site preparation work) of a facility or
area that is to be used as a public parking facility for passenger
automobiles is eligible for inclusion in a project.
(d) Landscaping is not eligible for inclusion in a project. However,
the establishment of turf on graded areas and special treatment to
prevent slope erosion is eligible to the extent of the eligibility of
the facilities or areas served, preserved, or protected by the turf or
treatment. In the case of turfing or treatment for an area or facility
that is partly eligible and partly ineligible, the eligibility of the
turfing or treatment is established on a pro rata basis.
(e) The construction of sidewalks is not eligible for inclusion in a
project.
[Doc. No. 1329, 27 FR 12357, Dec. 13, 1962, as amended by Amdt. 151-17,
31 FR 16525, Dec. 28, 1966; Amdt. 151-26, 33 FR 18434, Dec. 12, 1968]
Sec. 151.95 Fences; distance markers; navigational and landing aids; and offsite work.
(a) Boundary or perimeter fences for security purposes are eligible
for inclusion in a project.
(b) A blast fence is eligible for inclusion in a project whenever--
(1) It is necessary for safety at a runway end or a holding area
near the end of a runway and its installation would be more economical
than the acquiring of additional property interests; or
(2) Its installation for safety at a turbojet-passenger gate will
result in less separation being needed for gate positions, thereby
reducing the need for apron expansion, and it is more economical to
build the fence than to expand the apron.
(c) The eligibility of runway distance markers for inclusion in a
project is decided on a case-by-case basis.
(d) The relocation of navigational aids is eligible for inclusion in
a proj- ect whenever necessitated by development on the airport under a
Program project and the sponsor is responsible under FAA Order OA 6030.1
(Agency Order 53).
(e) The installation of any of the following landing aids is
eligible for inclusion in a project:
(1) Segmented circle.
(2) Wind and landing direction indicators.
(3) Boundary markers.
(f) The initial marking of runway and taxiway systems is eligible
for inclusion in a project. The remarking of existing runways or
taxiways is eligible if--
(1) Present marking is obsolete under current FAA standards; or
(2) Present marking is obliterated by construction, alteration or
repair work included in a FAAP project or by the required routing of
construction equipment used therein.
However, apron marking that is not allied with runway and taxiway
marking systems, is not eligible.
[[Page 129]]
(g) The following offsite work performed outside of the boundaries
of an airport or airport site is eligible for inclusion in a project:
(1) Removal of obstruction as provided in Sec. 151.91.
(2) Outfall drainage ditches, and the correction of any damage
resulting from their construction.
(3) Relocating of roads and utilities that are airport hazards as
defined in Sec. 151.39(b).
(4) Clearing, grading, and grubbing to allow installing of
navigational aids.
(5) Constructing and installing utilities.
(6) Lighting of obstructions.
[Doc. No. 1329, 27 FR 12359, Dec. 13, 1962, as amended by Amdt. 151-8,
30 FR 8040, June 23, 1965; Amdt. 151-17, 31 FR 16525, Dec. 28, 1966]
Sec. 151.97 Maintenance and repair.
(a) Maintenance work is not airport development as defined in the
Federal Airport Act and is not eligible for inclusion in the Program.
Therefore, it is necessary in many cases that a determination be made
whether particular proposed development is maintenance or repair. For
the purpose of these determinations, maintenance includes any regular or
recurring work necessary to preserve existing airport facilities in good
condition, any work involved in cleaning or caring for existing airport
facilities, and any incidental or minor repair work on existing airport
facilities, such as--
(1) Mowing and fertilizing of turfed areas;
(2) Trimming and replacing of land- scaping material;
(3) Cleaning of drainage systems including ditches, pipes, catch
basins, and replacing and restoring eroded areas, except when caused by
act of God or improper design;
(4) Painting of buildings (inside and outside) and replacement of
damaged items normally anticipated;
(5) Repairing and replacing burned out or broken fixtures and
cables, unless major reconstruction is needed;
(6) Paving repairs in localized areas, except where the size of the
work is such that it constitutes a major repair item or is part of a
reconstruction project; and
(7) Refilling joints and resealing surface of pavements.
(b) Repair includes any work not included in paragraph (a) of this
section that is necessary to restore existing airport facilities to good
condition or preserve them in good condition.